Outlook Travel - issue 23

TROPICAL NORTH

QUEENSLAND TRAVEL GUIDES

MILAN Dressed to impress

MYRTLE BEACH A timeless and joyful cultural rhythm

DOMINICA

A unique natural wonder encompassing the awe-inspiring magnificence of the Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest, part of the Wet Tropics Rainforest

The Nature Island

DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE

HAPAG-LLOYD AUSTRALIA

SUGAR CORPORATION OF UGANDA LIMITED

FINANCIAL SERVICES COMMISSION

SOMET | GO PLC

FG GOLD

SWICK MINING SERVICES

REMA TIP TOP ROSH PINAH ZINC

The cornerstone of Namibian mining

w w w. a f r i c a o u t l o o k m a g . c o m

Issue 117

w w w. a p a c o u t l o o k m a g . c o m

w w w. e m e o u t l o o k m a g . c o m

Issue 68

MICHIGAN SUGAR COMPANY

DHL EXPRESS AUSTRALIA

Time-definite international courier

Issue 32

www.n o r th a me r i c a o u tl o o k ma g .co m

Issue 77

www.mining-outlook.com • Issue 12

In constant pursuit of sustainability

KONČAR GROUP

Where a century of heritage meets the technology manufacturing of tomorrow

T4 NZ DATA CENTRES

On a quest to enhance New Zealand’s digital realm

ORICA EMEA

Digital and sustainable solutions across Europe, the Middle East, and Africa

Digital and sustainable solutions across Europe, the Middle East, and Africa

DARSH INDUSTRIES

Crafting exquisite condiments in Tanzania

ORICA EMEA

Digital and sustainable solutions across Europe, the Middle East, and Africa

CORICA MINING SERVICES Skilfully combining deep local expertise with international best practice, Corica Mining Services is helping to define the next chapter of mining in Africa

May & Baker Nigeria Plc is at the core of the nation’s healthcare advancement, driven by excellence, people, and purpose. Patrick Ajah, Managing Director and CEO, discusses

C H A R L O T T E M A X E K E J O H A N N E S B U R G A C A D E M I C H O S P I TA L Issue 11

SASKTEL The Canadian province’s home-grown communications leader

CAMCO ENGINEERING

Dronamics is on a mission to transform the face of Europe’s logistics industry. Svilen Rangelov, co-Founder and CEO, joins us to discuss the Black Swan cargo drone platform, which could democratise air freight as we know it

Glenn Bailey, CEO, reflects on his company’s 30th anniversary and outlines recent investments in new facilities, equipment, and product lines

A D R I A

M O B I L

|

D I A M O N D

C

T R A I L E R S

PINELLAS SUNCOAST TRANSIT AUTHORITY • KNAPP

S T A R B I R D

|

G C W A L I S A

|

www.mfg-outlook.com

Issue 9

A leading private healthcare provider in Southern Africa, Life Healthcare Group exemplifies the profound impact of an unwavering commitment to quality patient care and innovation

Vickum Nawagamuwage, Founder of Santani Wellness Resort, discusses the importance of engaging more deeply with adaptive wellness practices the importance of engaging more deeply with adaptive wellness practices Vickum Nawagamuwage, Founder of Santani Wellness Resort, discusses commitment to quality patient care and innovation Life Healthcare Group exemplifies the profound impact of an unwavering A leading private healthcare provider in Southern Africa,

GROUP HEALTHCARE LIFE

CBM PTE LTD | ECKERSLEY O’CALLAGHAN | GALAXY BUILDERS

FREIGHTER GROUP

Freight it for life

AURUM GROUP

Issue 6

Working to support Australian ports to be sustainable and efficient gateways to international and national trade, Ports Australia serves as a national voice and plays a crucial role in the future of the industry

A diverse fleet of vessels and distinguished vertical integration

Chart Industries is a global leader in the design, engineering, and manufacturing of process technologies and equipment for gas and liquid molecule handling

Equipped with purposedriven design and a passion for modern living, Aurum Group is an award-winning space and business innovator with a steadfast focus on the future of people

MICHIGAN SUGAR COMPANY

Neil Juhnke, President and CEO, outlines the growerowned cooperative’s latest developments, new facilities, and ongoing commitment to sustainability

JONATHAN PHILLIPS, CEO of Newage Software & Solutions, delves into the company’s advanced technological support for a multitude of freight forwarders

Heroes Vodka is the ‘Official Spirit of a Grateful Nation’. Trisha Cancilla, Vice President of Marketing and Brand Strategy at R.S. Lipman Company, tells the full story

DYWIDAG’s technologies have been integral to some of the most iconic infrastructure projects in the US. Mike Kelley, President – Americas, details its growth and expansion

company’s advanced technological support for a multitude of freight forwarders JONATHAN PHILLIPS, CEO of Newage Software & Solutions, delves into the

of Marketing and Brand Strategy at R.S. Lipman Company, tells the full story Heroes Vodka is the ‘Official Spirit of a Grateful Nation’. Trisha Cancilla, Vice President

projects in the US. Mike Kelley, President – Americas, details its growth and expansion DYWIDAG’s technologies have been integral to some of the most iconic infrastructure

gas and liquid molecule handling and manufacturing of process technologies and equipment for Chart Industries is a global leader in the design, engineering, vertical integration distinguished of vessels and A diverse fleet

sustainability and ongoing commitment to developments, new facilities, owned cooperative’s latest CEO, outlines the growerNeil Juhnke, President and

TELL US YOUR STORY, AND WE’LL TELL THE WORLD LTD MARINE PTE OFFSHORE VALLIANZ

in precision firearms A long-standing leader

Freight it for life

GROUP FREIGHTER

DEFENSE, INC. GLOBAL ARMSCOR

burden of disease South Africa’s quadruple Conducting research on

COUNCIL MEDICAL RESEARCH SOUTH AFRICAN

OUTLOOK

Unpeeling the flavours of success www.foodbeverage-outlook.com

VALLIANZ OFFSHORE MARINE PTE LTD

Rick Cordaro, Vice President of Radar and Sensor Systems at Lockheed Martin, discusses building the next-generation missile defence shield Martin, discusses building the next-generation missile defence shield Rick Cordaro, Vice President of Radar and Sensor Systems at Lockheed

WWW. C O N ST R UC T I O N -O UT L O O K. C O M • I SSUE 1

SAFRESCO

RINCHEM

A leader in specialised chemical supply chain management

A long-standing leader in precision firearms

LIFE HEALTHCARE GROUP

The Caribbean’s largest tea producer

w w w. s u p p ly c h a i n - o u t l o o k . c o m

SOUTH AFRICAN MEDICAL RESEARCH COUNCIL Conducting research on South Africa’s quadruple burden of disease

T H E F O R K

Larvotto Resources is on track to become Australia’s largest producer of antimony.

Ron Heeks, Managing Director, discusses its flagship Hillgrove Project

JAMAICAN TEAS LTD ISSUE 7

ARMSCOR GLOBAL DEFENSE, INC.

www.healthcare-outlook.com

Overseeing North America’s first gas-to-liquids facility, Cerilon is in a unique position to enable the continent’s energy transition. We sit down with CEO, Nico Duursema

INSTITUTE OF MENTAL HEALTH An ecosystem of support in Singapore centred around a holistic approach

www.healthcare-outlook.com

Redefining rail freight solutions that connect communities and industries, delivering locally and reaching nationally

FinanceMalta is the public-private initiative set up to promote Malta as a global financial centre. George Vella, Chairman, reveals all the latest developments

management supply chain specialised chemical A leader in

www.mfg-outlook.com

Issue 9

COMPANY SUGAR MICHIGAN

www.foodbeverage-outlook.com

GROUP AURUM

Issue 6

flavours of success Unpeeling the

RINCHEM

SAFRESCO

w w w. s u p p ly c h a i n - o u t l o o k . c o m

largest tea producer The Caribbean’s

ISSUE 7

a holistic approach Singapore centred around An ecosystem of support in

focus on the future of people innovator with a steadfast space and business Group is an award-winning for modern living, Aurum driven design and a passion Equipped with purpose-

the industry plays a crucial role in the future of serves as a national voice and and national trade, Ports Australia efficient gateways to international ports to be sustainable and Working to support Australian

WWW. C O N ST R UC T I O N -O UT L O O K. C O M • I SSUE 1

OUTLOOK

TEAS LTD JAMAICAN

MENTAL HEALTH INSTITUTE OF

Africa Outlook, APAC Outlook, EME Outlook, North America Outlook, Mining Outlook, Healthcare Outlook, Manufacturing Outlook, Supply Chain Outlook, Food & Beverage Outlook, and Construction Outlook are digital publications aimed at boardroom and hands-on decision-makers, reaching an audience of more than 800,000 people around the world.

Issue 11

C H A R L O T T E M A X E K E J O H A N N E S B U R G A C A D E M I C H O S P I TA L

A D R I A

M O B I L

|

D I A M O N D

C

T R A I L E R S

PINELLAS SUNCOAST TRANSIT AUTHORITY • KNAPP

S T A R B I R D

|

G C W A L I S A

|

T H E F O R K

CBM PTE LTD | ECKERSLEY O’CALLAGHAN | GALAXY BUILDERS

With original and exclusive content compiled by our experienced editorial team, we look to promote the latest in engaging news, industry trends, and success stories from across the globe.

Your company can join the leading industry heavyweights enjoying the free exposure we provide across our platforms with a free marketing brochure, extensive social media saturation, enhanced B2B networking opportunities, and a readymade forum to attract new investment and help you grow your business.

Visit www.outpb.com/work-with-us for details on how your company can feature for free in one of our upcoming editions.

www.outpb.com/work-with-us

W E LC O M E FROM THE EDITOR

TROPICAL NORTH

QUEENSLAND TRAVEL GUIDES

MILAN Dressed to impress

MYRTLE BEACH A timeless and joyful cultural rhythm

DOMINICA

A unique natural wonder encompassing the awe-inspiring magnificence of the Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest, part of the Wet Tropics Rainforest

TROPICAL STATE OF MIND Welcome to our 23rd edition of Outlook Travel magazine.

The Nature Island

DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE

EDITORIAL Head of Editorial: Jack Salter jack.salter@outpb.com Deputy Head of Editorial: Lucy Pilgrim lucy.pilgrim@outpb.com Senior Editor: Lily Sawyer lily.sawyer@outpb.com Editor: Ed Budds ed.budds@outpb.com Editor: Rachel Carr rachel.carr@outpb.com Copy Editor: Lauren Kania lauren.kania@outpb.com PRODUCTION Art Director: Stephen Giles steve.giles@outpb.com Senior Designer: Devon Collins devon.collins@outpb.com Designer: Louisa Martin louisa.martin@outpb.com Production Manager: Alex James alex..james@outpb.com Digital Marketing Director: Fox Tucker fox.tucker@outpb.com Website Content Manager: Oliver Shrouder oliver.shrouder@outpb.com Social Media Executive: Jake Crickmore jake.crickmore@outpb.com BUSINESS Chief Executive Officer: Ben Weaver ben.weaver@outpb.com Managing Director: James Mitchell james.mitchell@outpb.com Chief Technology Officer: Nick Norris nick.norris@outpb.com ADMINISTRATION Finance Director: Suzanne Welsh suzanne.welsh@outpb.com Finance Assistant: Victoria McAllister victoria.mcallister@outpb.com CONTACT Outlook Travel magazine Norvic House, 29-33 Chapelfield Road Norwich, NR2 1RP, United Kingdom Sales: +44 (0) 1603 804 445 Editorial: +44 (0) 1603 804 431 SUBSCRIPTIONS Tel: +44 (0) 1603 804 431 jack.salter@outpb.com www.outlooktravelmag.com Instagram: www.instagram.com/outlooktravelmagazine

As temptations go, it’s hard to look past Tropical North Queensland’s extraordinary Great Barrier Reef, which blesses this issue’s beautiful front cover.

You could easily spend weeks exploring this amazing underwater universe with its colourful coral gardens and abundant marine life, from tropical fish to turtles, rays, and even whales.

The awe-inspiring natural wonder supports more than 9,000 different species and forms one of the most biodiverse ecosystems on the planet.

Curiously, Tropical North Queensland is the only place on Earth with two UNESCO World Heritage Sites side by side as, along with the Great Barrier Reef, it also encompasses the Daintree Rainforest.

Australia’s largest rainforest is over 135 million years old and stretches more than 1,200 square kilometres, home to many animal and plant species not found anywhere else in the world.

“Tropical North Queensland has what the world wants – transformational experiences in a stunningly beautiful, biodiverse environment,” highlights Mark Olsen, CEO of Tourism Tropical North Queensland.

Similarly, across the Caribbean, nowhere else can compete with Dominica’s abundance of lush greenery.

Two-thirds of The Nature Island belongs to jungle wilderness ripe for exploration, sprinkled with simmering hot springs, crashing waterfalls, and other vast landscapes.

“We consistently communicate Dominica’s identity as The Nature Island, highlighting our commitment to sustainability and authenticity. We promote a destination that is modern yet remains unspoiled – real and genuine, just as it has always been,” shares Marva Williams, CEO of the Discover Dominica Authority.

For a family-friendly seaside destination, the colourful coastal city of Myrtle Beach in South Carolina is one of the most beloved.

With countless activities, world-class coastlines, and fun for every member of the family, it’s no wonder that millions flock to Myrtle Beach time and time again.

“Whether you’re chasing adventure or simply seeking serenity, Myrtle Beach offers an experience that feels both timeless and new every time you visit,” invites Diane Charno, Executive Vice President of Marketing and Communications at the Myrtle Beach Area Convention and Visitors Bureau.

Bringing this edition and another calendar year of tantalising travel guides to a close, we also showcase St Kitts, Milan, Brussels, and more.

Linkedin: www.linkedin.com/showcase/outlook-travel-magazine

Enjoy your read and happy travels!

Jack Salter Head of Editorial, Outlook Publishing Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 3

Join in the conversation...

Discover the power of engagement with Outlook Travel magazine’s social media platforms.

Our Instagram feed showcases inspiring photographs of the destinations we cover, as well as featuring shots of our favourite hand-selected hotels.

Meanwhile, our feed on LinkedIn provides you with a dedicated network of travel professionals to connect with. You can also find us on TikTok and Facebook.

travel magazine Follow us on social media for updates and travel inspiration

CONTENTS D EC E M B E R

Around the world in seven stories…

•

I S S U E

T RAV E L G U I D ES

REGULARS 06 NEWS

2 0 2 5

OCEANIA

08 BEHIND THE LENS

38 TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND

Landscapes, diversity, and wildlife

On the trail of inspiration

2 3

EUROPE

174 MILAN Dressed to impress

194 BRUSSELS Where countless cultures collide

210 ZERMATT Dream of a magical Alpine adventure

14 ROUND UP: EARTH’S ENCHANTING NATURAL WONDERS Examining geological masterpieces

14

22 TRAVEL BUSINESS: HUNTERMOSS Bringing luxury driving tours to the US

76 ADELAIDE The 20-minute city

210

AFRICA

CARIBBEAN

222 UGANDA

90 DOMINICA

Unearthing ‘the Pearl of Africa’

The Nature Island

F E AT U R E S

114 ST KITTS Pursue your desire for vibrant adventure and captivating history

232 WELCOME TO THE FAMILY

128 CAYE CAULKER

240 THE JEWEL OF THE NORTH NORFOLK COAST

Reimagine nirvana

Curating a true sense of belonging

An unparalleled historic landmark in a seaside town

22

30 SUSTAINABILITY STORIES: VILLA ARDORE

244 ENABLING EXCEPTIONAL CULINARY EXPERIENCES

Prioritising preservation of the local landscape

TheFork uses technology to connect diners and restaurants

128

AMERICAS 30

140 MYRTLE BEACH A timeless and joyful cultural rhythm

248 THE LAST STOP A panoramic wilderness home to the world’s loneliest house

160 GUYANA An endless ability to ignite wanderlust

244

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 5

NEWS

Around the world in seven stories…

AC C O M M O DAT I O N

S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y

A PLATFORM FOR SUSTAINABLE TRAVEL

A SITE OF LUXURY WELLNESS IN LONDON SIX SENSES LONDON – the first UK destination from the luxury hotel, resort, and spa brand – is due to open its doors in April 2026.

Set within The Whiteley London in Bayswater, the restored Grade II-listed building has been carefully redesigned by sustainable architecture, urbanism, and engineering company, Foster + Partners.

The hotel’s 109 rooms and suites benefit from a natural colour

palette, with the intention of creating restorative spaces and a sense of hospitality that balances polish with personality.

An on-site spa, meanwhile, will span 2,300 square metres on a single floor, featuring London’s first magnesium pool alongside a longevity medical clinic.

Celebrating life’s simple pleasures in an urban environment, Six Senses London is setting the tone for luxury wellness travel in 2026.

CRUISES

RECORD HIGH FOR TUI TUI GROUP (TUI) companies – Hapag-Lloyd Cruises, TUI Cruises, and Marella Cruises – have reported record-high results for 2025.

Attributing their strong performance to consistently highcapacity utilisation, more passenger days, higher daily rates, and ongoing investments, the three companies’ year-on-year profits rose by €108 million to €482 million.

6 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

SAFEGUARDING INDUSTRY LONGEVITY emerged as a central theme at the Travel Weekly Sustainability Summit 2025, with key topics addressed by industry leaders.

The event’s host, Deloitte – represented by the company’s partner for sustainability and climate change, Emily Cromwell – commented on the importance of the industry coming together to preserve cultural capital whilst continuing to move the travel sector forward sustainably.

Meanwhile, Scott Lawson, Senior Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) Manager for easyJet holidays, discussed the roll-out of the airline’s transformative food waste trials which, through an innovative partnership with artificial intelligence (AI) tech company Winnow, have already reduced buffet waste significantly.

Looking to 2026, sustainability is evidently an overwhelming priority for the travel industry.

Specifically, capacity utilisation averaged 99 percent in line with the previous year, available passenger days rose 18 percent to 11.4 million, and the average daily rate increased by two percent to €235.

TUI’s cruise fleet also grew to 18 ships in 2025, with the launch of Mein Schiff Relax in March.

As the company anticipates further expansion into the new year, Mein Schiff Flow, the next TUI cruise ship, is scheduled to enter service in summer 2026.

AIRLINES

AIR CANADA’S EUROPEAN EXPANSION

S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y

ELEVATING MEANINGFUL TRAVEL IN ENGLAND VISITBRITAIN AND TOURISMCARES have come together to produce a Meaningful Travel Map of England.

Reflecting on the two companies’ commitment to regenerative and responsible travel, the map is intended to enable visitors to explore England thoughtfully whilst connecting with local communities, supporting small businesses, and protecting local landscapes.

The digital tool – which features 30 vetted hotels, tours, and attractions – complements Scotland’s Meaningful Travel Map, which launched last year.

Low Wood Bay Resort & Spa in the Lake District is amongst the hotels listed, whose environmentally friendly approach sets it apart, alongside Good Hotel London – a social impact business whose profits benefit the unemployed.

TOURISM

VISIT MALAYSIA 2026 WELCOMES NEW LEADER AS IT READILY anticipates the launch of the Visit Malaysia 2026 (VM2026) national tourism campaign, Tourism Malaysia has appointed Mohd Amirul Rizal as Director General to drive VM2026.

Promoting diverse attractions, cultural events, and ecotourism, the campaign hopes to significantly boost international and domestic travel, attracting millions of visitors, creating jobs, and elevating the nation’s global image.

Indeed, by focusing on strategic partnerships, digital marketing, and niche markets such as wellness travel, the strategy is already well underway.

Armed with more than two decades of service with Tourism Malaysia, alongside a master’s degree in Tourism Management, it is hoped that Rizal’s depth of knowledge will carve a successful path for VM2026.

AS AIR CANADA anticipates the significant expansion of its European presence in summer 2026, it has unveiled new routes from Montréal, Halifax, and Toronto.

Montréal gains two new flight options to Berlin, Germany’s capital, and Nantes in France’s Loire Valley.

Halifax welcomes a new long-haul link with Brussels in Belgium, offering connections to the rest of Europe and Africa.

Toronto, meanwhile, anticipates a new route to Ponta Delgada in Portugal’s sunny Azores region, reflecting strong leisure and visiting friends and relatives (VFR) demand.

The expansion strengthens the airline’s position as a leading transatlantic carrier, offering more convenient non-stop flights, boosting tourism, and serving diverse markets from major hubs and regional cities.

TECHNOLOGY

SELECTOUR EMBRACES AI SELECTOUR – FRANCE’S LEADING network of independent travel agencies – has partnered with software development company, Kleio, to launch a powerful new conversational agentic AI tool across its entire digital ecosystem.

Set to boost efficiency, elevate service quality, and unlock new commercial opportunities, Kleio’s agentic AI technology will be used daily

by Selectour’s 4,000 travel advisors.

It will afford benefits such as instant natural-language travel searches alongside real-time recommendations, guidance, and connections.

With AI set to transform the travel industry in the coming years, the bold new partnership is creating more intuitive and personalised experiences for millions.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 7

BEHIND THE LENS

Travel photographer David Noton captures unique and inspiring photographs of the many destinations he has travelled to worldwide. His judgment of colour, light, and composition produce exquisite images, and his collection offers a diverse selection from across the globe, ranging from mountain terrains to bustling towns W R I T E R : S U M M ER R I TCH I E | PHOTOGRAPHY: DAVI D N OTON

Noton’s wife, Wendy, treading boldly on the sand dunes of the Namib, Southern Africa

8 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

BEHIND THE LENS INTERVIEW

W

ith 40 years of experience and many more to come, David Noton’s professional photography career was awakened when he attended the University of Gloucester, studying editorial and advertising photography as a mature student in 1982.

Just months after graduating, he received multiple BBC Wildlife Photographer of the Year awards in 1985, 1989, and 1990.

By the early 90s, Noton spent most of his time travelling and shooting for the burgeoning stock photography market and, after exceeding monthly sales of 100 images, he launched his first website in 1998.

Further into Noton’s career, he started writing a monthly column about his photographic travels for the UK monthly magazine Practical Photography, which lead him to publish three books.

His first book, Waiting for the Light, was published in 2008 and inspired the production of his 90-minute film, Chasing the Light.

In 2010, Noton’s second book, Full Frame, was

published, revealing the secrets of stunning landscape photography in breathtaking locations.

The Vision, Noton’s third book, was published in 2013 and explains how photographers can translate an idea into reality by using vision, understanding, and imagination.

Alongside his books, Noton published 97 monthly editions of f11 Photography Magazine, exclusively for the subscribing members, up until February 2020.

Having worked closely with leading photography brand Canon over the later course of his career, Noton was proud to be a Canon Ambassador from 2012 to 2020.

In a notable project, he used the Canon EOS R to create multi-image landscapes combining 20 individual photographs, giving tonal range and perfect resolution.

Noton also maintains a passion for public speaking, which was highlighted over many years with his travelling ‘Chasing the Light’ Roadshow.

Today, Noton continues to travel and produce exquisite photography, features, and videos.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 9

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, what drew you to work in travel photography?

David Noton (DN): I’ve always travelled; I grew up on two sides of the Atlantic then joined the Merchant Navy straight from school, so when I discovered the joy of photography in my early 20s it was only natural that I was drawn to travel work.

My subsequent 40-year career as a travel photographer has taken me round the globe many times; it’s been quite the ride!

OT: What do you find most exciting about this kind of work?

DN: To see the world’s most tantalising locations, the wellknown and the undiscovered, looking their very best in the first or last light of day – often without another soul about – is a very special experience.

Then there are people I meet, often in the most

unexpected and sometimes bizarre situations.

For example, cycling through the karst landscape of Guilin in Southern China, my wife Wendy and I came across a farmer with a wonderfully welcoming smile working a field by hand.

Despite the absence of teeth and a common language, we had the chirpiest chat. These are the memories that make me a wealthy soul.

OT: On the flip side, what are the biggest challenges?

DN: There are times when Mother Nature is just against you.

Don’t believe the adage that there’s no such thing as bad weather – it’s nonsense!

Days, weeks, even months of leaden skies can drive photographers to morose introspection. For example, 10 days into a trip, when I was in New Zealand (NZ) all the way on the other side of the world, the meter was ticking and I had still not shot a frame due to relentlessly uninspiring light.

The Pays Basque of Basse Navarre and Vallée de Baigorry from the Col de Espuigy at dawn, Pyrenees, France

BEHIND THE LENS INTERVIEW

Sunrise at Te Pare Point near Hahei, Coromandel Peninsula, North Island, NZ

Then, there were our three grey weeks in Norway; it was raining when we disembarked in Bergen, it was raining when we left, and it rained incessantly in between.

I returned without a single image of worth.

Patience is a virtue that all travel photographers need in abundance, but all that is forgotten when Mother Nature smiles; she’s my biggest ally and adversary.

Of course, mastering the art of photography never ends; I’m still learning. Technically, I’ve faced huge changes since photography took over my life one dawn on the banks of Loch Rannoch, Scotland in May 1980.

Some of the images reproduced here were captured using that stuff called film – remember that?

The internet and digital evolution have ushered in significant challenges and opportunities, with solutions to low-light photography being just one.

However, the essentials of what make compelling photographs – light, composition, and capturing the decisive moment – remain the same.

tormented, and conflicted world, but there’s enough bad news about, isn’t there?

When I was a student, I went back to college to study photography after my time at sea and saw myself as a budding Henri Cartier-Bresson or Don McCullin, but I soon realised wallowing in others’ misfortune wasn’t for me!

OT: How would you describe your style of photography?

OT: Have you been involved in any interesting assignments or projects recently?

DN: A challenge I set myself six years ago was to learn French. It was shocking that after all my travels I hadn’t acquired another language. This meant most of our recent travels have been to France, where I can revel in speaking the language.

DN: All I can say is I concentrate relentlessly on positivity; beautiful places, friendly people, stunning architecture, convivial markets, fascinating culture, bucolic villages, world-heritage cityscapes, tranquil rural scenes – I must admit it’s not exactly a balanced view of this crowded,

OT: What has been your favourite destination to capture?

DN: The formative years of my youth were spent in Canada, so you could say I’ve always had some maple syrup in my blood!

I just love the sheer scale of that vast country’s natural beauty, from the beguiling maritime provinces to the endless lakes and forests of the Canadian Shield, the soaring mountains and glaciers of the Canadian Rockies, and the dripping islands of the Pacific Rim. Then there’s the far north – Yukon, Nunavut – I could go on. Oh, Canada!

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 11

BEHIND THE LENS INTERVIEW

That has been a real joy, and in fact, the photography and language learning go hand in hand. Besides, it’s a country with such a wealth of attractions.

OT: Finally, what’s next for the future? Are there any new destinations you’d like to cross off your bucket list?

DN: Now well into my seventh decade, and at the tail-end of my career, my approach to travel has evolved.

The COVID-19 pandemic, overtourism, and environmental concerns prompted a re-evaluation; we didn’t get on a plane for over five years. I am no longer interested in overcrowded, well-known tourist hot spots.

Does the world really need yet another picture of Machu Picchu?

Consequently, roving European road trips have become the norm. The joy of travel was never about how far we’d explored – it’s always the experiences that matter most.

Finding our own niches and spending quality time to really get under the skin of a place is the way ahead. Travel less, see more.

Having said that, we’re off to Québec next month!

Emerald Lake at dawn with the peaks of the Presidential Range beyond, Yoho National Park, British Columbia, Canada

A woman with her washing in the blue-walled town of Chefchaouen, Morocco

HOW I GOT THIS PHOTO

Marina, a Quechua shepherd girl, near Maras on Pampasmojo, Sacred Valley near Cusco, Peru

Tea pluckers on the Pedro Estate, Nuwara Eliya, Southern Highlands, Sri Lanka

12 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

DN:The art of travel photography is all about being in the right place at the right time, which sounds a lot easier than it really is. I seem to have spent half my life loitering by the tripod, waiting for the light and the decisive moment to unfold.

I arrived at the Shwedagon Pagoda in Yangon, Myanmar in the darkness before dawn, set up and composed the picture, then waited.

For what? I didn’t know – some foreground interest I suppose. As I saw this nun approaching, I thanked my stars then hit the shutter as she walked into my frame. I got lucky that morning, but didn’t realise just how lucky until I reviewed the sequence on the camera monitor and saw the bird in the top corner.

Of course, luck plays a big part in travel photography, but lady luck does favour the persistent. The sad thing is many will suspect the bird was added in post-production, which would diminish the impact.

I can assure you this is a genuine capture of a decisive moment.

A nun at Shwedagon Pagoda, Yangon, Myanmar

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 13

14 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

EARTH’S ENCHANTING NATURAL WONDERS ROUND-UP

R O U N D - U P

EARTH’S ENCHANTING N AT U R A L WONDERS We highlight some of the ethereal yet often unreallooking geological phenomena that populate the planet, each embodying the intricate interplay between nature’s artistry and the forces of time WR I T E R : R AC H E L CA R R

WHAT: BIOLUMINESCENCE WHERE: MALDIVES Located in the Raa Atoll of the Maldives, Vaadhoo Island is a picturesque gem celebrated for its enthralling landscapes and underwater biodiversity.

This small island captivates visitors with its celestial charm, especially at night when the waters elegantly glow with bioluminescence, creating a surreal scene.

Thanks to tiny phytoplankton dancing beneath the surface, the ocean appears to be painted with stars, offering an alluring display that draws travellers worldwide to witness nature’s radiance.

When stirred by waves or even the gentlest of movements in the water, the microorganisms emit a brilliant blue light, creating a sparkling effect that sways rhythmically in harmony with the fluidity of their surroundings.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 15

WHAT: RECURSIVE ISLANDS WHERE: CANADA Yathkyed Lake, nestled in the remote northern expanses of Canada within Nunavut, is famed for one unusual and fascinating geological feature – its recursive island system.

Creating a stunning masterpiece that echoes the lake’s undulating contours and crafts a hypnotic interaction between land and water, it is shaped by a combination of processes, primarily erosion and sediment deposition.

Often formed in lakes or coastal areas where water levels fluctuate and characterised by their intricately nested landmasses, the recursive islands evoke the beauty of fractals, drawing the eye into their captivating patterns.

This natural spectacle is not merely an aesthetic wonder; it plays a crucial role in enhancing the region’s ecological richness.

They also serve as vital habitats for a diverse array of bird species and other wildlife, all of which flourish in the harsh yet appealing cold climate of the north. The synergy between the unique landscape and its inhabitants creates a delicate balance that deepens the profound allure of Yathkyed Lake.

16 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

EARTH’S ENCHANTING NATURAL WONDERS ROUND-UP

WHAT: UNDERWATER WATERFALL WHERE: MAURITIUS Off the enchanting coast of Le Morne Brabant peninsula in the island nation of Mauritius, a rare optical illusion has created an extraordinary phenomenon in which water seemingly plummets into the deep abyss of the Indian Ocean.

This spectacle results from the flow of varying shades of coloured sand and sediment, transported from the pristine beaches by powerful ocean currents until they reach a geological fault, where they tumble dramatically onto the ocean floor.

As a relatively young island, born from vivid volcanic activity, Mauritius rests on a sprawling submarine plateau, where the seabed descends precipitously to depths exceeding 4,000 metres (m) just offshore.

This natural mirage resembles a colossal hourglass, with the luminous hues of the azure waters uniquely mimicking a bubbling, frothy waterfall.

To fully appreciate the breathtaking beauty of this natural wonder, set against the majestic backdrop of Le Morne Brabant Mountain – a UNESCO World Heritage Site – there is no better way than to embark on a thrilling helicopter ride over the peninsula, offering an unparalleled perspective over this stunning landscape.

AI-generated representation of the Recursive Islands

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 17

EARTH’S ENCHANTING NATURAL WONDERS ROUND-UP

WHAT: COTTON CASTLE WHERE: TÜRKIYE A UNESCO World Heritage Site in the heart of Türkiye, Pamukkale – also known as the Cotton Castle – seduces visitors with its layers of pristine white travertine terraces.

These mesmerising formations in Denizli Province are adorned with a series of small, crystal-clear pools brimming with mineral-rich water that flows gracefully over the edges, creating a stunning cascade that glistens in the sunlight.

Meticulously sculpted by nature, these rippling alabaster terraces were formed as mineral-laden waters seeped and deposited their treasures in a shallow, milky-blue step pattern.

The dreamy combination of dazzling white limestone and shimmering aquamarine pools evokes a sense of tranquillity and wonder. At sunset, Pamukkale is a truly visual splendour as the calcium carbonate reflects the extraordinary prism of colours from the sky.

18 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

WHAT: EYE OF THE SAHARA WHERE: MAURITANIA At least 100 million years old and often referred to as the Richat Structure, the Eye of the Sahara is an otherworldly geological marvel that stretches an impressive 30 miles across the arid landscape.

From an aerial view, it resembles a giant bull’s-eye, beguiling the gaze of all who see it. Initially thought to be a result of a meteorite impact, extensive geological research has uncovered a different story.

Instead of a celestial collision, the intricate design is the result of Mother Nature, which has meticulously sculpted these concentric rings over ages of relentless rock erosion and other natural forces, creating a striking reminder of the Earth’s dynamic history.

Bathed in deep shades of crimson and soft pink, the erosionresistant quartzite sandstones form the striking high ridges, culminating in majestic central rings that rise to 80 m.

Encircling this enchanting eye is the dark expanse of the Adrar Plateau, a formidable sedimentary formation that rises a dramatic 200 m above the surrounding desert sands, part of the Erg Ouarane, an immense sea of golden dunes that stretches endlessly for hundreds of kilometres towards the border of Mali, evoking a sense of vastness and timelessness.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 19

WHAT: RAINBOW MOUNTAINS WHERE: PERU Towering over the Cusco region of Peru’s Andes Mountains at 16,522 feet above sea level, Vinicunca or Montaña de Siete Colores, which translates as the ‘mountain of seven colours’, boasts an expansive mountain range renowned for its intriguing array of vibrant colours that flow and intertwine like brushstrokes across a canvas.

Commonly known as the Rainbow Mountains, these stunning formations derive their kaleidoscopic hues from a unique mineral composition that has been meticulously layered over millions of years, revealing themselves dramatically through shifting climate patterns that expose hidden layers beneath the surface.

As a result, this spectacular destination stands as one of Peru’s most magnetic treasures, attracting hundreds of eager tourists each year who marvel at its otherworldly beauty.

Adding a cultural dimension to the multilayered Vinicunca – which is considered a sacred site symbolising masculinity and fertility – the Rainbow Mountains are believed to protect local villages from evil spirits.

20 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

EARTH’S ENCHANTING NATURAL WONDERS ROUND-UP

WHAT: SALAR DE UYUNI WHERE: BOLIVIA Radiating out of the breathtaking landscapes of southwest Bolivia, the Salar de Uyuni, or Uyuni Salt Flat, stands as the largest salt pan in the world, sprawling majestically over approximately 11,000 square kilometres.

This vast expanse is characterised by its striking hexagonal patterns, resembling a masterpiece meticulously crafted with a palette knife, each shape a testament to nature’s artistry.

The formation of this extraordinary salt crust is the result of the relentless evaporation of ancient lakes that once filled the region, leaving behind rich layers of brine infused with lithium and salt.

Remarkably, despite its seemingly parched surface, the salt flat undergoes a bewitching transformation during the rainy season each year – a delicate layer of water glistens atop the salt, creating a spellbinding mirror effect that captures the sky’s beauty and offers a stunning tableau that should not go unnoticed.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 21

T RAV E L B U S I N ES S

HunterMoss

Having redefined road trips in Europe, HunterMoss is bringing its luxury driving tours to the US. Co-Founders, Julie Hunter and Anthony Moss, steer us through the company’s transformation of conventional US road trips into truly different experiences WRITER: JACK SALTER

HUNTERMOSS T R AV E L B U S I N E S S

T

he HunterMoss story began in 2008 when co-Founders, Julie Hunter and Anthony Moss, saw a gap in the market for luxury car journeys that blend immersive adventure with world-class experiences.

Their vision was to add a new dynamic to the traditional driving tour by introducing a highly curated approach and conceptualising meaningful itineraries.

“Every HunterMoss trip is framed by fine dining, boutique accommodation, and elevated extras such as yacht charters, helicopter excursions, and VIP Formula 1 (F1) hospitality,” Julie opens.

“Our tours began across Europe’s most scenic landscapes – from Tuscany to Austria – and they’ve continued to evolve ever since,” Anthony adds.

Two of the company’s signatures are its European Supercar Tour and Le Grand Tour Provence, which conclude in Monte Carlo for the Monaco Grand Prix.

Both itineraries drive Europe’s most picturesque destinations over seven or 10 nights, paired with 5-star hotels and gastronomic experiences.

“Guests finish the journey viewing the iconic F1 race

weekend on a privately chartered superyacht in Port Hercules – and can enhance the experience with private helicopter transfers from Nice and overnight stays in one of the yacht’s limited luxury cabins,” Julie tells us.

What makes a HunterMoss journey is the end-to-end hospitality, with every detail of the route meticulously taken care of.

Guests simply arrive and relax with the assurance that they won’t need to consult maps or manage their own restaurant bookings, allowing them to truly switch off and immerse themselves in the experience.

“The most impactful aspect of a HunterMoss tour is the private experiences we craft exclusively for each group – moments that aren’t accessible to conventional tour groups – from bespoke dining in spectacular settings and intimate wine tastings with leading sommeliers in esteemed wineries,” highlights Anthony.

“We also include thoughtful elements of surprise throughout each journey – unexpected moments that bring joy, spark conversation, and create shared points of connection.”

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 23

HUNTERMOSS T R AV E L B U S I N E S S

“Our journeys are slower paced, balanced, and planned to precision.

We trade highways for hidden backroads, guiding guests into lesser-known corners and routes that reveal the true character of each destination; it’s a richer, more layered experience” – Anthony Moss, co-Founder, HunterMoss REIMAGINING DOMESTIC TRAVEL For many years, clients had been requesting HunterMoss journeys in the US, so this felt like a natural progression for the company.

Post-COVID-19 pandemic, there was pent-up demand for slower, more enriching travel that presented a departure from the traditional ‘fly and flop’ holiday.

“Now more than ever, guests want to scratch under the surface of a destination and experience it in new, more memorable ways,” Julie observes.

“There was renewed interest from travellers in the US 24 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

to explore the country in style and an opportunity for us to reimagine domestic travel with HunterMoss experiences, matching iconic driving routes with refined long-weekend stays, enriching cultural moments, and exceptional dining.”

The company has therefore launched a series of fourday, three-night itineraries that journey through some of the most cinematic US landscapes, from coastal California to the untamed inland West.

Having redefined road trips in Europe, HunterMoss has retained this legacy and translated its boutique, hands-on approach – which has been key to the company’s success on the continent – across its US tours.

“HunterMoss is a small senior team that has personally experienced every tour – spending weeks in each destination to refine itineraries year after year and hosting every journey ourselves to gain a deep understanding of our guests. This gives us an intimate knowledge of the nuances of each route, the rhythm of the roads, and the unfolding scenery and culture along the way,” Anthony explains.

“We’ve implemented this philosophy across our tours in the US. Over the years, we’ve meticulously mapped and catalogued not only the country’s finest driving roads but also the hotels, restaurants, cafés, and scenic stops that connect them.”

HUNTERMOSS T R AV E L B U S I N E S S

WHAT KIND OF GUEST IS DRAWN TO A HUNTERMOSS JOURNEY? Julie Hunter, co-Founder: “Our guests are usually high-level decision-makers and accomplished professionals. When they travel, they don’t want to make choices – they want to be looked after with the confidence that every detail will exceed their high expectations.

“That’s what draws them to HunterMoss – we take control of the decision-making so all they need to do is arrive. From that moment, every aspect is orchestrated by us – the route, the experience, and the car, meaning guests can sit back and relax into the experience.

“There’s a misconception that tours of this nature are targeted at male motorists, but this is not the reality.

Our signature tours are designed for two guests, and we see a broad mix of clientele – couples, pairs of

friends, and fathers and sons. Each group is comprised of an entirely unique blend of individuals, and the connections and memories made are a big part of what makes the tours special – many of our guests return year after year.”

Anthony Moss, co-Founder: “Our tours are especially popular with guests who aren’t necessarily car enthusiasts but are drawn to the sophistication and exclusivity of each journey.

“They may not have previously had the confidence or experience to explore these destinations by road, and HunterMoss empowers them to do this. Each tour is fully navigated in the world’s most prestigious and comfortable cars, with personalised safety briefings, dedicated support, and expert management throughout – making luxury road travel available to wider audiences.”

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 25

The outcome is a highly selective, exclusive portfolio of small group experiences, each shaped with the same care and expertise as HunterMoss’ European journeys.

“Every detail is fine-tuned, from the timing of transitions to the perfect vantage point for a coffee break and having a guest’s favourite cocktail waiting on arrival,” Julie elaborates.

A TRULY DIFFERENT EXPERIENCE` HunterMoss transforms the conventional American road trip – which is synonymous with long stretches of highway driving, convenient roadside diners, and a more budgetfriendly style of travel – into a truly different experience.

Whilst it is a beloved and iconic part of US culture, the company approaches car travel through a fresh lens.

“Our journeys are slower paced, balanced, and planned to precision. We trade highways for hidden backroads, guiding guests into lesser-known corners and routes that reveal the true character of each destination; it’s a richer, more layered experience,” Anthony insights.

“The cars are always a highlight – our fleet includes Ferraris, Lamborghinis, and Aston Martins, but they are just as important as the experiences that frame the drive.”

26 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Whilst the core concept remains the same, there are two key differences between HunterMoss’ European and US journeys.

The first is the scenery, as there is a striking contrast between US and European landscapes and roads.

“The true scale and diversity of character in the US was a huge source of inspiration and excitement for us,” reveals Julie.

“Its landscapes are varied and dramatic, from wideopen deserts to sweeping coastlines and vast national parks. Europe, by contrast, offers a distinct intimacy and charm – rolling hills, medieval villages, alpine passes, vast vineyards, and historic cities all packed closely together.

Both destinations hold their own unique allure, perfectly suited to the HunterMoss concept.”

The second key difference is that the company’s US itineraries are designed as shorter escapes, spanning three nights from Thursday to Sunday.

Each destination is easily accessible from major US cities, which gives added appeal to domestic travellers.

“For international guests, the tours can integrate seamlessly as part of a longer US escape. Many of our guests have demanding professional lives and want to

HUNTERMOSS T R AV E L B U S I N E S S

recharge, disconnect, and relax without the burden of long-haul travel,” explains Anthony.

“They prefer to take frequent weekend getaways across multiple destinations, and our tours have been developed to provide this flexibility. We reinvent the classic weekend escape with a new, compelling format.”

ESCAPE AND EXPLORE The first of four US weekend escapes that HunterMoss is hosting in 2026 is the Santa Ynez Valley Weekend Getaway in February and March.

Guests explore the Pacific Coast Highway, driving through Los Padres National Forest past waterfalls, Wheeler Springs, and Lake Cachuma, with quirky stops like the world’s smallest post office.

Dining on this tour focuses on ‘Caliterranean’ cuisine, complemented by artisanal cocktail evenings, whilst spa experiences offer rejuvenation, with optional add-ons including scenic horseback rides and hands-on cookery classes with local chefs.

HunterMoss is also hosting the Napa Wine Country Weekend Getaway in March, set in a 30-mile valley home to more than 400 wineries.

In spring, the vineyards glow with golden mustard flowers, a striking backdrop for celebrating the region’s renowned wine and food culture.

“Drives follow vineyard-lined routes such as the Silverado Trail, winding past canyons, lakes, and rolling hills, with stops at the Reynolds Family Winery, CHANDON, and CRUSH Vineyard,” outlines Julie.

Culinary discovery defines the journey, with Michelinstarred dining, artisanal street food, boutique tasting rooms, and unique venues such as a former train depot turned restaurant.

“Extras such as tequila tasting, salsa making, and after-hours tours with vintners add even more depth to the escape,” Anthony suggests.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 27

“There was renewed interest from travellers in the US to explore the country in style and an opportunity for us to reimagine domestic travel with HunterMoss experiences, matching iconic driving routes with refined long-weekend stays, enriching cultural moments, and exceptional dining” – Julie Hunter, co-Founder, HunterMoss

APPETITE FOR ADVENTURE In April and May, the Sangre de Cristo Mountains Weekend Getaway invites guests to New Mexico’s high desert.

Stretching from Southern Colorado into Northern New 28 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Mexico, this land is central to Hispanic heritage, where centuries-old adobe villages meet hidden lakes and dramatic mountain landscapes.

“Guests will take the High Road to Taos, a route that weaves through pine forests, desert valleys, and snowcapped peaks – offering four seasons in a single drive.

Stops along the way include Wild West villages, cattle ranches, vintage gas stations, and remote waterfalls,” Julie informs us.

Optional experiences bring the landscape to life, from leather crafting, hiking in sacred foothills, and horseback riding to cowboy traditions and stargazing beneath expansive desert skies.

Alternatively, the Park City & Deer Valley Weekend Getaway in May and June explores Utah’s Wasatch Mountains and forests.

With restaurants ranging from a refined, relaxed sushi bar to gourmet comfort food made with fresh seasonal produce, the itinerary offers a diverse yet impeccably curated dining repertoire.

HUNTERMOSS T R AV E L B U S I N E S S

“Optional activities add further immersion, from private archery and scenic horseback rides to exploring Park City’s historic Main Street with its galleries, boutiques, and lively culture,” Anthony notes.

Whilst HunterMoss sees huge opportunity for further expansion, especially in the US, its focus isn’t simply on unveiling new destinations but reimaging familiar ones and revealing them through different seasons, fresh perspectives, and more authentic formats.

“Immersive travel is one of the fastest-growing trends industry-wide, and since our tours began, we’ve seen a growing sense of curiosity and appetite for adventure.

Our guests continue to inspire us – whilst the majority are seasoned, mature travellers whose appetite for adventure is stronger than ever, we’re also seeing a new generation of younger guests with a desire to engage with the world in more meaningful ways,” Julie concludes.

“They no longer seek luxury hotels as just places to stay but view them as a base to explore the landscapes around them.”

US: +1 (800) 860-1034 AU: +61 1300 313 343 UK: +44 (0)800 098 8175 www.huntermoss.com

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 29

S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y S TO R I E S

W H E R E LU X U R Y M E E T S TUSCAN AUTHENTICITY When Christian Scali and Stephen Lewis first set foot in Chianti, Tuscany, you could say it was love at first sight for the couple. Villa Ardore – which draws its name from both the Italian word for passion and the tiny Calabrian town Scali’s grandparents’ family came from – is the former 16th-century farmhouse that the co-Founders have lovingly renovated to become a site of contemporary luxury and rustic Tuscan culture, and a place where immersion in and preservation of the local landscape is an enduring priority WRITER: LILY SAWYER

VILLA ARDORE S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y S T O R I E S

H

alfway between Florence and Siena and only a short distance from each, Villa Ardore is a private escape in the heart of the Tuscan countryside.

Set within the Chianti Classico zone and perched atop the highest hill in the area, the property is surrounded on three sides by deep, verdant forest, complemented by an unobstructed view to the south over miles of rolling hills covered by vineyards, framing distant mountains.

“Even after several years, the view continues to take our breath away,” introduces Christian Scali, co-Founder of the villa with partner, Stephen Lewis.

“Honestly, it’s hard to put into words what made us fall in love with the Tuscan countryside. Obviously, the outstanding natural beauty was a big part of it – everywhere one looks there’s a scene that could be a postcard or painting,” Lewis adds.

A fundamentally rural place, with artisanal agriculture – such as wineries, olive groves, and sheep farms for

pecorino cheese – being central to daily life, Chianti is a region close to the Earth, with the rhythm of one’s days dictated by the seasons.

“There’s something about the pace of life here that immediately made us want to stay – it’s a place that puts us in touch with our humanity and what’s really important in life,” Scali reflects.

A welcome change from the couple’s busy, always-onthe-go life in Los Angeles, they decided to set up shop in a place where tranquillity meets rustic, natural beauty.

RUSTIC AUTHENTICITY MEETS MODERNITY Setting itself apart from other luxury vacation villas in the region, Villa Ardore marries an unmistakably Tuscan 500-year-old farmhouse with the highest modern standards of comfort.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 31

VILLA ARDORE S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y S T O R I E S

“It’s hard to express how much we love Villa Ardore. Our priority this coming year, as always, is maintaining the eternal life of the villa so others can fall in love with it too” – STEPHEN LEWIS, CO-FOUNDER, VILLA ARDORE

“It’s very easy to find authentic, characteristic villas throughout Tuscany – but given their age, they may have uncomfortable chairs, squeaky beds, inadequate heating, limited internet access, or lack air conditioning during the hot summer months,” Lewis sets out.

“One can also find more luxe, comfortable accommodation – but with little to no local Tuscan character,” Scali adds.

In this way, Villa Ardore’s plethora of modern amenities – such as underfloor heating, air conditioning, bedside USB ports, custom-made, ultra-comfortable mattresses and bed linens, high-speed internet, a private on-site spa, and a heated infinity-edge swimming pool – in a deeply authentic Tuscan setting truly differentiates the property.

It also provides a daily breakfast and chef service, with 32 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Breakfast Manager Salvatore hailing from the Four Seasons Hotel in Florence to bring a 5-star level of service to the Tuscan countryside along with his own personal touch.

Furthermore, chef Roberto Miceli, who prepares lunches and dinners, is amongst the best in the region and also teaches at the Florence Culinary Arts School where he is training the next generation of chefs to follow in his footsteps.

“Roberto’s deep grounding in traditional Tuscan and Neapolitan cuisine and his own personal mark of creativity set his dishes apart,” Scali prides.

Further distinguishing Villa Ardore is its commitment

VILLA ARDORE S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y S T O R I E S

HOW DO YOUR WILD FORAGING EXPERIENCES CONNECT GUESTS WITH THE LOCAL LANDSCAPE WHILST PROVIDING THE ULTIMATE LUXURY? Stephen Lewis, co-Founder: “We have found that there is something very special about walking out into the woods and picking, for example, a small basket of porcini mushrooms that one will eat only a short while later in a sauce or integrated into local Tuscan dish prepared by one of the region’s best chefs.

“In our modern society, in which we have become so detached from the Earth, this kind of direct connection between the land, nourishment of the body, and delight of the palate has become a rare luxury available only to those with the time and access to the necessary expertise to experience it.

“And really, this is, for us, the most valuable luxury that Villa Ardore offers: the luxury of time and the opportunity to use it beautifully.” to environmental sustainability, which has grown from both Founders’ true appreciation of the beauty of the surrounding countryside, making it a place where the preservation of the local landscape is an enduring priority.

“We’ve already eliminated single-use plastics and are now turning our attention to bigger-ticket items,” Scali insights.

For example, this winter, a solar electricity system is being installed that will fully power the villa even during the peak summer season.

A water-capture system is also on the cards, capturing roof run-off water for irrigating the landscape to save a substantial amount of water each year.

LIVE LIKE A LOCAL Offering a wild foraging experience for its guests each autumn, Villa Ardore seeks to blend five-star comfort with Earth-connected, hands-on authenticity.

“Autum is a magical season in Tuscany and whilst it’s not the only season when wonderful foods grow wild all around the villa, we think it’s the best,” Lewis smiles.

As the surrounding forest becomes filled with porcini mushrooms and beautiful, subtly flavoured corbezzolo fruit – which makes excellent jam – the local landscape is transformed.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 33

VILLA ARDORE S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y S T O R I E S

Whilst not exclusively in the realm of foraging, chestnuts and figs are also locally abundant in autumn, with the latter appearing at the beginning of the season, and chestnuts closer to the end.

“And then, of course, there is the truffle – probably the most prized reward of the forager,” he excites.

During the foraging experience, maintaining authenticity is a concept that is extremely important.

“When we’re talking about mushrooms, wild fruits, or chestnuts, we’re gathering them, but when we’re talking about truffles, we’re hunting them; it’s an important distinction,” Scali outlines.

Truffles are rare, hence their high price, and exceedingly difficult to find, and one can expect to be looking for hours and not find anything on a given day.

34 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

“There’s something about the pace of life here that immediately made us want to stay – it’s a place that puts us in touch with our humanity and what’s really important in life” – CHRISTIAN SCALI, CO-FOUNDER, VILLA ARDORE

“It is sadly common for many who offer truffle hunting experiences to bury a truffle and lead a tourist directly to it.

Whilst providing the satisfaction of seeming to have ‘found something’, this is not an authentic experience and the ‘satisfaction’ comes only from having been deceived,” he warns.

VILLA ARDORE S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y S T O R I E S

WHY IS UTILISING SEASONAL PRODUCE IN YOUR MENUS, AND ENCOURAGING GUESTS TO LEARN WHAT CAN BE FORAGED FROM THE LOCAL LANDSCAPE, SO IMPORTANT TO YOU? Christian Scali, co-Founder: “To know the cuisine of a place is, in part, to know its character, its history.

“Food – how it is prepared, which ingredients are used, whether recipes are complex or simple, for example – tells the story of the place where it’s from.

“Using what’s local and seasonal honours Tuscany’s natural rhythm, but it also allows one to actually live a part of that story.

“At Villa Ardore, there is no restaurant and no fixed menu; the villa comes with a private chef who works closely with guests to design each day’s meals around what is local and seasonal.

“He shares what’s in season, and recommends and creates dishes that are personal, fresh, creative and deeply connected to Tuscany’s cycle of flavours.

“Obviously, not every guest chooses to have a foraging experience, but for those who do, making that direct connection between nature and the table elevates the experience of seasonality to an even higher level.”

Both Lewis and Scali respect their guests too much to do such a thing; at Villa Ardore, when one finds a truffle, it is due to their own abilities, making it the experience not of a tourist, but a traveller living like a local.

Of course, when returning home to the villa with fresh mushrooms, fruits, or chestnuts – with or without a truffle – one finds all the creature comforts Villa Ardore has become known for.

E D U C AT I O N , E C O L O G Y, A N D ENCHANTMENT Led by guida ambientale escursionistica (GAE) – local certified environmental hiking guides – Villa Ardore’s foraging tours combine education, ecology, and enchantment.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 35

VILLA ARDORE S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y S T O R I E S

“The guides we work with are storytellers of the land, trained in ecology and environmental preservation, whilst our chef translates their knowledge into flavour,” Lewis tells us.

Each foraging experience blends learning with discovery, sharing with guests a deep knowledge about local ecosystems, soil health, and seasonality in a hands-on way.

Every session is conducted with the utmost respect for nature’s rhythms, taking only what’s abundant and following regional guidelines to ensure that what is gathered and how remains consistent with the health of the local landscape and wildlife.

“We adhere to these principles even beyond the foraging experience – values of respect for the land and how it sustains us are evident in the work that our Groundskeeper, Riccardo Vigni, does daily,” he emphasises.

Vigni preserves the property’s flora to the highest aesthetic standards whilst also ensuring that the entire property stays in constant harmony with nature.

At the end of a day of foraging, guests are invited to 36 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

engage in an al fresco fire dining experience that enables them to not only admire the local landscape but taste it.

“Whether enjoyed al fresco, sheltered under our pergola, or from the warmth of the villa, the experience completes the circle – guests cook and savour what they have gathered with their own hands. It doesn’t get more seasonal, or more local, than that,” Scali details.

Freshly prepared olive oil, artisanal cheeses, and selected cuts from the trusted local butcher accompany dishes that capture the essence of Tuscan autumn – a true taste of the season in every sense.

T H E E T H I C S O F S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y In terms of its farm-to fork and eco-conscious outlook, Villa Ardore is currently undertaking important renovations to save water and operate as much as possible on exclusively renewable energy that it produces on-site through solar power.

The villa is also replacing gas-powered boilers with electric-powered heat pumps that will not only preserve

VILLA ARDORE S U S TA I N A B I L I T Y S T O R I E S

energy but provide more instantaneous hot water, further reducing water usage.

“We have never and will never use chemical pesticides on the property, which means that all fruit, vegetables, and herbs grown here are immediately consumable,” Lewis highlights.

As the property’s owners, a commitment to the environment is as important to both Lewis and Scali as it is to all staff.

“For example, Riccardo would be aghast at the idea of using chemical pesticides, even if we didn’t share his commitment to the environment, which of course we do,” Scali adds.

Roberto, meanwhile, exclusively uses fresh, local, seasonal, and organic ingredients in his cooking, and the same is true of Villa Ardore’s resident Pizzaiolo, Gianluca Bartolotta.

The property also bears the cultural environment in mind when choosing its suppliers, partnering with artisanal, family-owned wineries that follow sustainable farming practices whilst still producing wines of award-winning quality.

“This ethic of sustainability runs through everything we do,” Scali boldly states.

to feel like one – despite their ability to provide a level of service that perhaps surpasses that of many 5-star establishments.

“The Villa Ardore property is only offered in its entirety to one family or group of friends at a time, and it is our goal to ensure each individual that stays here feels they are in their own private sanctuary – their own Tuscan home,” Scali underscores.

In 2026, both Founders eagerly anticipate welcoming families who have already made Villa Ardore their homeaway-from-home and are returning for a second or third time – as well as those coming for their first visit.

“It’s hard to express how much we love Villa Ardore.

Our priority this coming year, as always, is maintaining the eternal life of the villa so others can fall in love with it too,” Lewis passionately concludes.

A HOME FROM HOME Looking ahead, environmental improvements are at the top of the Founders’ priorities.

The couple are also creating a news fitness facility on the property, which will include treadmills, a stair climber, and a variety of both free weights and exercise machines.

“Even whilst making these improvements, we are concentrating on ensuring that Villa Ardore maintains its character as a home,” Lewis reflects.

Both he and Scali are keen to point out that the property is by no means a hotel or resort, and they don’t want it Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 37

TROPICA NORTH QUEENS 38 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

AL

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

SLAND

The only place on Earth with two UNESCO World Heritage Sites situated side by side, Tropical North Queensland is a unique natural wonder encompassing the aweinspiring magnificence of the Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest, part of the Wet Tropics Rainforest WRITER: ED BUDDS PROJECT MANAGER: DEANE ANDERTON

C

onnect with nature in a place unlike anywhere else across the planet as you step into the remarkable world of Tropical North Queensland, one of the most diversely beautiful and powerful Australian tourism stories.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 39

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

Industry Insights

Tourism Tropical North Queensland Tourism Tropical North Queensland (TTNQ) celebrates its 50th anniversary in 2025 and continues to thrive as the regional tourism organisation. We speak to Mark Olsen, CEO, about how TTNQ brings together the industry and community to drive the value of the visitor economy through destination marketing.

MARK OLSEN, CEO

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, can you talk us through the origins of TTNQ and its initial vision?

Mark Olsen, CEO (MO): The origins of TTNQ stretch back to the 1960s when a group of Cairns business owners formed a development bureau to attract investment to the region. The organisation was formally registered on 12th September 1975 as the Far 40 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

North Queensland Development Bureau Limited.

Recognising tourism as the region’s greatest economic opportunity, the bureau changed its name in August 1978 to the Far North Queensland Promotion Bureau Limited. In 1998, the organisation underwent another transformation to TTNQ, aligning with the evolving destination brand of Tropical North Queensland.

The early vision was to attract visitors to the region, create new business opportunities, and grow the visitor economy. This ambition helped Cairns secure a locally owned international airport, which was the catalyst for the growth in international tourism, transforming Tropical North Queensland into one of Australia’s key global destinations.

OT: What are your organisation’s current set of priorities and goals that you are aiming to achieve?

MO: Our mission is for every visitor to leave as a custodian of Tropical North

Lifetime of Greatness launch

Queensland and its stories, sharing their experience globally to drive future visitation.

As a destination marketing organisation (DMO), we are proud to promote the only place on earth with two UNESCO World Heritage Sites side by side. Working with industry, science, and Traditional Owners, we also play a role as a custodian of the Great Barrier Reef and one of the world’s oldest rainforests. That is why it’s so important this philosophy is reflected in our marketing.

Our overarching vision is for the destination to be a global leader in nature-based ecotourism, driving visitor spend.

OT: How are you currently marketing Tropical North Queensland as a destination and what, for you, represents the essence of the location?

MO: Tropical North Queensland is a year-round, tropical nature-based destination with distinct seasons that

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

The world’s largest living organism is the beating heart of the ocean, supporting more than 9,000 different species and forming one of the most biodiverse ecosystems on Earth.

It inspires people every day, bringing individuals together through sustainable initiatives, shaping cultures and communities across generations.

The campaign invited the world to recognise the reef’s extraordinary contribution by nominating it for the UN Environment Programme (UNEP) Lifetime Achievement in the Champions of the Earth Awards.

More than 1.3 million people across the globe signed in support, which is a remarkable show of advocacy and love for the Great Barrier Reef.

OT: Can you tell us more about the launch of the Lifetime of Greatness project?

MO: The Great Barrier Reef drives international visitation to Australia and needs visitors to ensure it is well cared for by the science community and the tourism industry, who monitor it every day and undertake stewardship activities to protect its health.

Every visitor contributes financially to the management of the Great Barrier Reef, and once they have

seen this diverse ecosystem, they understand its resilience and want to play a role in its future.

TTNQ launched the Lifetime of Greatness project in April 2025 alongside Traditional Owners, marine biologists, the tourism industry, and reef guardian schools to show the profound impact the Great Barrier Reef has on both the environment and the people who visit it.

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

bring different experiences.

Winter has long been a favourite with Australian travellers looking for a tropical escape from the colder southern climate.

Additionally, summer marks a period of regeneration, beginning with the annual coral spawning in November.

Mangoes are in season, the wildlife becomes active, and the warm rain greens the rainforest and outback, whilst topping up the waterfalls and swimming holes.

Torres Strait Islander people

OT: Why, in your opinion, should someone visit Tropical North Queensland and what should be their top priorities?

MO: Tropical North Queensland has the greatest access to the Great Barrier Reef and the bonus of one of the world’s oldest tropical rainforests alongside it.

These extraordinary natural landscapes can be experienced with the world’s two oldest living cultures – the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples – whose ancient wisdom has been preserving the environment long before it was awarded UNESCO World Heritage status.

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

“Tropical North Queensland has what the world wants – transformational experiences in a stunningly beautiful, biodiverse environment” – Mark Olsen, CEO, Tourism Tropical North Queensland

Babinda Boulders

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

OT: What are some of the region’s most unique landmarks you would like to highlight?

Southern cassowary

Visitors have the unique opportunity to walk with a Traditional Owner to discover how the rainforest is their supermarket, pharmacy, and hardware store and join a Master Reef Guide to discover what is so special about the only living structure that can be seen from the moon.

42 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

MO: The Daintree Rainforest, which is part of the Wet Tropics Rainforest, is a UNESCO World Heritage Site recognised globally as one of the world’s oldest continuously surviving tropical rainforests.

It is home to living dinosaurs such as the southern cassowary and the saltwater crocodile and boasts a mind-boggling number of species – 40 percent of Australia’s bird species, 35 percent of mammal species, 65 percent of fern species – the list goes on.

The Daintree Rainforest is a living museum and home to the Kuku Yalanji people. Is it any wonder that Sir David

Attenborough regards Tropical North Queensland as his favourite place to visit? To quote the great man, “It has, for a naturalist, everything. It has an amazing rainforest which is quite unlike any other rainforest in the world. Not only does it have that, but down on the coast it has the Great Barrier Reef.”

The Ribbon Reefs, north of Port Douglas, are extraordinary. They are on the edge of the continental shelf, but still accessible and home to spectacular coral formations and marine life.

They are famous for being the only place in the world where you are permitted to swim with dwarf minke whales. These curious and friendly whales visit the reef in June and July

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

Video Corner

and only a handful of vessels have permits to swim with them, making it a very exclusive experience.

OT: Similarly, what is one of the most underrated landmarks or attractions that you would like to showcase?

MO: I have a deep personal connection with the Wet Tropics Rainforest. Many people assume this is the Daintree Rainforest alone, but it is just one of the 29 national parks that make up this stunning landscape that stretches north, south, and west of Cairns.

My wife’s family is from Babinda, south of Cairns, where you will find the serene beauty of the Babinda Boulders and Josephine Falls, popular

spots for locals to cool off.

I spend my Sundays at the family property where we are revegetating former farmland back to its natural state and am privileged to see the resident cassowary family enjoying the fruits of our labour most weekends.

OT: What current trends are transforming the tourism industry in Tropical North Queensland and how are you utilising and responding to them?

MO: Thoughtful travellers are seeking transformational experiences where they can tread lightly, give back to the environment and community they are visiting, and leave knowing that their visit has made a difference.

© Grant Kitto

CAPE YORK MOTORCYCLE ADVENTURES Riding the Last Frontier: A Journey Through Far North Queensland with Australia’s Off-Road Pioneers There are places in Australia that you don’t just visit; you feel them in your bones. Cape York is one of those rare destinations.

Raw, remote, and profoundly alive, it remains one of the final frontiers of Australian adventure.

For more than 35 years, Cape York Motorcycle Adventures (CYMCA) has been guiding riders deep into this wild peninsula, revealing a side of Far North Queensland most people will never experience.

From rainforest to red dirt, from ancient Indigenous homelands to the northernmost tip of the continent, the region speaks to those who crave challenge,

connection, and the freedom of being far beyond the ordinary.

This is not a trip you simply take; it is a rite of passage.

This year, the pioneering work of CYMCA was recognised in a remarkable way: on 14th November, the company received the Gold Award for Adventure Tourism at the Queensland Tourism Awards, a milestone achievement that cements its reputation as leaders in Australian adventure travel.

Where the Road Ends, The Adventure Begins Based in Cairns, the pulsing, colourful gateway to Far North

Queensland, CYMCA has spent more than three decades pioneering off-road exploration in the region. Long before the Cape became known among international riders, CYMCA was carving tracks, building relationships with Traditional Owner groups, securing exclusive access, and mapping safe, sustainable routes through some of the most challenging terrain in the country.

“We’ve dedicated our lives to this place,” says founder Roy. “Cape York is in our blood. Every ridge, river, and rainforest track, we’ve ridden it, lived it, breathed it.”

This intimate knowledge is what sets CYMCA apart. Its tours are not simply a guided ride; they are the culmination of decades of trust, respect, community partnership, and environmental

stewardship. In 2006, the organisation became the world’s first eco-certified motorcycle tour company, a title it continues to honour through sustainable practices and deep collaboration with local people.

The company’s relationship with Tourism Tropical North Queensland (TTNQ) further amplifies the region’s global visibility, showcasing Cape York as a must-ride destination for enthusiasts seeking authenticity and adrenaline in equal measure.

A Landscape Like Nowhere Else on Earth

© Grant Kitto, One of the Cape challenges to navigate.

Few places compress so many ecosystems into one ride:

point of rock where Australia meets the Torres Strait.

• Wet tropics rainforest, alive with prehistoric ferns and crystal-clear waterfalls.

• Savana and bushland, home to wallabies, cockatoos, and wedge-tailed eagles.

• Iconic river crossings and the legendary Old Telegraph Track.

• Remote Aboriginal communities, rich with culture, stories, and connection.

• Endless beaches, where the ocean meets the edge of the continent.

• And finally, the Tip, that slender

Whether you’re carving through winding single-track trails or splashing through freshwater creeks so clear you can count the stones beneath you, the Cape has a rhythm, a mood, a heartbeat entirely its own.

It is this diversity and the sheer sense of achievement that keep riders returning year after year.

Why People Ride: The Call of Something Bigger Adventure riding is more than throttle and dirt. It is often a refuge, a reset, a return to

yourself. The Cape demands presence. It tests your focus and rewards your determination.

And for many solo travellers, or groups of mates, this is where transformation begins.

Roy shares one story that captures this spirit perfectly.

“A rider joined us after a rough chapter in his life, exhausted from self-employment, unsure of himself, and travelling solo to clear his mind. On the second day, he powered through one of our challenging creek crossings, pulled up on the bank, and just burst into laughter. Not relief… pure exhilaration.”

There is something about that moment, when your heart is pounding, when the earth is vibrating under the bike, when the rush of adrenaline pushes every worry aside, that strips life back to its simplest truth: you are alive, and you are capable.

The Cape does that. It wakes people up.

That rider finished the tour at the Tip of Australia with a renewed sense of confidence and friendships that will last a lifetime.

Our happy clients!

Stories like his are not an exception. They are part of the fabric of what CYMCA has created.

win, an honour that validates its contribution to Queensland’s tourism landscape and highlights the importance of safe, ethical, high-quality adventure travel.

A Region Worth Travelling To Far North Queensland is a worldclass destination, and CYMCA tours weave through its most spectacular regions. Working alongside Tourism Tropical North Queensland, the company helps visitors discover not only the thrill of off-road riding but also the extraordinary tourism offerings of the region. © Grant Kitto, Serenity, camping by the support vehicle.

Solo Travellers, United by Adventure Although many riders begin their journey alone, no one stays that way for long. CYMCA tours are designed to foster camaraderie, courage, and genuine connection.

The shared challenges and triumphs of navigating the Cape’s unpredictable terrain create instant community.

Campfire conversations, shared tools, swapping riding tips, laughing about the day’s near misses, these moments are what transform a group of strangers into a team.

• Brand-new, high-performance motorcycles maintained to exacting standards • Exclusive access to beachfront cabins and wilderness sites • Written safety procedures and training programmes These are not just features; they are promises, born from decades of experience, refinement, and deep respect for the environment and the riders who trust them.

It is this commitment to excellence that led to the company’s Gold Adventure Tourism Award

In Cairns alone, riders can enjoy: • Great Barrier Reef snorkelling and diving • The ancient Daintree Rainforest • Indigenous cultural experiences • Luxury resorts and rainforest retreats • World-class dining showcasing fresh tropical produce The ride north from Cairns reveals a landscape that evolves with every kilometre, a rare experience that blends culture, nature, and pure adventure.

For many visitors, this trip becomes the highlight of their entire Australian journey.

And because CYMCA handles everything - flights, accommodation, meals, permits, safety, logistics, and brand-new motorcycles - riders are free to focus on the adventure rather than the logistics.

Care, Safety, and Expertise: The CYMCA Difference When you embark on a journey as wild as Cape York, expertise matters. Every tour is supported by: • National Park permits • Fully accredited, Remote Area First Aid-certified guides • A purpose-built support vehicle

2025 QTA 260 – Renae Kunda accepts the Gold Adventure Tourism Award on 14th November 2025.

of dirt tracks, clear-water river crossings, and waking up in a beachside cabin miles from the nearest town…

If you’re looking for a place to strip life back to its essentials, push your limits, and reconnect with something powerful inside yourself…

If you’ve been waiting for the right moment, the right challenge, the right company…

© Grant Kitto, There’s a time and a place for fun on the beach.

The Heart of It All: Respect for Country Cape York Motorcycle Adventures understands that its tours take place on ancient lands woven with stories and cultural significance.

Respect for Traditional Owners is central to operations.

Through ongoing consultation, community support, and education of their riders, CYMCA ensures that every journey honours the custodians of the land. The company’s ecocertification represents more than a badge; it is proof of a philosophy grounded in stewardship, sustainability, and gratitude.

never been a better moment to experience Cape York.

CYMCA’s Gold Award win has placed them firmly in the national spotlight. The region is thriving. Tourism Tropical North Queensland is investing in sustainability and innovation, showcasing the extraordinary beauty of the state’s Far North.

This is it.

This is your sign.

This is your ride.

CYMCA invites you to claim your place in the story of Australia’s ultimate frontier.

Ready to Ride?

Visit: www.capeyorkmotorcycles.com.au Follow the journey: https:// www.facebook.com/ CapeYorkMotorcycleAdventures or https://www.instagram.com/ capeyorkmotorcycleadventures/

And the Cape itself?

It is as rugged, breathtaking, and transformative as ever.

Your Call to Adventure If your heart races at the thought

A Journey Worth Planning The Cape York riding season runs from May to October, when the dry weather opens the tracks and the landscapes are at their most accessible. Tours often book out months, sometimes years, in advance, especially for peakseason departures.

Riders are encouraged to secure their spot early and begin preparing for what many describe as the greatest ride of their lives.

Why Now Is the Time to Ride For riders dreaming of something bigger, a challenge, a reset, an unforgettable story, there has

© Grant Kitto, There’s a time and a place for fun on the beach.

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

“Our industry works together to promote Tropical North Queensland as a destination, and we remain resilient and grasp every setback as an opportunity to innovate, making sure that the rest of the world loves our backyard as much as we do” – Mark Olsen, CEO, Tourism Tropical North Queensland

Tropical North Queensland is where you can not only see great, but you can also leave greater. Our region’s tourism industry is highly engaged with the environment their business operates in. The natural beauty and ecological values of Tropical North Queensland is why we are here.

We love it and want the world to appreciate it the way we do.

Travel to the Great Barrier Reef knowing that your visit has directly contributed to its conservation and supported a business that is investing in its health. Take it a step further and participate in a citizen science programme helping marine biologists to monitor the diverse species on the reef.

Explore the rainforest with a Traditional Owner, as supporting their business allows our First Nations 48 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

people to retain their connection to country, care for the environment that has nurtured their family for generations, and share their ancient culture with the world, creating employment for the next generation.

OT: What challenges does the tourist industry in Tropical North Queensland face and how will these be overcome?

MO: Public perception is often our greatest challenge. Australia, like many other countries, has been impacted by significant weather events that attract global media coverage. The impact of these events can be immediately devastating to a community, but they are isolated and should not impact travel to nearby communities that are unaffected.

Call your accommodation direct

to ask if there is an impact in the area you are visiting and continue with your travel plans if they say it is safe. If they are affected, ask if you can delay your travel until it is safe. Often, the impact of cancellations on a community is worse than the disaster itself.

Reports on the health of the Great Barrier Reef can become quite skewed by the time they reach the other side of the world, with confusing statistics misreported or taken out of context.

Our oceans are warming, and this is impacting marine environments with more frequent setbacks. However, the Great Barrier Reef is resilient and areas that have been impacted in the past by events such as bleaching have recovered. Scientists and the tourism industry have been working together to look at how recovery can be encouraged in areas that have been heavily hit.

There is no simple solution, but the Great Barrier Reef continues to give birth each year with the annual coral spawning – surely the greatest sign that this biodiverse ecosystem is resilient. Visit for yourself to understand why we have such high hopes for the Great Barrier Reef.

MO: Chalking up half a century of attracting visitors to a destination is a significant milestone. TTNQ’s founders – Chairman, George Chapman and General Manager, Bill Cummings – had extraordinary vision and are still active in the industry into their 80s.

They recognised the opportunity that growing road and aviation connectivity offered the destination and built a culture of working together for the betterment of the industry, the environment, and the community.

That philosophy of working together for the greater good has been the backbone of our destination marketing organisation for five decades.

TTNQ is the oldest regional DMO in Australia and the largest, supported by an enthusiastic membership base.

Our success in establishing Tropical North Queensland as an international Australian destination is the direct result of our ability to hunt as a pack.

Our industry works together to

promote Tropical North Queensland as a destination, and we remain resilient and grasp every setback as an opportunity to innovate, making sure that the rest of the world loves our backyard as much as we do.

OT: To date, what are you most proud of regarding the tourist board’s body of work?

MO: TTNQ has been a leader in the sustainability space for decades, helping our industry to grow in a way that benefits our community, people, environment, and economy.

We have achieved many firsts in this space to bring our members along on the journey, such as introducing an accessibility hub and a sustainability hub to our destination website, developing a First Nations Tourism Action Plan in collaboration with our Indigenous operators, launching a Sustainability Leaders Network, and completing our annual Sustainability Report.

Tropical North Queensland has the most certified tourism operators of any region in Australia, and we continue to innovate in this space.

Meanwhile, Tropic Wings is Australia’s

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

OT: Could you talk about the organisation’s 50-year anniversary and what this significant milestone represents?

first tour operator with an electric fleet, and the Quicksilver Cruises Group has converted all its marine engines ready for the new generation of sustainable fuels.

OT: Finally, are you optimistic about the future of the tourism industry for Tropical North Queensland?

MO: Yes! Tropical North Queensland has what the world wants – transformational experiences in a stunningly beautiful, biodiverse environment. Our community embraces tourism as a benefit, so visitors are guaranteed a warm welcome, and we are caring for our environment to ensure that it is here for the pleasure of generations to come.

Tel: General enquiries +61 7 4031 7676 enquiries@ttnq.org.au tourism.tropicalnorthqueensland.org.au

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 49

ESCAPE THE CHAOS

An unparalleled opportunity to connect with nature, abundant wildlife, and the mesmerising North Queensland starry nights, Rossville Retreat is a truly unique and authentic destination that shines a light on the unrestrained natural beauty of Australian bushland through the eyes of those who call the land home.

N

early seven years ago, Sandy and Dave found themselves on Elcho Island, off the east coast of Arnhem Land, where they lived with the traditional owner and his family in the Dhambala community.

Dedicated to immersing themselves in the Yolngu culture, the two spent their time learning as much as possible from the residents before, very slowly, being accepted into the family.

After Dave was adopted by Mawalan II Marika – leader of the Rirratjingu clan, renowned artist, land care advocate, and teacher – he and Sandy were given the opportunity to embark on some truly incredible experiences.

They camped at Yalangbara, listened to Dreamtime stories, drank the sacred fresh water from beneath the Yalangbara sand, hunted stingray, ate the bush tucker, and so much more.

Things to enjoy at Rossville Retreat • Little Annan River – Visitors have access to 10 km of

With Mawalan’s approval, Sandy and Dave shared their experiences, quickly receiving amazing feedback from people worldwide who were also interested in learning more about Indigenous culture. This inspired them to establish a retreat that provided a safe space for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders to teach others about their culture and traditions, whilst getting paid fairly for their time and knowledge.

bushwalking tracks, a beautiful riverside picnic area, bird and wildlife watching, and fishing.

• Lion’s Den Pub – Located 2 km from the retreat, it is a great place to enjoy a meal with live entertainment.

• Cooktown – The historic coastal town where Captain Cook had first contact with the Guugu Yimithirr Indigenous people is a 20-minute drive and boasts many attractions, such as cafés, restaurants, museums, shopping, tours, and

Hence, Rossville Retreat was born.

Located at the base of Cape York, off the Mulligan Highway at Kalkajaka National Park, 70 kilometres (km) north of Cape Tribulation and the Daintree Rainforest, this authentic oasis offers visitors the chance to immerse themselves in nature and culture in private, eco-friendly lodges or unpowered camp sites.

Rossville Retreat is set in natural bushland, backing onto the Little Annan River and provides guests with access to a riverside picnic area, an all-weather private airstrip (Helenvale Airport – YHEL), and 10 km of bushwalking tracks, all overlooked by the magical Kalkajaka mountain range. For wildlife enthusiasts, the retreat has an abundance of native flora and fauna, and in the evenings, guests can revel in the most spectacular stargazing opportunities as they relax around the campfire.

The retreat also prides itself on its Indigenous tours and activities, allowing travellers to learn about Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander culture, such as their traditions, languages, Dreamtime stories, and bush medicines with world-renowned bush medicine expert, Harold Tayley – better known as Mooks.

fishing trips to the Great Barrier Reef.

Well-being workshops and retreats Rossville Retreat is overlooked by the magnificent Kalkajaka. Its idyllic landscape and uplifting energy lend themselves to many other uses and activities, including: •

Meditation and wellness retreats

•

A wedding venue

•

Healing retreats

•

Banaji Dikkar Indigenous healing

•

‘Connect to Country’ days

•

School camps and cultural immersion retreats

DISCOVER YOUR PERFECT BUSHLAND HOLIDAY There are plenty of overnight options for your bushland trip!

The most luxurious and enticing option many go for are Rossville Retreat’s 12 Eco-friendly Bush Lodges, perfect for those seeking a truly one-of-a-kind stay.

These sustainability-focused lodges overlook the natural bushland, far away from any neighbours, making the only sound the call of the wild.

Each lodge sits on a raised platform, maximising the breezes from the Coral Sea and allowing you to escape the modern-day chaos with an open-air bathroom, secluded front deck, and plenty of room to park your vehicle or even aeroplane. Each dwelling is the perfect environment to relax in, make a campfire, and witness the majesty of wildlife pass you by.

The Bush Lodges have sustainable wastewater management systems and 12-volt solar power, allotting them zero-carbon energy emissions and making your stay truly incomparable. Each lodge has its own private camp kitchen with a 12-volt fridge, barbecue hotplate, and sink.

There is also bush camping, which offers large unpowered sites with cooling sea breezes overlooked by mysterious Kalkajaka (Black Mountain) – making for the perfect escape from the stresses of everyday life. The camping sites follow a leave-no-trace policy, asking guests to take all waste with them upon departure.

EXPERIENCE AUTHENTICITY AT ITS CORE

With the construction of the lodges complete, Sandy and Dave are focusing on their passion – procuring a safe space and support for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders to share their stories and culture. This will encourage positive interactions that connect cultures and create an understanding and acceptance of each other’s traditions.

Rossville Retreat is a proud community hub where both locals and tourists alike can come to experience unforgettable First Nations tourism experiences, including workshops, yarning circles, and traditional and Indigenous well-being sanctuaries.

The retreat promotes the Indigenous tours and activities across its marketing platforms and gives 100 percent of the income earned to the facilitators, allowing for a partnership that encourages positive cross-cultural interactions, the enhancement of authentic Indigenous guest experiences, and the overall benefit of the local community.

Rossville Retreat’s goal and mission Goal

To offer a safe and supportive environment where locals can share their stories, culture, and traditions with guests, providing a genuine and authentic First Nations tourism experience that celebrates Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander life, with the intention to encourage cross-cultural friendships and create an understanding and acceptance of each other’s traditions.

Mission To promote the recognition and respect of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander’s stories, cultures, and traditions. To encourage Indigenous skills development, employment, and business creation, ensuring Indigenous tourism is driven by a skilled workforce that generates sustainable socioeconomic outcomes for First Nations individuals and their communities. Rossville Retreat strives to become the ‘go-to’ hub where facilitators can run projects and activities to support well-being and create community connectedness.

The Kuku Nyungkul Traditional Owners are keen to share their knowledge by facilitating cultural activities.

These include a Welcome to Country ceremony in Kuku Nyungkul language, traditional Indigenous smoking ceremonies, bush food, bush medicine, and bark shelter walks, boomerang throwing, storytelling about the land, meeting places, and ancestors, traditional artefact sharing, and more.

These immersive experiences are conducted by Mooks, a Kuku Nyungkul Indigenous elder who was initiated by his elders into an unbroken lineage of tribal healers and is the traditional owner of the country around Rossville Retreat.

Known as a ‘Kuku bugga’ in the Kuku Nyungkul language, which means one who loves to talk, Mooks is a tour guide with over 40 years of experience and finds immense joy in sharing his knowledge of plants, culture, and the land.

He helps people from all walks of life make a deeper connection to Country through the tours he provides. In Mooks’s 2 ½ hour tour, visitors can anticipate a Welcome to Country with a smoking ceremony, a bush food and medicine walk, boomerang throwing, sharing of his personal handmade artefacts with personal stories, boomerang throwing, and a closing ceremony.

His 1 ½ hour tour comprises a Welcome to Country with a smoking ceremony, a bush food and medicine walk, storytelling, and a closing ceremony.

Regardless of which tour you embark upon, be sure to pack your closed-toe walking shoes, camera, water, sunscreen, and hat for a once-in-a-lifetime adventure that will open your heart to the natural world around you.

Mooks Tayley who runs his own tour guide business at Rossville Retreat

Location Rossville Retreat is located just off the Mulligan Highway at 152 Shipton’s Flat Road, Rossville, only 20 minutes from Cooktown, at the gateway to Cape York and the Bloomfield Track in to the Daintree Rainforest and on to Cape Tribulation. www.rossvilleretreat.com

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

RECOMMENDS Eat:

Do:

FOR A N IC ON IC WAT E R F R ON T V E N U E . . .

Salt House is Cairns’ most notorious and glorious spot to indulge in a true taste of luxury. With impressive views spanning the waterfront and Marina Point, it’s the perfect destination to enjoy and embrace the location whilst indulging in signature cocktails and perusing the extensive wine and champagne menus.

Spend a leisurely-paced afternoon sipping into the sunset with one of Salt House’s signature cocktails or grab a light bite to share with friends and bask in the beauty of your surroundings.

Aside from its extensive cocktail list, Salt House has one of the largest backyard bars in Cairns with dedicated gin, vodka, tequila, mezcal, rum, and whisky menus.

Seating up to 20 guests, the private dining room is perfect for intimate family dinners, board and business meetings, or exclusive events.

From canapés to food stations and sit-down meals, let your vision come to life with unsurpassed views of the Cairns Marina and Trinity Inlet.

Salt House continually supports and seeks out local growers and producers to champion its menu, highlighting the incredible produce that Tropical North Queensland has to offer. The kitchen is centred around a custom-built Argentinian wood-fired grill, with local seafood also playing its part.

Additionally, Salt House Pizzeria is the newest addition, located at the front of the venue, boasting traditional Italian pizzas and tapas baked in an authentic brick pizza oven.

The Salt House experience is one that is truly unique.

FOR A J OU R N E Y T O DI S C OV E R N AT U R A L C RY S TA L S A N D PR E H I S T OR IC FO S S I L S . . .

The Crystal Caves

54 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

FOR A T RU E A B OR IG I N A L E X PE R I E NC E . . .

Janbal Gallery

PHOTOGRAPHY © BACK COUNTRY BLISS ADVENTURES

FOR U N FOR G E T TA BL E E C O -A DV E N T U R E S . . .

Back Country Bliss Adventures has been creating unforgettable eco-adventures in Tropical North Queensland since 2004.

The incredible tours promise to immerse explorers in the beauty of the Mossman River and Daintree Rainforest, blending adventure with a deep respect for nature and sustainability.

The signature river drift experience, a first-of-its-kind in Australia, takes you on a diverse journey through the rainforest.

Beyond the resort, the landscape opens into some of Australia’s most iconic natural wonders. The Great Barrier Reef lies offshore, a living mosaic of coral and marine life. To the north, the Daintree Rainforest stands as one of the oldest ecosystems on Earth, its dense canopy sheltering rare species and ancient trees.

Between reef and rainforest, the region offers a rare duality: the chance to explore beneath the sea one day and trek through lush greenery the next.

Your beachfront escape in Tropical North Queensland On the palm lined shores of Palm Cove, Melaleuca Resort sits quietly, blending into the rhythm of Tropical North Queensland. The resort’s architecture is modest yet inviting, designed to harmonize with its natural surroundings rather than dominate them. From the balconies, the view stretches across swaying coconut palms to the Coral Sea, where the horizon shifts in shades of turquoise and deep blue.

The atmosphere here is defined by contrasts: the gentle hum of waves against the sand, the rustle of fronds overhead,

Life at Melaleuca Resort is not defined by urgency. It is shaped instead by moments—morning swims in the pool, afternoons spent reading on shaded balconies, evenings listening to the ocean’s steady rhythm. The resort’s presence is understated, allowing the natural environment to take centre stage.

and the stillness of the lagoon style pool nestled within tropical gardens. Guests often find themselves slowing down, drawn into the cadence of coastal life.

The apartments, self contained and spacious, reflect a practical approach to comfort. They are places not just to sleep, but to settle into, with kitchens and living areas that encourage longer stays and a sense of independence.

Palm Cove itself is a village that thrives on its balance between simplicity and sophistication. The esplanade, lined with cafés and boutique restaurants, offers a casual stroll where the scent of salt air mingles with aromas from kitchens serving everything from fresh seafood to international cuisine. The beach, stretching wide and open, is both a playground and a sanctuary. Families gather for picnics, couples wander at sunset, and solitary walkers trace the shoreline in quiet reflection.

For those who come here, the experience is less about activity and more about immersion. It is about noticing the details: the way sunlight filters through palm leaves, the sound of tropical birds at dawn, the feeling of sand cooling beneath bare feet as the tide recedes.

Melaleuca Resort offers a setting where these details are not overlooked but embraced, forming the texture of memory long after departure.”

07 4055 3222 melaleucaresort.com.au

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

FOR T R OPICA L NOR T H QU E E N S L A N D’ S BE S T AT T R AC T ION S . . .

For Cairns and Port Douglas trips and attractions, CaPTA Group operates interactive wildlife parks, tours, and attractions in the stunning Tropical North Queensland region.

Locally owned and operated by the Woodward family, the group comprises several wildlife, nature attractions, and touring companies.

The group is dedicated to sustainable practices that protect and preserve its operating areas, whilst respecting heritage and traditional values to ensure long-term viability for both the group and the surrounding communities.

CaPTA currently employs over 200 staff across the group, which consists of the Rainforestation Nature Park, Australian Butterfly Sanctuary, Wildlife Habitat, Cairns Koalas & Creatures, and Tropic Wings Cairns Tours & Charters.

FOR A N E PIC E S CA PE F R OM T H E OR DI N A RY. . .

Cape York Motorcycle Adventures invites you to explore a breathtaking terrain of remote country, ranging from tropical rainforest to sandy beaches.

Thrill-seeking off-road motorcyclists will be surprised and delighted by an array of challenging dirt bike trails designed specifically for various skill levels.

56 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Family-owned and operated since 1990, the company has been leading riders through the wild and unforgettable landscapes of Tropical North Queensland for over 35 years.

Founded by Roy and Renae Kunda, and now guided by the next generation, Cape York Motorcycle Adventures combines local knowledge, expert guidance, and true outback hospitality to deliver bucket-list rides like no other – from Cape York to Darwin and everything in between.

With a passionate crew, top-quality bikes, and unmatched access to the Cape, the company is proud to offer safe, unforgettable motorcycle adventures for all.

Cape York is a hub for most of the company’s dirt bike adventure tours. Described as ‘one of the last of the great wild places on Earth’, the peninsula represents a landscape that is as diverse as the people who live on it.

If abundant fishing, epic dirt biking, and warm hospitality is something you like the sound of, this is your chance to experience a real taste of the Outback.

Cape York Motorcycle Adventures was the world’s first motorcycle tour company to be eco-certified in the country through Ecotourism Australia, and the company has maintained certification since 2006.

Its focus is to allow guests to experience the wilderness areas of Cape York and foster environmental and cultural understanding, appreciation, and conservation.

PHOTOGRAPHY © CAPE YORK MOTORCYCLE ADVENTURES

FOR CA I R N S ’ PR E M I E R G R E AT BA R R I E R R E E F A N D I S L A N D T OU R S . . .

Ocean Free and Ocean Freedom represent two highly guest-focused, small group, eco-accredited snorkel and scuba dive reef tours locally owned and passionately operated by Perry Jones and Taryn Agius and their wonderful team.

Ocean Freedom gives guests six unrushed hours to explore two stunning reef destinations, whilst Ocean Free offers a magical sail, reef, and island experience.

BACK COUNTRY BLISS ADVENTURES

Signature Rainforest Experiences in Tropical North Queensland Back Country Bliss Adventures delivers some of Tropical North Queensland’s most unique and memorable rainforest experiences.

Based in Port Douglas, we are an award-winning, eco-accredited operator offering small group tours and fully customised private itineraries to give guests exceptional access to the Daintree Rainforest.

Our signature River Drift Experience is a refreshing way to explore the magic of the Mossman River and southern section of the Daintree Rainforest. Begin with a guided walk along the riverbed before drifting downstream beneath ancient rainforest canopies on river sleds. Gentle currents, crystal clear waters and lush surroundings create an experience found nowhere else in Australia.

Our Mossman Gorge Adventure Day offers the region’s most comprehensive immersion in nature, with more time spent in the rainforest than any other tour. Guests enjoy our private access River Drift Experience, followed by lunch and a traditional smoking ceremony at Mossman Gorge Cultural Centre, where the Kuku Yalanji people welcome you to the rainforest, cleansing body and spirit.

An interpretive walk through Mossman Gorge reveals the culture, ecology and ancient stories of this sacred place with time for a refreshing swim.

Back Country Bliss also specialises in bespoke private tours for families, couples, discerning travellers, corporate groups and incentives, with a dedicated guide, private vehicle and thoughtful inclusions throughout the day.

EXCLUSIVE PRIVATE EXPERIENCES – A SNAPSHOT Unseen Daintree Heli Experience – Fly to Yindilli Campsite for a cultural welcome with Kuku Yalanji elder CJ. Enjoy an intimate guided walk where CJ shares his culture, personal story and insights from his published book, creating an extraordinary experience. The walk concludes with a hearty home-cooked lunch. A second scenic flight showcases where the “rainforest meets the reef” coastline before ending with a private River Drift Experience.

Daintree Rainforest Explorer / Cape Tribulation – Cross the Daintree River by cable ferry, take a guided nature walk, explore pristine beaches and lookouts. Enjoy lunch at a local venue in Cape Tribulation or a peaceful picnic surrounded by nature. Cool off in safe waterholes and end with tropical fruit ice cream and iconic Coral Sea views.

Exclusive Daintree Adventure Day – Start with a private Daintree River wildlife cruise to spot crocodiles, rainforest birds and river life.

Continue into the heart of the Daintree via Alexandra Range Lookout, watch out for cassowaries and experience the thrill of a Treetops Adventure ziplining tour through the rainforest canopy.

SUSTAINABILITY AT OUR CORE With solar powered operations, environmentally considerate touring, water conservation practices and ongoing support for Daintree restoration through Rainforest Rescue, Back Country Bliss Adventures is committed to protecting the Wet Tropics World Heritage area for future generations to come.

Back Country Bliss Adventures offers unforgettable river and rainforest experiences, combining expert guiding with responsible practices. Every journey is designed to leave a lasting connection to the Daintree and its extraordinary landscapes.

Phone: +61 07 4099 3677 Email: sales@backcountrybliss.com.au Website: www.backcountrybliss.com.au

Cairns’ Iconic Waterfront Destination for Food, Drinks & Unforgettable Moments There’s a moment every traveller in Tropical North Queensland comes to recognise — the soft return to shore after a day on the Great Barrier Reef, with the sun still warm on the skin, and the quiet urge to keep this feeling going just a little longer. In Cairns, that moment naturally attunes locals and travellers alike toward Salt House, a venue that offers the perfect opportunity to catch your breath after the adrenaline and awe of the reef.

Here, every visit feels like the beginning of a story worth sharing.

Whether you’re stepping off a reef boat, strolling along the marina boardwalk or arriving for a long lunch with friends, Salt House pulls you in with its open-air architecture, sweeping waterfront views and warm, sun-soaked energy.

Your Front Row Seat to the Coral Sea

Salt House sits on the cusp of the Great Barrier Reef, positioned on the marina where sailboats rest, reef operators depart and the Coral Sea stretches to the horizon.

The location is more than a backdrop — it’s the heartbeat of the venue.

Guests often describe the sensation as being transported the moment they arrive: as the marina boardwalk folds seamlessly into Salt House’s unique architecture, water sparkles all around and palm trees gently frame the decks. For those returning from a day on the reef, Salt House offers a natural place to unwind, settle into a day bed and let the world slow down as the atmosphere shifts into a slower, warmer, and effortlessly stylish experience.

It’s an environment that captures the very essence of Cairns: relaxed and welcoming, yet quietly infused with sophistication.

A Menu Forged in Fire

While the ocean may set the scene, the kitchen brings the heat with one of Queensland’s only traditional Argentinian wood-fired grills. The grill imparts a smoky, handcrafted intensity to everything from premium Australian steaks to fresh local seafood, with chefs working over open flames and native timbers to create dishes that balance refinement with primal flavour.

Signature plates spotlight the region’s best produce: tropical fish, prawns, scallops and seasonal vegetables, all crafted to honour the ingredients and complement the waterfront setting.

For guests seeking the full experience, long lunches and leisurely dinners reveal the relaxed yet polished rhythm that defines dining at Salt House.

The Sunset Ritual

Cairns is known for its breathtaking sunsets, and there is no better place to watch them than Salt House. Positioned with uninterrupted views over the marina, the venue transforms each afternoon into a vibrant sundowner spot, glowing with golden light and buzzing with anticipation.

Guests settle into day beds, sip cocktails crafted by award-winning bartenders and watch the sky shift from coral pink to deep orange as the boats gently bob on the water. It’s a moment that feels both luxurious and effortless — a true taste of tropical Queensland living.

Relaxed Waterfront Luxury

Salt House is designed for lingering — long afternoons that roll into easy evenings and mornings that start slow. Its day beds offer a front-row seat to the marina, blending highend design with barefoot-friendly comfort that welcomes anyone wanting to soak up a little tropical magic.

The Soundtrack of the Tropics

As the sun disappears behind the ranges, Salt House shifts into its nighttime groove. Live music fills the deck with a soundtrack that ranges from smooth acoustic sets to upbeat coastal rhythms. It’s the perfect complement to the venue’s open-air design — music that moves with the breeze and carries across the water.

An Iconic Cairns Experience

Salt House captures something rare: the feeling of arriving somewhere that instantly reflects the best of its surroundings.

Whether it’s the smoky allure of the Argentinian grill, the slow sunset ritual, the comfort of a day bed or the magnetic energy of live music, Salt House offers an experience that stays with its visitors long after they’ve left.

Open 7 days, 11am til’ late @salthousecairns

salthouse.com.au

PHOTOGRAPHY © MSHERATON GRAND MIRAGE RESORT

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

Sleep: FOR BE AC H F R ON T BL I S S . . .

Sheraton Grand Mirage Resort, Port Douglas is positioned directly on the famous Four Mile Beach and is the perfect stepping-off point to the UNESCO World Heritage-listed Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest.

Famous for the two hectares (ha) of palm-fringed, lagoon-style pools filled with water from the ocean, guests can float the day away, relax in a private poolside cabana, or swim up to the pool bar.

PHOTOGRAPHY © MELALEUCA RESORT

FOR A PIC T U R E S QU E E S CA PE . . .

Melaleuca Resort immerses you in beauty and serenity at a boutique beachfront resort surrounded by swaying palms, scintillating scenery, and tropical gardens.

Ideally located in the beachside town of Palm Cove and just steps from the ocean, the self-contained, one-bedroom apartments offer stunning views, relaxed comfort, and everything you could possibly need for the perfect getaway.

62 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

FOR A N E S CA PE F R OM T H E C H AO S . . .

Rossville Retreat enchants guests to connect with nature, abundant wildlife, and the shining stars above. Situated at the base of the Cape York Peninsula, the retreat is perfectly located on the Bloomfield Track, 70 kilometres (km) north of Cape Tribulation and the Daintree Rainforest.

Immerse yourself in nature and culture in private, ecofriendly lodges or unpowered camp sites, or participate in an Indigenous-guided bush tour with resident worldrenowned bush medicine expert, Mooks.

Set in the bush backing on to the Little Annan Gorge, Rossville Retreat offers a riverside picnic area, private airstrip, and bush walks, all overlooked by magical Black Mountain, only 20 minutes from Cooktown and 2 km from the iconic Lion’s Den Hotel.

Rossville Retreat is an eco-friendly tourism business that uses ecologically sustainable practices in order to be awarded an Ecotourism Australia accreditation.

The 12 lodges are built in the bush alongside their private airstrip and each sit on a raised platform, maximising the sea breeze.

They have environmentally sustainable wastewater management systems and are powered by solar energy, giving the lodges zero carbon energy emissions.

Rossville Retreat has grown into a community hub where people from all different walks of life come together to expand their awareness and acceptance of one another.

The retreat is on a mission to encourage Indigenous skills development, employment, and business creation, which will ensure Indigenous tourism is driven by a workforce that generates sustainable socioeconomic outcomes for First Nations individuals, their families, and their communities.

Sheraton Grand Mirage Resort Port Douglas An iconic Australian resort that strikes the perfect balance.

L

ocated on the serene shores of Four Mile Beach, Sheraton Grand Mirage Resort Port Douglas is a destination in its own right. A sprawling getaway with nine meandering swimming pools, 360 acres of lush rainforest gardens, and seven vibrant onsite eateries, the iconic resort has been welcoming guests to the region since 1987.

With so much on offer, whiling your afternoons away at the swim-up pool bar for the duration of your visit might be tempting, but with the Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest beckoning

at the resort’s doorstep, the opportunity to venture into the region’s lush, natural wilds is too alluring to resist. Perhaps that’s the greatest thing about Sheraton Grand Mirage Resort Port Douglas – a stay here provides the perfect balance. Explore one day, unwind the next. Spot shimmering parrotfish and elusive cassowaries by morning, dine in awardwinning eateries and dream in a plush resort bed by night.

If the prospect of adventure isn’t what brings you to Port Douglas, there’s plenty to enjoy with the resort as your home base.

The Mirage Country Club Golf Course, a world-class 18-hole course with spectacular tropical vistas, located adjacent to the Sheraton. A leisurely stroll along Four Mile Beach, directly accessible from the resort. A tranquil day poolside, where you can finally finish that novel you started all those months ago.

No matter what style of holiday you seek, it’s all waiting for you at Sheraton Grand Mirage Resort Port Douglas.

Visit: Marriott.com/CNSSI to learn more.

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

Mossman Gorge cultural tour in Daintree National Park

In Focus

Daintree Rainforest The Daintree Rainforest, part of the Wet Tropics Rainforest, is over 135 million years old, making it one of the oldest rainforests in the world.

ALSO STAND ING AS the largest rainforest in Australia, the Daintree Rainforest stretches over 1,200 square km and is home to many animal and plant species not found anywhere else in the world.

The diversity, intricacy, and age of plant species here are greater than any other ecosystem in Australia and many places around the globe.

Similar to the plants found in the Daintree Rainforest, it is home to the greatest concentration of rare or nearextinct animal species anywhere on the planet.

One of the most well-known animals living in the area is the estuarine crocodile, a living dinosaur with the most powerful bite of any animal.

These prehistoric reptiles can be safely seen on a Daintree River cruise or at a wildlife park, where you can witness the power of their jaws at feeding time.

There are multiple walks in the Daintree Rainforest showcasing diverse landscapes, from coastal 64 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

mangroves to the ancient rainforest. Mossman Gorge has guided walks with Indigenous guides and easily accessible boardwalks north of the Daintree River, allowing visitors to explore at their own pace.

Alternatively, taking a cruise on the Daintree River, located north of Port Douglas, gives you an intimate mangrove and rainforest experience where you can spot crocodiles, diverse birdlife, and snakes in this UNESCO World Heritage-protected region.

This vast natural wonder cannot possibly be explored in just one day. Fortunately, a variety of accommodation options to suit each visitor’s taste and budget are available to make your stay a truly magical experience.

Accommodation ranges from luxury 4- and 5-star resorts to boutique cabins, luxurious rainforest retreats, self-contained holiday houses, and camping grounds, all featured in a gloriously unique setting.

Ocean Free & Ocean Freedom -

Cairns’ Most Guest focussed Great Barrier Reef Experiences!

Whether choosing Ocean Free or Ocean Freedom experience this company’s hospitality from the moment you book till the moment you step off! Owned and operated by husband-andwife team, this company has been providing guests with responsible, sustainable, immersive and informative reef tours for nearly 30 years.

Advanced Eco accredited from Ecotourism Australia for over 12 years earning Green Travel Leader status in 2020. Stewards of their permitted reef sites for over 28 years, active in Eye on the Reef and working with GBRMPA providing regular surveys and corallivore control.

Slip aboard their classical 16m schooner Ocean Free and step into a sail, reef and island experience with your own exclusive snorkel and dive site on Pinnacle Reef, just a kilometre off tropical Green Island.

With only our guests in the water, experience nature at its best - “bommies” ( coral outcrops) rising to a metre below the surface, colourful coral gardens, curious reef fish, giant clams, turtles gliding past, and even shy black-tip reef sharks.

After a morning of exploring, a generous smorgasbord lunch awaits before you set your own pace on Green Island—wander on the cay beach, enjoy island activities or simply find a secluded spot to relax.

From fresh coffee and Danish Pastries on boarding to cheese platter and wine on the sailhome (engines off when nature allows), the day is crafted with small-group warmth and genuine connection to the sea and reef.

If preferring speed over sail, and a visit to two uniquely different reef sites, with an unrushed 6hrs to spend on the reef, then the fast

and stylish 20M Ocean Freedom may be the right choice for you!

“Wonder Wall” on the outer edge of Upolu Reef and “Aquarium” at Upolu Cay Reef. Explore a mix of beautiful soft and hard corals on the wall and a coral garden surrounded by turquoise shallow waters on the 2nd site. With both sites being located in the highly protected Green Marine Park zone, you will be greeted by an abundance of colourful reef fish of all shapes and sizes! Turtle and stingrays and a resident barracuda often come and say hello!

Enjoy a complimentary informative Glass Bottom Boat Tour with Master Reef Guide and an immersive Adventure Drift Snorkel tour and see the reef really come alive!

If wanting to be fully immersed in an “all about the reef “ day then this tour is well suited to you!

Phone: +61 7 40521111 Email: info@oceanfree.com.au Website: www.cairnspremierreefislandtours.com

In Focus

Atherton Tablelands As Tropical North Queensland’s lush highland plateau, Atherton Tablelands is a vibrant green oasis of dramatic mountains, untouched rainforest, delicious produce, and jaw-dropping waterfalls rising more than 700 metres above sea level.

YO U ’LL FIND AN incredible array of wildlife here, including brightly coloured frogs and elusive platypus.

It’s also one of the few places in the country where you might spot the rare Lumholtz’s tree-kangaroo.

Birds are an unmissable highlight in the Atherton Tablelands too – 327 of the 430 bird species of the Daintree Rainforest can be found here. Look up and you might be lucky enough to gaze upon golden bowerbirds, king parrots, honeyeaters, crimson rosellas, and masked owls.

Atherton Tableland is also home to fabulous fresh produce, basalt soil, good rainfall, and plenty of sunshine, making it something of a foodie haven.

There are almost 2,000 farms, producing delicious tropical fruit such as mangoes, limes, and bananas.

Experience that goodness first-hand at the Yungaburra Markets or Shaylee Strawberry Farm, where you can pick your own berries. Alternatively, you 66 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

can grab fresh produce from one of the many roadside stalls – just drop the money into the honesty box.

Additionally, the Atherton Tablelands is one of Australia’s two major coffee-growing regions and visitors can track down an espresso here that would rival anything you’ll get in the best Melbourne cafés.

Visit Skybury Coffee and Roastery to walk through the plantation, see beans being processed, and sample the award-winning Arabica blends.

For something with a little more punch, drop into Mt Uncle Distillery, which uses Australian botanicals to make delicious, award-winning gin.

For the more adventurous, bushwalking and hiking trails wind through lush rainforest where you can take a short track through Crater Lakes National Park or tackle the challenging Misty Mountains Wilderness Tracks of Wooroonooran National Park, which are also accessed from the coast.

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

Cairns has grown from a ramshackle port town to a stylish modern city – the capital of Tropical North Queensland, with a yearround outdoor lifestyle. Here you can barhop, rock-hop, or island-hop all on the same day as Cairns puts the ‘jungle’ in ‘urban jungle’.

WAI TI NG FOR V ISITOR S with opens arms and a cold beer at the ready, Cairns is a welcoming city, and you’ll feel at home right away. It’s also easy to get around and everything in the central business district (CBD) is within walking distance, with the international airport only a 10-minute drive away.

But don’t let that welcoming small-town vibe fool you.

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

CAIRNS

With its distinctive multicultural mix, Cairns buzzes with innovative eateries, on-trend bars, stylish boutiques, and art galleries.

The multifaceted city is tucked between two of Tropical North Queensland’s greatest natural treasures – the Great Barrier Reef and Wet Tropics Rainforest, which means adventure is never far away.

As such, almost 30 boats leave Cairns every day for the reef, and in less than an hour you could be snorkelling or diving in Australia’s most spectacular underwater paradise.

Inland, hike through sun-dappled forests on to Glacier Rock via Douglas Track, swim in the cascading pools of nearby Crystal Cascades, or glide just metres over the canopies of tropical rainforest on the Skyrail Rainforest Cableway.

If you need a beach day, head for Cairns’ Northern Beaches, a string of sleepy seaside villages just 15 minutes from the city. They are a favourite with locals, and each has its own unique character.

They say that nothing goes down better than a cold beer on a hot day, and what better to sip on in the tropics than a Hemingway’s Brewery 7th Heaven Tropical Ale?

In Focus

Great Barrier Reef As temptations go, it’s hard to look past Tropical North Queensland’s extraordinary Great Barrier Reef – dotted with tropical islands where the only sounds are the waves lapping the shore and pristine ocean bordered by boundless expanses of white-sand perfection.

STA RT YOUR ADVENTU RE at this amazing underwater universe and UNESCO World Heritage Site, where you could easily spend weeks, with its colourful coral gardens and abundant marine life, from tropical fish to turtles, rays, and even multiple species of whales.

There are also plenty of snorkelling and scuba diving excursions to choose from. Don your mask, look beneath the surface, and be mesmerised by the ocean world below.

68 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Snorkelling is an easy, safe, and fun way to explore the reef, moving at a slow and gentle pace so you have time to admire the intricate coral gardens or see some of the thousands of marine species going about their day.

Non-swimmers will love the glass-bottomed boats that provide a box office seat for gazing onto the reef, whilst more adrenaline-hunting thrill-seekers might want to try helmet diving – a way to explore the seafloor on foot.

For those who prefer staying above the water, set sail for a day or take a kayaking tour between Mission Beach and Dunk Island or Palm Cove and Double Island. For visual splendour personified, take to the skies in a helicopter for an unforgettable bird’s-eye view of the reef’s unmatched beauty.

To make the most of every minute of your stay, book into one of the area’s tranquil oceanside retreats. From family-friendly apartments in Trinity Beach, north of Cairns, to a back-to-nature experience sleeping under canvas, or one of Port Douglas’ fabled 5-star resorts, an unforgettable experience awaits all who seek the reef.

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 69

NORTH QUEENSLAND’S TOP ATTRACTIONS

Captivating the world with exceptional service and memorable moments!

Ben Woodward, the Director of Sales and Marketing at The CaPTA Group, shares with us his aims, vision and mission for The CaPTA Group, and how the company are powering towards a sustainable future, whilst strengthening eco-tourism.

Briefly introduce us to The CaPTA Group and what you offer.

CaPTA is my family’s business, and I’m genuinely proud of what we’ve built here in Tropical North Queensland. We began with a simple goal: to share the incredible nature and culture of our region with visitors from across the world. Today, our attractions include Wildlife Habitat Port Douglas, Rainforestation Nature Park, Australian Butterfly Sanctuary, Cairns Koalas & Creatures, and Tropic Wings Coach Tours.

Each attraction offers something special – whether it’s wildlife interactions, exploring lush rainforests, or learning about butterflies in the largest sanctuary of its kind in the Southern Hemisphere.

Our guests are as diverse as our region – families, solo travellers, couples, and groups, from Australia and abroad.

Some come for luxury escapes, others for adventure, and many just want to experience the tropics with their loved ones.

What unites them is a desire for authentic, memorable experiences. As Director of Sales & Marketing, I work alongside my brothers to continue the legacy started

by our parents, and we’re committed to passion, innovation, and a deep respect for the environment.

What’s your vision and mission for CaPTA? Our vision is to be trailblazers in naturebased experiences, always pushing the boundaries of what’s possible. For us, travel isn’t just about ticking off sights – it’s about connecting with nature, culture, and community in a way that leaves a lasting impression. We want every guest to walk away with more than just memories; we hope they leave with a renewed appreciation for the environment and the people who care for it.

Our mission is to develop and champion passionate people, innovation, and the love of nature to deliver transformational moments. We believe in sharing our love of nature and delivering those ‘wow’ moments that make Tropical North Queensland truly magical. This philosophy shapes everything we do, from designing our experiences to training our teams, and we’re always looking for new ways to inspire, educate, and transform the way people experience travel.

We began with a simple goal: to share the incredible nature and culture of our region with visitors from across the world.”

- Ben Woodward, Director of Sales and Marketing, The CaPTA Group

What are CaPTA’s standout nature and wildlife experiences?

If you’re after hands-on, authentic wildlife experiences, Wildlife Habitat Port Douglas is a must. Here, you can wander through recreated ecosystems, walk amongst kangaroos, view crocodiles safely, and watch vibrant birds soar overhead. Our ‘Breakfast with the Birds’ and ‘Your Wildlife Habitat’ private tours are favourites – they’re fun, educational, and give you a real sense of connection with Australia’s unique fauna.

Rainforestation Nature Park, set in the midst of World Heritage-listed rainforest, offers something truly special. You can hop aboard an Army Duck for a rainforest tour, then learn about Aboriginal culture with the Pamagirri Experience, hearing stories from one of the world’s oldest living cultures. The Australian Butterfly Sanctuary in Kuranda is another highlight, with thousands of butterflies in a lush, immersive setting. These experiences ensure that you’re part of the story, not just watching from the sidelines.

How does CaPTA innovate in eco-tourism?

Innovation is at the heart of what we do.

training through our Careers Training Centre. Beyond tourism, our commitment extends to initiatives such as Cairns Organisation United for Cancer Health (COUCH), a charity my parents founded to improve the health and well-being of people in Far North Queensland affected by cancer.

What’s next for CaPTA? Looking forward, we’re focused on deepening our sustainability credentials and expanding our nature-based offerings.

Wildlife Habitat was developed as an immersive exhibit, letting animals roam freely, and guests engage without barriers.

It’s better for the animals and makes for a much richer visitor experience.

We’re also proud to be the first tour operator in Australia to introduce fully electric coaches to our tours – right now, we have a fleet of 14. Recently, we added private touring in a Volkswagen ID. Buzz Electric Vehicle, which means you can explore the region in a way that’s both exceptional and environmentally conscious. These steps reflect our commitment to sustainability and to providing our guests with memorable and responsible experiences.

What are your sustainability and conservation practices?

Sustainability is woven into everything we do. We hold Eco-Certification across several attractions and have won multiple awards in this area. We’re always looking for ways to minimise our environmental footprint; that includes renewable energy, water and energy conservation, and waste reduction programs.

Our wildlife care programs focus on rehabilitation and breeding, especially for species under threat. We work closely with local conservation groups and research organisations to protect Australia’s unique biodiversity. Our not-for-profit Tropical Animal Rehabilitation Centre (TARC) is a big part of this – providing care for injured, sick, or orphaned wildlife and supporting ongoing conservation efforts. TARC relies entirely on donations, and we’re proud to play a role in safeguarding our region’s ecosystems for future generations.

How does CaPTA support local communities and culture?

We’re integrating more renewable energy solutions across our sites and working to further reduce our carbon footprint. On the experience side, like our newest attraction, Cairns Koalas & Creatures, we’re exploring new ways to blend technology with storytelling – creating interactive journeys that engage visitors while keeping the natural aspect of our attractions front and centre.

We’re also committed to developing our people. Investing in training and leadership means our team can continue to deliver world-class experiences that reflect our values. We’re rolling out new technologies to enhance the visitor experience and improve efficiency, with upcoming projects designed to create world-class facilities and engage local trades and suppliers. Our recent acquisition of a Cairns City Sights tour is just the beginning – there’s plenty more to come.

Most importantly, we’ll keep investing in our region and its people, creating local jobs and opportunities for growth.

Supporting our community is at the heart of CaPTA’s values. Through the Pamagirri Aboriginal Experience, we provide a platform for Indigenous culture, employing local guides and artisans to ensure authenticity and economic benefit. Our educational programmes connect schools and community groups with environmental and cultural learning, helping foster pride and awareness amongst youth.

We also invest in local employment and

+61 7 4041 9408 | sales@capta.com.au | www.capta.com.au

Landmark Landmark Attractions Attractions Josephine Falls

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

Josephine Falls is a scenic waterfall fed by the rain that falls on Queensland’s highest peak, Mount Bartle Frere, which looms above this popular spot. The public amenities allow guests to set up a barbecue and picnic in the purpose-built facilities and relax in this beautiful rainforest environment with family and friends for a day of tranquil bliss.

Wet Tropics Rainforest

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

The Wet Tropics Rainforest is a UNESCO World Heritage Site that stretches along the northeast coast of Australia for some 450 km and includes the world-famous Daintree Rainforest. Encompassing over 894,420 ha of mostly tropical rainforest, this stunningly beautiful area is extremely important for its rich and unique biodiversity. It also presents an unparalleled record of the ecological and evolutionary processes that shaped the flora and fauna of Australia.

Gliding above pristine canopies and exploring the rainforest floor on environmentally sensitive pathways, guests can fully immerse themselves in the rainforest experience without leaving even a footprint behind through the unique Skyrail Rainforest Cableway. The attraction enables people of all ages and abilities from across the world to discover the beauty and wonder of this incredible ancient landscape, whilst simultaneously promoting and educating visitors on the importance of the rainforest and its preservation.

72 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

PHOTOGRAPHY © TTNQ

Skyrail Rainforest Cableway

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

In the heart of the cool Atherton Tablelands, The Crystal Caves offers one of Australia’s most unique interactive museum experiences.

Just over an hour from Cairns, this man-made cave was created by collector René Boissevain to share his extraordinary passion for crystals and fossils. Inside, visitors wander through 300 square metres of winding chambers filled with more than 600 touchable specimens including a 3.5metre-tall amethyst geode.

Here, you’ll also have the chance to crack open a 44-million-year-old geode.

Choose your own rock and use a custom-designed cracking machine to reveal the crystals hidden inside, you’ll be the first person ever to see them.

It’s an unforgettable, hands-on moment that blends science, wonder, and pure surprise.

For anyone exploring Tropical North Queensland, The Crystal Caves in Atherton promises an experience unlike any other.

info@janbalgallery.com.au | www.janbalgallery.com.au

Book online at: www.crystalcaves.com.au 07 40912365 | info@crystalcaves.com.au

100% Australian Aboriginal Owned and Operated 100% Aboriginal owned and operated, Janbal Gallery was established in 2008 by renown local Aboriginal artist Brian “Binna” Swindley.

Visitors from all over the world come here to purchase artworks, participate in Aboriginal Art Workshops, share Aboriginal Dreamtime stories and learn about Kuku Yalanji culture.

Aboriginal Art Workshops With Brian ‘Binna’ Swindley

Come and participate in a unique and memorable Aboriginal art workshop, where you will learn about local Kuku Yalanji ways of life, history and stories as well as the use of symbols, language, colours and line work used in traditional Aboriginal art. All whilst creating your very own artwork to take home with you.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 73

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

Getting There and Around TR O PI CAL NORTH QUE E N S LAND is closer than you think – and it’s really easy to get to.

Cairns International Airport (CNS) is the main aviation gateway, with regular direct flights from international hubs and major Australian cities including Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide, Perth, and Darwin. It won’t take you long as most domestic flights are only three to four hours.

A range of domestic and international airlines service CNS, including Qantas, Virgin Australia, Jetstar, Air New Zealand, Fiji Airways, and Singapore Airlines, as well as small local airlines such as SmartLynx Australia, Alliance Airlines, and Air North.

Elsewhere, hop on a bus to Tropical North Queensland, with multiple daily departures from Brisbane to Cairns.

Enjoy the 30-hour journey, taking in the ever-changing scenery of the passing countryside.

Alternatively, the Spirit of Queensland train runs from Brisbane to Cairns, a 1,681 km journey that takes 24 hours, departing from Brisbane five times a week.

Take in the stunning Queensland scenery as you travel along the coast, passing rolling farmland and misty mountains. The locomotive makes a number of stops along the way, including in Bundaberg, Rockhampton, Mackay, Proserpine, Townsville, and Innisfail.

Driving is also a great option, so consider hiring a car or campervan and hitting the road to explore the area yourself.

The Kuranda Scenic Railway is an historic, scenic train journey, offering a two-hour trip from Cairns up to the rainforest village of Kuranda and through the Wet Tropics Rainforest

Beautiful scenic drive, Port Douglas, Cairns

Brisbane City Loop bus

A U S T R A L I A

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSLAND T R AV E L G U I D E

www.cairnswakepark.com

CAIRNS WAKE

PARK PARK & AQUA CAIRNS

TROPICAL NORTH QUEENSL AND’S ULTIMATE DESTINAT ION FOR FUN, ADRENALINE, AND FAMILY ADVENTURE. Whether you’re a beginner or a pro, our coaches will teach you how to kneeboard and wakeboard on our full-sized cable wake park, with all the basic equipment included.

Families can enjoy the inflatable Aqua Park, packed with obstacles and plenty of splash-filled excitement, or relax and enjoy all of the entertainment at our lakeside café and bar.

Whether you’re chasing thrills or planning the perfect day out with friends and family, Cairns Wake Park delivers unforgettable experiences for all ages.

P: +61 7 40381304 E: info@cairnswakepark.com.au

Iconic Waterfront Dining in Cairns Specialising in The Finest Australian & Local Seafood, Beef, Bush Tucker, Pasta & Salads

Phone +61 7 4051 0399 dundees.com.au

Cairns Wake Park

Get your FREE subscription to Outlook Travel magazine Like what you’re reading?

If so, head over to our website and sign up for a free subscription to get the Outlook Travel digital magazine sent directly to your inbox.

TROPICAL NORTH

QUEENSLAND TRAVEL GUIDES

MILAN Dressed to impress

MYRTLE BEACH A timeless and joyful cultural rhythm

DOMINICA

A unique natural wonder encompassing the awe-inspiring magnificence of the Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest, part of the Wet Tropics Rainforest

The Nature Island

DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS

The Nature Island

DOMINICA

Rainforest part of the Wet Tropics Daintree Rainforest, Great Barrier Reef and magnificence of the awe-inspiring encompassing the A unique natural wonder

travel magazine cultural rhythm A timeless and joyful

BEACH MYRTLE

Dressed to impress

MILAN

GUIDES TRAVEL

www.outlooktravelmag.com/subscribe QUEENSLAND TROPICAL NORTH

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 75

Central Market © South Australian Tourism Commission

76 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

ADELAIDE T R AV E L G U I D E

Adelaide Explore buzzing laneways and hidden bars, dance the day away at a world-class music festival, indulge in local culture, sink into sandy beaches, hike in the hills, or sample the very best South Australian wine in Adelaide – the 20-minute city WRITER: LILY SAWYER | PROJECT MANAGER: DEANE ANDERTON

E

njoying a relaxed and laidback atmosphere, diverse mix of architecture, expansive green spaces, and vibrant food and wine scene, Adelaide is often described as the ‘20-minute city’ due to its compact size, offering visitors enhanced accessibility alongside plenty of opportunities for authentic local interaction.

Serene sandy beaches, the scenic Adelaide Hills, and a colourful city centre are all within easy reach, complemented by a modern and well-connected public transport network.

Differentiating itself from larger Australian destinations such as Sydney and Melbourne, Adelaide offers a high quality of life for those who have made the city their home, alongside a real sense of community where diversity thrives.

Adelaide has a packed calendar of events and was officially declared Australia’s first and only UNESCO City of Music in 2015, celebrated for its ability to foster sustainable development through culture and creativity.

It hosts the world’s second-largest annual arts festival, Adelaide Fringe, as well as Adelaide Festival and WOMADelaide in February and March, respectively, all of which make for a bustling atmosphere that brings the city to life.

Widely considered the country’s wine capital, Adelaide is surrounded by world-renowned South Australian wine regions such as the Barossa Valley and McLaren Vale

– both of which are less than an hour’s drive away.

The city itself has a thriving hospitality scene, with hidden bars and buzzing eateries around the laneways such as Vardon Avenue and Peel Street providing visitors with the thrill of discovery upon uncovering a hip, lesserknown spot.

A place where nature seamlessly blends with cosmopolitan urban living, Adelaide’s city centre is surrounded by a ring of verdant greenery in the form of expansive parklands, with Adelaide Botanic Garden showcasing fragrant endemic plants.

Glenelg and Henley Beach are also just a stone’s throw from the centre and accessible via public transport or the winding Coast Park Path, which passes through beachside suburbs with cafes and shops. Watching the sunset over the sparkling sea after a long day of sightseeing in the city’s buzzing metropolis is the perfect way to end the day.

For those seeking a scenic escape from the crowds, the nearby Adelaide Hills offer a cooler climate, hiking trails, and a strong connection to nature and heritage in charming villages like Hahndorf, whilst its conservation parks house some of the very best native Australian wildlife, including koalas.

Whether you’re seeking a vibrant city break packed with culture, education in world-class wines, beachside getaway, or tranquil natural retreat, Adelaide is the place for you.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 77

Industry Insights

Adelaide Economic Development Agency As South Australia’s coastal capital continues to see growth and evolution, Adelaide Economic Development Agency plays a crucial role in shaping the future.

Gemma Nelson, Advisor, Tourism Industry Development, discusses activating the city, attracting investment, and driving measurable economic outcomes.

Adelaide Central Market

78 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

ADELAIDE T R AV E L G U I D E

Adelaide Zoo, Photography © Adrian Mann

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, how have you seen Adelaide’s tourism offering evolve in recent years?

What challenges or opportunities have you encountered?

Gemma Nelson, Advisor, Tourism Industry Development (GN): When I arrived in Adelaide in 2010, I didn’t know what to expect but fell in love with it immediately and made it home!

It’s a small city that has everything you need, is surrounded by nature, and has the most warm and welcoming people. Since then, I think Adelaide’s tourism offering has evolved a lot.

We’ve shifted from being ‘Australia’s best-kept secret’ to confidently owning our identity as a vibrant, experience-rich destination.

The central business district (CBD) is ‘growing up’, with small laneway bars and many restaurants serving the most amazing food, new international

Art Gallery of South Australia

hotels, arts and cultural experiences, and incredible year-round events.

We are globally recognised as Australia’s only UNESCO City of Music and one of only four National Park Cities in the world, which means sustainability, creativity, and culture are embedded into Adelaide’s DNA. Our opportunity now is depth – more experiences that encourage longer stays and dispersal throughout the city. Adelaide is in a growth phase, and the challenge – which I see as a privilege in my role – is shaping what’s missing.

Through product development and tourism investment work, the Adelaide Economic Development Agency (AEDA) is collaborating with industry partners and government to attract new operators and elevate the city’s offering. The partnership and energy across our industry sector is growing strong.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 79

“Visitors come for the food, wine, culture, and nature, but they also return because of how Adelaide makes them feel!

The future is bright, and we’re only just getting started” – G E M M A N E L S O N , A D V I S O R , T O U R I S M I N D U S T R Y D E V E L O P M E N T, A D E L A I D E E C O N O M I C D E V E L O P M E N T A G E N C Y

Hey Jupiter

OT: How do Adelaide’s different districts offer different experiences for visitors?

GN: One of Adelaide’s greatest strengths is its connectedness; you can move easily between totally different areas in minutes.

The city centre is walkable, compact, and safe, from the North Terrace boulevard, where you can spend a whole day exploring arts and cultural institutions, Adelaide Botanic Garden, the National Wine Centre of Australia, and Adelaide Zoo, as well as some of the state’s most beautiful heritage architecture, to burgeoning laneways full of bars and restaurants serving up South Australian wines and artisan produce.

You have shopping and entertainment in Rundle Mall, the longest outdoor pedestrian mall in the Southern Hemisphere, you can watch a game or concert at the iconic Adelaide Oval, or you can ride and walk along the River Torrens all the way along to the hills or the other way 80 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

to the coast.

Just a short tram ride away, Glenelg is in the middle of a long stretch of pristine sandy coastline with a calm blue ocean and sunsets over the water, ice creams, fishing on the jetty, and catamaran cruises.

Slightly north, you reach Port Adelaide, where heritage meets edge with breweries in restored wool stores, featuring street art, maritime history, and kayaking alongside dolphins.

Each district has its own personality, and the ability to access them with such ease gives visitors a richer, more spontaneous experience.

OT: How does Adelaide’s unique character and strategic location set the city apart?

GN: Adelaide is beautifully balanced, being sophisticated yet relaxed, cultured yet unpretentious. Visitors don’t have to choose between worldclass wineries or beaches, nature or nightlife. In Adelaide, you can do all of that – often in the same day!

Our strategic location puts us within minutes of pristine beaches and award-winning wineries, and we’re completely surrounded by the world’s only metropolitan parklands.

The scale of the city gives people time back because it has little traffic, no queues or stress, and room to breathe.

It’s a place where visitors can feel connection with locals, operators, and the landscape. Unlike larger destinations, our hospitality feels genuinely personal.

OT: In your opinion, what is Adelaide’s most underrated attraction?

GN: I love Adelaide Central Market!

It’s the heart and soul of who we are – multicultural, full of energy and stories, and home to an incredible array of world-class cuisines, all fuelled by fresh produce and wine sourced directly from our surrounding regions.

It’s also located right next to

ADELAIDE T R AV E L G U I D E

discoveries are what stay with people long after they leave.

OT: How will the AEDA Strategic Plan 2024/25 – 2028/29 increase foot traffic, spending, and investment?

GN: AEDA’s strategy is focused on activating the city, attracting investment, and driving measurable economic outcomes.

We’re developing tourism products and experiences to encourage longer stays and gain growing recognition as a city not to be missed on any Australian itinerary.

We’re working with industry to attract new businesses to the city, from hospitality and retail through to innovative start-ups and entrepreneurs via our Strategic Partnerships Programme and are also working with Council to achieve its growth target of 50,000 residents by 2036.

We use real-time data on visitation, spend, and pedestrian movement to shape decisions and allocate resources where they have the most impact.

We work closely with Business Events Adelaide as a strategic partner, helping to bring high-yield business events into the city which drive midweek and off-peak visitation and convert business travellers into leisure visitors.

Fugazzi Bar & Dining Room © Jack Fenby

Chinatown, which has an excellent eclectic mix of Asian cuisines to suit any budget and occasion.

Beyond the market, some of the city’s most memorable moments happen in the places you don’t find in a brochure but in hidden laneways such as Vardon Avenue and Peel Street – tiny bars, tucked-away restaurants, and independent galleries and makers.

JamFactory is an excellent example of collaborative workspace bringing together experts in arts and crafts, including glass blowing, which you can watch for free. Those unexpected

Adelaide Zoo, Photography © Adrian Mann

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 81

ADELAIDE T R AV E L G U I D E

“Each district has its own personality, and the ability to access them with such ease gives visitors a richer, more spontaneous experience” – G E M M A N E L S O N , A D V I S O R , T O U R I S M I N D U S T R Y D E V E L O P M E N T, A D E L A I D E E C O N O M I C D E V E LO P M E N T AG E N CY

OT: Can you talk about the AUD$10+ billion of city-shaping projects on the horizon?

GN: It’s an incredibly transformative period for Adelaide. The Central Market Arcade redevelopment and expansion will evolve the precinct into a world-class market district, creating new hospitality, retail, residential, hotel, and public spaces whilst protecting what locals love most about the market today.

82 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

The Riverbank and Festival Plaza precinct has undergone a major upgrade in the last few years, connecting the cultural, sporting, and entertainment spine of the city with redeveloped, expanded venues such as the Adelaide Convention Centre, Adelaide Oval, and SkyCity Adelaide, with new commercial offices and university buildings further activating these spaces.

Several new international-standard hotels have recently opened or are under development and will attract more diverse visitation and support our growing events calendar.

Beyond these landmark projects, more than AUD$10 billion in city-shaping investment is either underway or on the horizon. Major mixed-use precincts, next-generation biomedical and research facilities, and new commercial towers are redefining Adelaide’s skyline and expanding the city’s innovation footprint.

The Lot Fourteen innovation district continues to accelerate growth in space, defence, cybersecurity and creative industries, drawing global companies and talent into the CBD. Similarly, the BioMed City cluster is strengthening Adelaide’s position as a leader in health, medical research, and advanced manufacturing, with continued investment supporting high-value jobs and commercialisation opportunities.

Large-scale residential developments are also helping reshape the city, accommodating population growth

ADELAIDE T R AV E L G U I D E

and driving new life into key corridors.

Strategic investment in transport, digital infrastructure, and public realm upgrades is improving connectivity, sustainability, and liveability across the CBD and inner suburbs.

Collectively, these projects are not only changing Adelaide’s physical form but also elevating its economic performance, cultural vibrancy, and global competitiveness – setting the city up for its next era of growth.

Major expansion of Adelaide Airport (ADL) and new direct international routes – including recently announced non-stop flights to San Francisco and Shanghai – mean Adelaide is becoming increasingly globally connected.

OT: What impact do major global events have on Adelaide’s visitor economy?

GN: Major international events are

huge economic drivers for the city and state. They fill hotels, activate our streets, drive spend into restaurants, shops, and tourism operators, and encourage visitation to our incredible regions.

Adelaide doesn’t just host events – we transform for them! The city comes alive and visitors truly feel immersed.

Nowhere does festivals like Adelaide, and you just need to be here to experience something like Adelaide Fringe Festival, WOMADelaide, LIV Golf, Tour Down Under, or the Ashes – to name a few – to understand the buzz and vibrancy of the city.

These types of events draw international media coverage and huge visitor audiences and are case studies on a global stage for how to do events well in the realms of sustainability and accessibility.

OT: Finally, are you optimistic about the future of Adelaide’s tourism industry?

GN: I might be biased because I genuinely love Adelaide, but yes, I am incredibly optimistic!

We have momentum and we’re attracting new experiences, airlines, events, and major private and public investment.

Our industry is highly collaborative, our offering is authentic, and our city is evolving with confidence.

Visitors come for the food, wine, culture, and nature, but they also return because of how Adelaide makes them feel! The future is bright, and we’re only just getting started.

Tel: +61 (08) 8203 7203 enquiries@aedasa.com.au www.experienceadelaide.com.au

Adelaide © South Australian Tourism Commission

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 83

ADELAIDE T R AV E L G U I D E

IN FOCUS

Adelaide Central Market DATI NG BACK OVER 150 years, Adelaide Central Market is a vibrant, thriving hub of the city’s food culture and one of the largest undercover fresh produce markets in the Southern Hemisphere.

With over 70 stalls offering fresh, seasonal produce, local delicacies, and international food options, it provides a lively and authentic experience for both budding foodies and experienced gourmands.

The air is always abuzz with activity as more than 80 84 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

traders from over 40 nationalities come together Tuesday through Sunday each week to serve their delicious offerings under one roof.

Visitors can eat their way through this culinary haven, with deep dishes of steaming paella, fragrant laksas and curries, fresh cheeses and cold cuts, and plentiful plantbased and vegetarian options to suit any palate.

Discover restaurants serving organic local produce, wine bars where the finest regional grapes can be sampled, and

food stalls proudly combining ingredients that have shaped South Australia’s gastronomic history.

There are also plenty of sweet treats on offer – from cakes and pastries to chocolates and biscuits – alongside local classics such as lamingtons, vanilla slices, and pavlovas, a nod to Australia’s much-loved bakery and café culture.

Today, the area is undergoing a period of significant redevelopment through the Market Square and Market

Expansion Project which, at a combined value of AUD$400 million, will evolve the precinct into a world-class attraction and Australia’s first location for the globally recognised lifestyle brand, Treehouse Hotels, securing the future of the market district.

Enlargement of the iconic marketplace on the ground floor will offer visitors even more of what they know and love, with more than 50 new tenancies anticipated to be made available.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 85

ADELAIDE T R AV E L G U I D E

RECOMMENDS

Palm House, Adelaide Botanic Garden © Rishi Sharma

Eat: FOR A TA S T E OF T H E LO CA L L A N D S CA PE …

Restaurant Botanic is an award-winning fine dining restaurant known for its multi-course tasting menu that focuses on native Australian ingredients sourced primarily from the surrounding Adelaide Botanic Garden.

With lake views, exceptional service, and a garden-to-plate ethos, diners will marvel at the innovation and sheer creativity of what’s on offer at this high-end establishment.

Each dish presents a multi-sensory experience, with unique flavour combinations and jawdropping presentation taking even the most discerning food connoisseur by surprise.

Booking is essential at this sought-after spot and reservations must be made through the official website.

Sleep: FOR U LT I M AT E LU X U RY… Choose Eos by SkyCity, the go-to hotel for discerning travellers seeking the finest in modern hospitality, carefully curated dining options, and 5-star amenities.

Nestled in the heart of Adelaide’s CBD, close to the Art Gallery of South Australia, the Adelaide 86 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Convention Centre, and overlooking the Adelaide Oval, Eos by SkyCity is ideally located for those seeking a sanctuary of unrivalled luxury from which to explore the city.

With its name derived from Eos – Greek goddess of the dawn – the hotel’s exterior is adorned with a sleek, polished bronze-hued façade, whose warm copper tones reflect the rising sun each morning.

Boasting some of the largest rooms in the city, a state-of-the art gym and spa, and heated outdoor pool offering scenic views over the River Torrens, Eos

by SkyCity is undoubtedly ushering in a new dawn of elegant hospitality for the city, in keeping with its namesake.

Do: FOR A N AU S T R A L I A N W I N E J OU R N E Y. . .

Home to Australia’s largest open cellar, the National Wine Centre of Australia is the ultimate destination for wine lovers, showcasing and celebrating the very best of Australian wine culture.

With immersive tastings and events on offer, this prestigious institution provides a memorable experience for wine enthusiasts.

Located in the heart of the CBD and on the doorstep of the stunning Adelaide Botanic Garden, this easily accessible hub is not to be missed.

Celebrate Australian Wine at the National Wine Centre The National Wine Centre of Australia is an iconic wine destination located in the Adelaide CBD, on the doorstep of the Botanic Garden. With our impressive collection of wines from renowned Australian wineries, the centre provides a unique opportunity to sample and learn about the diverse flavours and varieties that define the country’s wine regions.

Explore our Tasting Room The National Wine Centre is home to the largest tasting room in Australia, showcasing over 100 diverse and exciting wines from the country’s 65 regions, inviting visitors to sample some of Australia’s finest drops.

Curating Memorable Experiences At the National Wine Centre of Australia, we pride ourselves on offering an extensive selection of food and wine experiences that cater to all levels of wine enthusiasts.

Discover flavours from our First Nations culture through an Indigenous wine and canapé pairing experience in the Southern Hemisphere’s largest open-air cellar, or indulge in a Sommelier-guided Australian Wine Masterclass crafted to your preferences. All our experiences are designed to delight and educate, promising lasting memories for wine lovers looking for something special.

Explore all our experiences at: nationalwinecentre.com.au/book-now Cultural Connections Experience Step into a world of flavour and tradition with the National Wine Centre’s exclusive Cultural Connections Indigenous wine and canapé pairing experience. Enjoy three selected wines from Indigenous Australian producers, each paired with a selection of canapés inspired by local native ingredients, showcasing the significant connection Aboriginal people hold with the country.

Australian Wine Masterclass Prepare to be treated to a remarkable masterclass led by one of the National Wine Centre’s expert Sommeliers. This masterclass showcases carefully curated examples of some of Australia’s most esteemed wine-making regions. With expert guidance, you will explore the unique characteristics of each wine, delving into the intricacies of their production and the captivating stories that lie behind the labels.

Phone: +61 8 8313 3355 Email: nwc.info@adelaide.edu.au Website: www.nationalwinecentre.com.au

Landmark Attractions

Landmark Attractions Adelaide Oval One of Australia’s most historic and scenic sporting venues, the Adelaide Oval dates back to 1871. Whilst the primary focus is on cricket, the venue also hosts Australian rules football, concerts, and major events.

Visitors can take a guided stadium tour, explore the museum dedicated to cricket legend, Sir Donald Bradman, or take a daring guided walk across the stadium’s rooftop with RoofClimb, where each step delivers soaring panoramic views of the city and a thrilling rush you won’t soon forget.

RoofClimb Adelaide Oval © South Australian Tourism Commission

Adelaide Botanic Garden Located in the heart of the city on North Terrace, Adelaide Botanic Garden is a peaceful 50-hectare oasis showcasing diverse plants from across Australia and the world. Key features include tranquil lotus ponds, historic architecture like the Palm House, and tree-lined walkways. For an education in plants, seeds, and fruits, take a trip to the Museum of Economic Botany within the grounds.

Palm House, Adelaide Botanic Garden © Megan Crabb

Art Gallery of South Australia Established in 1881, the Art Gallery of South Australia houses the second-largest state art collection in the country. Renowned for its Indigenous Australian and colonial art, the gallery is one of several major cultural institutions within Adelaide’s North Terrace and has exhibited the works of world-famous artists including Andy Warhol, Robert Hannaford, Diane Arbus, and Del Kathryn Barton, to name a few.

Art Gallery of South Australia

88 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

ADELAIDE T R AV E L G U I D E

Getting There and Around ADELA I D E IS AN easy city to access, thanks to its wellconnected international airport offering daily direct routes from key global hubs and frequent domestic services from every major Australian city. Travel into the city is seamless, with the airport located just 15 minutes from the CBD. Adelaide is also the closest major capital to Melbourne, making it an ideal twin-city trip – linked by one of the world’s most iconic coastal journeys, the Great Ocean Road, which offers the perfect overnight bucket-list stop along the way.

National rail services also connect Adelaide to other major Australian cities like Sydney, Melbourne, Perth, Darwin, and Brisbane. Direct routes are available, with train journeys such as Indian Pacific and The Ghan offering sleeper cabins as part of a luxury, all-inclusive travel experience.

Once you have arrived, Adelaide’s manifold public transport options make navigating the city and its surroundings simple.

The J1 and J2 bus services run directly between the

airport and Adelaide’s CBD, whilst the J7 and J8 connect the airport to Adelaide’s southwest and northwest suburbs.

Rideshares such as Uber, DiDi, and Ola are also readily available outside the airport terminal, whilst shuttle services like Airport City Shuttle and Adelaide Air Connect provide connections to major city hotels.

Alongside its extensive bus network, Adelaide Metro also operates trains and trams. Within the CBD, travellers can take advantage of free public transport, including a no-fare tram service through designated city zones and the free City Connector bus, which loops through the inner city and links seamlessly to North Adelaide.

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

The salty breeze of the Caribbean Sea flows easy through Dominica, known as The Nature Island. This burgeoning destination offers intrepid travellers an Edenic paradise abundant with vast emerald landscapes, an unruly but magnificent mountainous topography, and a vibrant and captivating culture, all brought together in one unforgettable island experience WRITER: LUCY PILGRIM | PROJECT MANAGER: JOSH EDWARDS

90 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

N

owhere else across the Caribbean can compete with Dominica’s abundance of lush greenery.

Two-thirds of the island belongs to jungle wilderness ripe for exploration, sprinkled with simmering hot springs, crashing waterfalls, and other vast landscapes that make this destination such an enriching place to discover.

Its unspoilt natural habitats are best ventured by the once-in-a-lifetime hiking opportunities on offer, including a

1,447-metre trek to the summit of Morne Diablotins that will certainly test your hiking ability.

Mountaineering enthusiasts can also enjoy Dominica’s signature hiking trip, the Boiling Lake Trail, located in the depths of the Morne Trois Pitons National Park – the country’s only UNESCO World Heritage Site.

After passing through myriad rainforests and the eerie Valley of Desolation, hikers will find themselves at a flooded crater bubbling from the depths of heat below.

From otherworldly views of the mountainous peaks to Dominica’s iconic shores, Mero Beach is home to swathes of black volcanic sand, distinguishing it from the typical golden coastlines that characterise the Caribbean.

Elsewhere, travellers to Dominica are immediately drawn in by the warm hospitality of the locals and vibrancy of the French Creole culture that permeates the island, celebrated most spectacularly during the World Creole Music Festival (WCMF) that brings rhythm, roots, and regional pride to life.

The WCMF is part of a whole spectrum of festivals that showcase Dominica’s rich cultural heritage, including Mas Domnik, which celebrates the island’s carnival atmosphere with pulsating street parades animated by calypso music, captivating art, and many decorative traditions.

Other celebrations include the Jazz ‘n Creole and Flavours of the World festivals, tied together and organised by the Dominica Festivals Committee (DFC).

Evidently, the island is deeply intertwined with its culture, which locals are eager to share with curious travellers.

This is mirrored by the many opportunities for visitors to discover the traditions of the Kalinago – the last remaining Indigenous community in the Caribbean.

The Kalinago are deeply rooted in the island’s natural surroundings, which form a key part of Dominica’s overall cultural identity and modern-day traditions. The Kalinago Territory, established in 1903 on the east coast, comprises eight villages and is key to the island’s cultural tourism.

Here, you can journey through a range of authentic Indigenous experiences, witnessing traditional songs, dances, and rituals and gazing upon the arts, pottery, and wood carvings that remain.

For those looking to add the wondrous island to their travel bucket list, 2026 is the year of the whale for Dominica as it opens the world’s first sperm whale reserve, a sanctuary for the hundreds that inhabit its waters.

The reserve will guard over 800 square kilometres of ocean off the west coast, where the graceful and spectacular creatures predominantly dwell. Visitors will have the chance to engage in this impressive form of marine conservation by observing them from a boat or even swimming in the ocean amongst the sperm whales, creating a distinctive and authentically Dominican experience.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 91

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

Industry Insights

DISCOVER Dominica Authority We catch up with the Discover Dominica Authority (DDA) as it continues to evolve its global brand reach with a sustainability-centred approach. CEO, Marva Williams, delves deeper into its targeted tourism strategy and why 2026 is the year to visit this thrilling destination

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, how does the DDA continue to work towards its mission of promoting and developing Dominica as a quality tourism destination?

Marva Williams, CEO (MW): The DDA’s mandate is to attract as many stay-over visitors as possible. We do this by spreading awareness of the destination and continually sharing Dominica’s story with the world.

Our promotional activities are highly targeted, focusing on nature lovers and eco-travellers who value sustainability and the protection of the environment. In line with this, we position Dominica as The Nature Island, showcasing our commitment to sustainability through initiatives such as our geothermal energy development, sperm whale reserve, and new marina, amongst others.

We also place strong emphasis on community-based tourism. Much of our destination marketing is rooted in our communities, relying on local people to bring Dominica’s unique experiences to life.

All of these efforts come together in a comprehensive strategy that strengthens our ability to promote and develop Dominica’s tourism industry.

OT: How has the DFC continued to promote the island’s many carnivals and festivals in the last year?

MARVA WILLIAMS, CEO

92 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

MW: The committee now operates as part of the departments within the DDA, as we recognise that festival

tourism is a major driver of stay-over visitors across many destinations.

Festivals play a vital role in showcasing our culture, heritage, and traditions. Through our carnivals, we celebrate what makes us unique as people and share the rich stories behind our customs.

The WCMF, a key event on our independence calendar, is a perfect example. 2025 marked Dominica’s 47th anniversary of independence and the 25th edition of the WCMF – a festival deeply rooted in culture. It highlights how Creole heritage connects communities not only in Dominica but also in Saint Lucia, Guadeloupe, Martinique, Haiti, and

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

even parts of Africa. Our own French Creole traditions make us part of that wider cultural network.

We also recognise that there’s a growing niche of travellers who seek authentic enjoyment through festivals and music. People want experiences that are real, local, and meaningful – and our events deliver exactly that.

In addition to the WCMF and Carnival, we host the annual Jazz ‘n Creole Festival, ensuring a vibrant year-round calendar of events. Altogether, festival tourism contributes approximately 12 to 15 percent of our annual stay-over arrivals, making it a significant part of Dominica’s tourism success.

OT: How do you continue to market Dominica as a destination for eco-conscious travellers seeking authentic and unique experiences?

MW: Our tourism strategy is very focused – it’s not a free-for-all.

Everything we do aligns with nature and sustainability.

We consistently communicate Dominica’s identity as The Nature Island, highlighting our commitment to sustainability and authenticity. We promote a destination that is modern yet remains unspoiled – real and genuine, just as it has always been.

When showcasing the island, we highlight the Waitukubuli National Trail, the longest hiking trail in the

The WCMF, Carnival, and the annual Jazz ‘n Creole Festival ensure a vibrant year-round calendar of events

Caribbean, where visitors can explore rugged landscapes and even hop on a boat to experience Dominica’s natural beauty from the sea.

Dominica is also home to around 300 resident sperm whales. In keeping with our sustainability goals, we’re developing a sperm whale reserve to ensure their long-term protection. Visitors can enjoy whale watching nearly year-round – about 90 percent of the time. We’re also advancing our geothermal energy project, further demonstrating our commitment to green growth.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 93

Adventure

Live for

For those seeking adventure, Dominica is the place to be. The Dominica Hotel & Tourism Association provides a unified voice for the private tourism sector, whilst protecting and enhancing the industry, allowing Dominica to do what it does best – be a destination of magic

T

he island of Dominica is sculpted by its topography. The atmosphere of the mountainous nation – ripe with hot springs and rainforests – influences the food, culture, and way of life, attracting travellers seeking a place to escape the chaos of the everyday for seclusion and authenticity.

From watching the sunset whilst soaking in sulphur springs to venturing through the Caribbean’s longest hiking trail to plunging into the depths to encounter pristine reefs, Dominica is where travellers are able to restore body and soul.

The Dominica Hotel & Tourism Association (DHTA) is here to help with just that.

Having been the private sector voice of tourism on the Nature Island since 1972, the association was formed to unite hoteliers, restaurateurs, tour operators, and other service providers under one collaborative umbrella. It works every day to strengthen and connect Dominica’s visitor economy.

DHTA – AT A GLANCE DHTA is a non-profit providing centralised and innovative information, advocacy, and leadership for the tourism industry in Dominica. It acts as a catalyst for enabling Dominica’s tourism economy to reach its full potential to the benefit of current and future members, visitors, investors, travel partners, citizens, and the community.

• 97 members • 07 corporate partners • 03 active projects • One unified voice As a non-profit membership organisation, it hosts industry events, including Hike Fest and

Action Through Collaboration in Tourism (ACT) Talks workshops, all designed to foster professional growth, innovation, and partnerships.

From training and networking to policy engagement and promotion of local artisans and cultural experiences, DHTA helps ensure that tourism in Dominica grows sustainably, benefitting both visitors and the communities that make the island so extraordinary.

The association relies on strategic partnerships with corporate entities to strengthen its capacity to support local businesses and promote Dominica as a premier ecotourism destination. These partnerships are more than just sponsors but also integral allies in building a vibrant, sustainable, and competitive tourism industry for Dominica.

FOSTERING COLLABORATION

DHTA views its role as a convener, connector, and capacity-builder, bringing together every part of the tourism ecosystem to create a seamless, high-quality visitor experience whilst uplifting all its members.

Through flagship events, the association unites industry members with international travel partners to explore opportunities in air access, technology, marketing, and investment. It also champions joint initiatives, encouraging members to design integrated experiences that combine lodging, cuisine, transport, and adventure in addition to collaborating closely with the Discover Dominica Authority to align private offerings with national goals.

As the industry’s information hub, DHTA shares data, research, and global best practices through expert-led sessions and training, whilst its advocacy ensures that government policies and infrastructure decisions reflect the needs of the entire sector.

In weaving these strands together, the association transforms individual businesses into a unified, innovative network that enhances both the visitor experience and the shared prosperity of Dominica’s tourism industry.

Equally as significant to DHTA is its work towards promoting sustainable tourism in Dominica and protecting the island’s natural environment. The organisation actively advocates for a low-volume, high-yield tourism model that ensures Dominica’s development remains both economically and environmentally sustainable.

Its focus is on growing visitor numbers responsibly whilst

increasing value per visitor to benefit local communities and the wider economy. Key areas of focus include policy advocacy, protection of natural assets, and sustainable community benefits.

Through this approach, DHTA seeks to ensure that as the industry grows, it strengthens Dominica’s identity as the Nature Island, delivering longterm value for both people and planet.

BENEFITTING THE WHOLE OF DOMINICA

Visitors to Dominica can expect to experience the wildness of unspoilt tropical nature in a truly unique way compared to the swift development happening across tourist-driven countries elsewhere.

The expansive topography, abundance of pristine rivers and waterfalls, and beautiful natural beaches lend an unrivalled magic to the island.

You will often be the only person on a beach or at a

waterfall, encouraging you to commune with nature in an especially pure way.

There are plentiful hiking adventures to be had, along with canyoning in Titou Gorge or bathing in the Hot Sulphur Springs. Take the time to relax and unwind in homestays

DOMINICA’S CULTURAL EVENTS AND FESTIVALS DHTA’s signature event is the annual Hike Fest that focuses on outdoor adventures, eco-tourism, and sustainability and takes place every Saturday in May. DHTA is involved in all other major destination events and festivals, such as the World Creole Music Festival and Ti Vilaj Kwéyòl (Creole Village) in October; Carnival celebrations in February and March; Jazz ‘n Creole festival in May; alongside smaller events, including Kalinago Heritage Week.

Whilst these events are coordinated by the tourism authority, the DHTA plays a promotional role through special campaigns of members, in addition to the participation of small businesses in showcasing their products, which allows them increased exposure and access to the visitor market.

to truly learn about people’s culture and lifestyle.

At sea, Dominica offers unparalleled underwater experiences. The soothing waves allow for swimming in the fumarole bubbles, balancing on volcanic shelves, and sharing the waves with the country’s resident sperm whales. All of these adventures are safe because of experienced local guides and the friendly, welcoming people of Dominica, who make visitors feel right at home.

Additionally, DHTA engages with the local community to ensure that tourism development benefits local residents and businesses – a central goal of the association’s mission.

Its ACT Talks workshops not only welcome industry professionals but also citizens, small business owners, and aspiring entrepreneurs, providing villages and towns

access to business ideas, training, and opportunities to participate in tourism supply chains.

Through the weekly ‘Talking Tourism’ radio programme, co-produced with the Discover Dominica Authority, DHTA keeps residents informed about tourism developments and invites public input, allowing the community a voice in shaping the industry.

The association actively supports community-based tourism by partnering with local groups to develop authentic experiences, including craft workshops, cultural tours, nature walks, and homestays.

This is alongside encouraging hotels and tour operators to source food and supplies locally, guaranteeing direct economic benefit.

Annual events, such as Hike Fest, integrate local hiking clubs, artisans, youth

emergency teams, and community vendors, so that exposure, income, and opportunities flow to residents, not just large businesses.

Additionally, DHTA solicits community feedback on new initiatives, promotes environmental stewardship, and provides training and support to informal sector operators, helping smaller players raise standards and compete fairly.

By combining engagement, education, and inclusive opportunity, DHTA works daily to ensure Dominica’s tourism growth is sustainable, equitable, and deeply rooted in local communities.

+1 (767) 275-7453 / 275-7454 admin@dominicahta.org www.dominicahta.org

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

Sustainability is part of everyday life here. We live off the land – eating what we grow, picking fruits straight from the trees, and preparing meals fresh from our gardens. This way of life is a big part of what we share with the world.

Our underwater world is equally authentic. Our dive sites are naturally formed, not man-made, and our land remains largely protected.

There’s truly so much to say about Dominica, and we weave all of these elements into our messaging to show travellers an experience that’s sustainable, genuine, and one-of-a-kind.

OT: Can you tell us about the development of Dominica’s resorts and spas and how this contributes to the island’s relaxing vibe?

MW: At the moment, we have five hotels under construction. One of them opened its doors in October, and it was wonderful to see it come to life 98 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

“We consistently communicate Dominica’s identity as The Nature Island, highlighting our commitment to sustainability and authenticity. We promote a destination that is modern yet remains unspoiled – real and genuine, just as it has always been” – Marva Williams, CEO, Discover Dominica Authority

in all its glory. We expect the others to open within the next two to three years.

We’ve also made significant progress in improving air access, which is essential. Better connectivity means more visitors – and more demand for accommodation. As these new hotels come online, we anticipate an increase in our certified room stock to between 1,300 and 1,500 rooms.

Dominica offers a mix of barefoot luxury and eco-friendly properties, including renowned sustainable resorts such as Secret Bay, Coulibri

Ridge, and Jungle Bay Dominica. Each embodies sustainability not just in design, but in their overall philosophy and guest experience.

When it comes to wellness, several hotels offer exceptional spa and health experiences – Jungle Bay, for instance, is well-known for this – but we also encourage visitors to explore beyond the resorts. The community of Wotten Waven is famous for its natural hot springs and spa offerings, where guests can soak in warm, mineralrich waters and feel completely rejuvenated.

Our volcanic landscape enhances that sense of relaxation, from sulphur springs to Champagne Beach, where divers and bathers can watch natural bubbles rise through the water like a glass of champagne.

Additionally, we have over 400 Airbnbs across the island, offering a variety of stays that reflect Dominica’s laid-back and authentic charm.

OT: What about your emergence in the luxury yachting sector and development of a state-of-the-art marina?

MW: The yachting sector is a billiondollar industry, and Dominica is positioning itself to be part of that growth. We’ve seen an emerging yachting scene in the north of the island, which has really demonstrated our potential to expand and strengthen this sector.

We recognise that yachting appeals to a distinct niche market – travellers

There’s truly so much to say about Dominica, and DDA weaves all of these elements into its messaging to show travellers an experience that’s sustainable, genuine, and one-of-a-kind

seeking exclusivity, comfort, and unique destinations. Dominica offers exactly that with its diverse natural and cultural experiences.

This understanding is driving the development of our state-of-the-art marina, designed to accommodate larger and taller yachts and enhance the overall visitor experience. It’s an exciting step forward in broadening Dominica’s tourism offerings and tapping into a high-value segment of the market.

OT: Looking ahead to next year, how are you working to appeal to a new wave of travellers?

MW: One of the key areas the DDA has focused on is digital marketing.

We recognise that there are billions of

people around the world – and about 75 percent have a cell phone in their hand. To stay relevant and top-ofmind, we have to meet people where they are, which is in the digital space.

Our social media strategy now has a more targeted and datadriven approach. Over the past few months, we’ve worked to connect with travellers seeking something authentic and different on a relatively undiscovered island like Dominica.

At the same time, we understand that digital platforms aren’t the only channel to reach our audience. We’ve strengthened our participation at trade shows and continue to engage in personal business-to-business (B2B) and business-to-consumer (B2C) outreach.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 99

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

We also maintain a strong presence across traditional media, particularly in markets where print and television remain influential, such as parts of Europe and the Caribbean. We’re strategically inserting Dominica into those spaces in a cost-effective way to ensure broad visibility.

Another major development on the horizon is Dominica International Airport, set to open in 2027. This will significantly improve air access, attracting new carriers and making the destination more accessible to international travellers.

As access improves, Dominica will naturally become part of more travel conversations. We’re already building that momentum through consistent PR, trade engagement, and research-driven marketing. Our goal is to continue connecting the dots and welcoming more visitors to The Nature Island.

OT: Finally, what makes 2026 the year to visit Dominica?

MW: We are The Nature Island, and that’s a message we proudly share every year. In 2026, if you’re just discovering Dominica, this is truly the time to visit.

100 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

“We also recognise that there’s a growing niche of travellers who seek authentic enjoyment through festivals and music. People want experiences that are real, local, and meaningful – and our events deliver exactly that” – Marva Williams, CEO, Discover Dominica Authority

You’ll be part of the first wave of travellers to fully experience this rugged, authentic island – a destination where 60 percent of the landscape is pure nature. Our volcanic terrain means we’re not known for white sandy beaches, but rather for our striking black sand shores and dramatic scenery.

Dominica offers rejuvenating experiences unlike anywhere else – from bubbling hot springs and ocean adventures to breathtaking underwater worlds. For travellers seeking health, wellness, and the chance to reconnect with nature, this is the place to be.

Whether you’re planning a family getaway, a stay in one of our many Airbnbs, or a luxurious escape at one of our world-class eco-resorts, Dominica has something for every type of traveller.

In 2026, we’re also set to launch our new cable car, which will take visitors over Trafalgar Falls and the Valley of Desolation in just 20 minutes – an unforgettable way to immerse yourself in the island’s lush, green beauty.

And, of course, our greatest asset is our people – warm, welcoming, and ready to make every visitor feel right at home. There are countless reasons to visit Dominica in 2026, but above all, it’s the perfect time to experience the island’s natural magic for yourself.

Tel: (767) 448-2045 tourism@discoverdominica.dm discoverdominica.com

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

Cobra Tours & Yacht Services:

Where Wild Nature Meets Refined Luxury in Dominica On the dramatic shores of the Caribbean’s “Nature Island,” adventure and elegance converge through Cobra Tours & Yacht Services — a name synonymous with premium, authentic travel in Dominica. For over three decades, Cobra has invited travellers to experience the island not from a distance, but from within — its rivers, its reefs, its rainforest heart.

A Heritage of Island Expertise Born from local roots and built on unmatched experience, Cobra’s team embodies Dominica’s spirit — passionate stewards of its land and sea. Their services extend far beyond touring: private river journeys, rainforest expeditions, seamless yacht concierge, luxury vehicle rentals, and exclusive private boat charters. Every itinerary is curated to reflect the island’s raw beauty with world-class polish.

Beyond the Ordinary Glide quietly through the emerald embrace of the Indian River, where towering roots and tropical birds create an atmosphere almost mythical.

Toast the moment at a hidden bush bar, then follow your guide to discover secret waterfalls or volcanic hot springs tucked deep within the forest.

At sea, the experience deepens. Sail Dominica’s rugged coastline on a private charter, exploring secluded bays accessible only by water.

And for the truly adventurous, few encounters compare to swimming alongside the majestic sperm whales that call Dominica home — a humbling, once-in-a-lifetime communion with the ocean’s gentle giants.

Luxury in Motion Whether arriving by yacht, plane, or private vehicle, every guest enjoys Cobra’s trademark precision and care. Their yacht services division handles everything from provisioning and clearance to curated onshore excursions. For land travellers, luxury SUVs and private transfers make even the island’s wildest corners feel comfortably close.

Crafted with Care, Rooted in Place Cobra’s approach to luxury is distinct — understated, immersive, and deeply personal. It’s not about escape, but connection: to nature, to community, to a rhythm that is both grounding and transformative. Each experience flows seamlessly, guided by local knowledge and delivered with effortless refinement.

For Those Who Seek More Dominica remains one of the Caribbean’s last unspoiled frontiers, and Cobra stands as its premier gateway — where every journey becomes an encounter with authenticity, and every comfort is attuned to the island’s untamed soul.

For the traveller who seeks not only to see the wild — but to live it.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 101

Tel: +1 767 245 6332 / +1 767 245 6382 | Email: cobratours@hotmail.com | www.cobradominica.com

RECOMMENDS Do: FOR A WA L K ON T H E W I L D S I DE . . .

Crafting an adventure that stirs the soul, Cobra Tours has built a portfolio of discovery-filled hikes and yachting escapades over the last 30 years. With experiences that go beyond the guidebook, the company combines local knowledge and fearless passion into world-class expeditions that make the most of Dominica’s boundless landscape.

FOR A FA S T, E A S Y, A N D S E C U R E WAY T O R E N T A CA R . . .

With over 15 years of dedicated service, C & K Car Rental has become a trusted partner in the Dominican car rental space with an unmatched fleet of vehicles to choose from. Its many services allow you to journey far and wide with its state-of-the-art online reservation system, granting drivers simple convenience and easy renting solutions.

PHOTOGRAPHY © THE DOMINICA HOTEL AND TOURISM ASSOCIATION

FOR L E A R N I NG A B OU T T H E BE S T D OM I N ICA H A S T O OF F E R . . .

Boasting over 50 years of deep, local understanding and expertise, The Dominica Hotel and Tourism Association (DHTA) is the trusted voice and focal point of the island’s tourism industry, promoting sound information, advocacy, and leadership.

With 85 members, the association is the driving

force behind the sector’s growth, enabling Dominica’s tourism economy to reach its full potential and boost both existing and future member organisations, including hoteliers, restaurateurs, tour operators, artisans, tour guides, and many more.

This in turn, means both local businesses and larger tourism companies curate the best experience possible for visitors to the island.

With a mantra of ‘lead, inform, collaborate’, look to the DHTA for everything you need to know about Dominica and to truly live for the adventure. Indeed, the association can provide key insights into the country’s breathtaking topography, which influences the island’s food, culture, and way of life. The DHTA’s deep knowledge is conveniently packaged in its comprehensive guide – Experience Dominica.

Through this highly convenient guide, visitors can learn how best to immerse themselves in nature with top recommendations for hiking trails and jawdropping views, cosy and stylish accommodations – from boutique hotels to rustic cottages – and ways to best explore some of the globe’s most dramatic marine environments, along with so much more.

The DHTA therefore works with its members, investors, and local residents to create an unforgettable travel experience, encouraging adventurers from across the world to discover the delights of Dominica.

102 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

candkcarrentals@gmail.com | www.candkcarrental.com

Driving Smiles, Creating Connections: More than just a rental, it’s an experience.

The Best in

CAR RENTAL

Prices start from $150 a day At C and K Car Rental, we understand that each journey is unique, and our fleet of well-maintained vehicles is ready to cater to your individual needs.

You can hire the following vehicles from us: • Suzuki swift • Toyota voxy • Toyota noah • Mazda demio • Toyota rav4 • Honda Civic • Nissan Xtrail • Toyota vitz

Whether you’re exploring the vibrant streets of St Martin or traversing the scenic landscapes of Dominica, our diverse range of vehicles ensures a comfortable and memorable travel experience.

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

RECOMMENDS Sleep: FOR A S TAY N E S T L E D I N N AT U R E ’ S E M BR AC E . . .

The epitome of a Caribbean sanctuary, InterContinental Dominica Cabrits Resort and Spa draws upon the tranquil harmony of the Cabrits National Park to bring guests an unforgettable ecoconscious wellness experience. Boasting a worldclass spa, amongst other amenities like refreshing outdoor and infinity pools, the hotel’s luxurious rooms make the most of oceanfront relaxation.

FOR A BA R E FO OT LU X U RY E S CA PE . . .

Freeing you from the constraints of everyday life, Jungle Bay Dominica (Jungle Bay) is a secluded sanctuary of relaxation that concocts the ideal getaway.

Recognised by reputable names such as Forbes and Travel + Leisure for its excellence in luxury and eco-friendly stays, Jungle Bay is the perfect spot for those who wish to discover themselves in nature. The creative vision of a local entrepreneur and sustainable development expert, the resort’s whole purpose revolves around environmental and cultural preservation, which can be seen far and wide throughout the green-inspired space.

Guests are immediately drawn in by the resort’s airy and nature-inspired villas, which offer a private hideaway nestled within a secluded forest. With a vast range of spacious rooms and suites available, each overlooking the shimmering waters of Scotts Head and Soufrière, guests have the chance to truly

104 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

unplug and indulge in its eco-friendly design.

Other fittings visitors can enjoy include handpainted bedding by Dominican artisans, palm tree-inspired lamps handmade by local artisans, novel bamboo furnishings, luxurious natural and biodegradable body products, and much more.

Once suitably refreshed, guests can embark on Jungle Bay’s myriad adventures, including hiking the Gallion Loop Trail, guided expeditions across Boiling Lake, and deep ocean dives. Visitors can also indulge in the on-site Bamboo Spa or a gourmet culinary experience at Jungle Bay’s Calabash Restaurant.

With so much more to be discovered, Jungle Bay takes guests on a journey of ultimate adventure wellness.

Eat: FOR A DI F F E R E N T L E V E L OF CA R I BBE A N TA S T E …

Plating up unforgettable Caribbean cuisine with a personal twist, La Petite Bistro specialises in a unique combination of rich herbs, spices, and seasonings sourced fresh from its local garden.

Boasting a range of dishes and flavours distinct enough to brighten any traveller’s day and served with a friendly smile, the restaurant is adored by locals and tourists alike.

The quirky bistro first opened its doors in 2008 after Founder, Jannicia Samuel, discovered her passion for cooking and catering, selling a range of delectable cakes, delicious beef dishes, and hearty fish pies, before evolving and expanding the menu to become a local legend.

Located in Northern Marigot, guests can look forward to a breakfast of stewed back and neck and sautéed cod, amongst many other dishes. The lunch menu, meanwhile, features many pasta delights including handmade pumpkin ravioli, potato-filled gnocchi, and other flavoursome meals.

U N PA R A L L E L E D L U X U R Y I N N AT U R E ’ S E M B R A C E Discover a Caribbean sanctuary where indulgence meets sustainability. Nestled within Cabrits National Park, our resort offers stunning ocean and mountain views, eco-friendly wellness experiences, and a world-class spa infused with the island’s healing essence.

Unwind in nature-inspired accommodations, immerse in Dominica’s culture, explore hidden waterfalls, hot springs, and coral reefs, and savor the island’s rich international cuisine.

Naturally Yours

intercontinental.com/cabritsresort | reservations.dominica@ihg.com | +1 767 445 1000

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

In Focus

ROSEAU The beating heart of the island, Roseau is nestled on the south coast of Dominica and recognised across the country as an epicentre for urban development.

TH E CAP ITAL’ S B USTLI N G and vibrant atmosphere can be attributed to its status as an epicentre for foreign trade of local goods such as bananas, grapefruits, oranges, and cocoa, which ebbs into the visitor experience through flourishing, winding local markets, introducing tourists to the everyday lives of residents.

Colonial French architecture predominantly adorns the city’s colourful buildings, typified by a French Creole design that perfectly blends with the island’s Kalinago heritage. Guests can best explore these fascinating influences by delving into the likes of the Old Market Square – the intersection of commerce, culture, and heritage.

Gazing upon the towering Old Lady of Fair Haven of Roseau, you can’t help but notice the Gothic Romanesque and Caribbean stylistic appearance that characterises the cathedral, which first opened in 1916 and has become a key pillar of the local community, holding widely attended religious services.

A microcosm of the island’s lush, verdant landscapes, Roseau is also home to the Dominica Botanic Gardens, whose mesmerising flora is indicative of the island’s warm tropical climate. The peaceful gardens feature 40 acres of swaying bottle palms, delicate and fragrant orchids, and a beautiful Carib Wood tree, which produces the endemic national flower of Dominica with its vivid scarlet colour.

Roseau offers you a new side to The Nature Island, bustling with welcoming people, distinguished architecture, and a deep insight into Dominican culture.

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

Discover Unique Culture and Hidden Gems in Dominica Welcome to Flip Flops & Coconuts Tours! We have created the best adventures for you to join us on in the nature island, a tropical island where time stands still and wellness grabs the spotlight. Mountains, rivers and rainforests, Oh My! There is lots to see and do on our 7 day, 10 day or 14 day adventures, so look no further, it’s all right here.

Walk in the footsteps of those who came before us, connect to the land, explore jurassic

looking rainforests, take a tropical cooking class, relax on sun kissed beaches, rappel through canyons, swim in natural freshwater pools or hike misty mountains, there is an adventure for everyone.

Create lasting memories with other fun-loving adventurers that you’ll laugh and get muddy with along the way!

Wake up to new experiences and drink bush rum … what are you waiting for? Pack your bags and meet us at the airport!

Tel/WhatsApp: 1-631-336-9109 | hello@flipflopsandcoconuts.com | www.flipflopsandcoconuts.com

Reclaim your Rhythm in the Heart of Dominica.

An art-filled sanctuary close to a plethora of our most loved attractions.

Reserve your exclusive Villa Rental for your family & friends or a room just for you or two.

Also book & enjoy; Culinary or Life Celebration event hosting.

Bespoke ‘Body, Art & Soul’ experiences or Pilates retreats, Bird & endemic plant spotting, and Forest Bathing in our 2 acre garden. info@harmonyvilla.com

A Vetivert Villa.

For Heritage Experiences, Fine Art, Villa, & Pilates bookings, contact carlaarmour@vetivertinc.com www.harmonyvilla.com

@HarmonyVillaDominica

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 107

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

Landmark Landmark Attractions Attractions Valley of Desolation This unique jagged landscape is decorated by the lurking mists of the valley’s many simmering hot springs and bubbling mud pots.

Reaching the Valley of Desolation involves a long hike that is best undertaken with an experienced guide, granting explorers the unmissable chance to see the unique biodiversity and earthy spectrum of reds, oranges, blues, and greens that paint their way across this rare volcanic scenery.

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

As founding members of the Coral Rescue Centre, we are passionate stewards of the Caribbean reef and pride ourselves on sharing the unique beauty of Dominica’s underwater world with others.

Dominica’s Premier

Coral Conservation Dive Shop We offer full service concierge-style diving in small groups, with personalised 5-star service for a fun, safe, and professional dive experience ~ all while providing an intimate look at Dominica’s finest reefs.

Concierge Dive Service Once you start diving with us, all gear, whether rented or your own, is handled by us for the duration of your visit. Gear is set up, washed and dried for the next day. No need for you to carry or worry.

Small Groups, Comfortable Boats Our maximum Divemaster to Diver ratio is 1:8. More often, each divemaster has only 4 to 6 divers.

Nikki has a max capacity of 16 Divers. No Likki Likki has a max capacity of 6 divers.

Focused on Conservation Conservation is at the forefront of everything we do, including our dive services.

Everyone, including future generations, deserves to witness Dominica’s aquatic beauty at its finest.

Experienced, Passionate, Safe!

With over 30 years of diving expertise in the Marine Reserve, we are intimately familiar with the marine life and promise a passionate, fun, safe, and professional experience for everyone.

Our conservation credentials include: • REEF Conservation Partner • Blue Oceans Member • Ocean Explorers Programme Partner • Oceans Forward Partner • Green Fins Member • PADI Eco Center

+1 767 245 6505 | NatureIslandDive@gmail.com www.natureislanddive.dm

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 109

Landmark Attractions Trafalgar Falls Located in Morne Trois Pitons National Park, Trafalgar Falls comprises two dazzling waterfalls, named Mother and Father.

Each cascade creates a magical rainbow halo around those willing to hike up to the falls’ beautiful pools. Explorers are immediately calmed by the rush of water and verdant vegetation that surrounds this Edenic site.

Kalinago Barana Autê Situated in Salybia on the east coast of Dominica, this cultural village is a window into the world of the Kalinago Indigenous people and a living museum of huts and small exhibitions that help preserve and build awareness around their heritage. Visitors can enjoy cultural demonstrations, such as local crafts, baking, and canoe building, as well as insightful performances and a herbal medicine garden.

110 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

www.rosaliebaydominica.com

Rosalie Bay Eco Resort & Spa – Dominica’s Premier Eco Resort Discover Rosalie Bay, an award-winning eco resort where nature, wellness, and conservation exist in perfect harmony. Nestled between lush rainforest and the Atlantic Ocean, this Caribbean sanctuary invites you to slow down, breathe deeply, and reconnect. Begin your morning with yoga by the river, indulge in botanical spa rituals rooted in island tradition, and refresh in our onyx-lined pool or the crystal spring river that flows through the resort.

Rosalie Bay is more than a place to stay — it’s a movement toward mindful, sustainable travel.

Every visit helps protect endangered sea turtles, preserve Dominica’s rivers, and empower local communities.

Whether you crave serenity, adventure, or soulful renewal, Rosalie Bay Eco Resort & Spa offers an unforgettable journey into the heart of the Nature Island.

Rosalie Bay – A wellness escape that nurtures you, and protects the earth.

Phone: (767) 446-1010 | WhatsApp: (767) 245-7916 Email: reservations@rosaliebaydominica.com

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 111

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

Phone/WhatsApp: +1767 616 52 58 | E: hotel@tamarindtreedominica.com W: www.tamarindtreedominica.com | Facebook: The Tamarind Tree Hotel

The Tamarind Tree Hotel & Restaurant Centrally located on the Caribbean coast, The Tamarind Tree is an intimate, cozy hotel, featuring 15 double rooms each with en suite bathroom, A/C, fan, fridge, microwave and kettle. Perched high on a cliff, our guests enjoy fabulous sea views while relaxing in the gardens and by the pool.

Three two-bedroom self-catering cottages are ideal for independent travelers and families.

Each is bright and airy with en suite bathrooms, living area, kitchen and veranda deck.

EXPLORE DOMINICA WITH YADAH CAR RENTAL

We will meet your transportation needs and exceed your expectations.

Hassle-free service awaits you.

BOOK NOW! Website: www.yadahcarrental.com Email: yadahcarrental@gmail.com : 1767 225 6923

112 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Hotel and cottage guests, as well as the public, enjoy a cooling breeze in our open-sided restaurant while dining on excellent local Creole and international fare. The Tamarind Tree is welcoming, family-friendly with English, German and French spoken.

All activities are executed with a focus on environmental and social sustainability, from buying local to collecting rain water, producing our own electricity with solar energy, employing staff from nearby.

As a locally owned company, our diverse fleet consists of compact, midsized and large SUVs, economy cars, trucks and 7 seaters. Catering from solo up to group travellers.

Being a customer-friendly company, we are committed to providing satisfaction by offering affordable rates with no hidden fees, quality vehicles, excellent customer service, convenience and reliability.

It’s more than just Car Rental- It’s where comfort and safety are assured.

For a treasured memory in Dominica, it’s a must to rent from us!!!!

DOMINICA T R AV E L G U I D E

Getting There and Around AS A BU RG EONING Caribbean destination, flying to Dominica couldn’t be easier. International flights from Europe can connect to the island via neighbouring regions including Antigua, Barbados, Martinique, St Maarten, Guadeloupe, and Trinidad.

North American visitors can also make a one-stop connection from 42 cities in the region, predominantly flying from Miami International Airport (MIA) and landing at Douglas-Charles Airport (DOM) on the northeastern side of the island. Dominica’s second smaller gateway, Canefield Airport (DCF), is just a 15-minute drive away from Roseau.

From the air to the sea, the country also boasts two main ferry ports that welcome visitors from all over the

world. The Roseau Ferry Terminal is the primary port for passenger ferries, conveniently located in the heart of the city. The Portsmouth Ferry Dock, meanwhile, is ideal for those wanting to explore the north of the island.

Those choosing to take the ferry service can catch a ride from the islands of Guadeloupe, Martinique, and Saint Lucia. It is also worth noting that taking the ferry offers breathtaking views of the surrounding Caribbean Sea and Atlantic Ocean.

Be aware that an electronic immigration form must be completed no more than three days before arriving in Dominica. Additionally, travellers must provide evidence of a valid return ticket and sufficient funds to sustain themselves whilst they venture around the island.

ST KITTS T R AV E L G U I D E

St Kitts

Its name derived from the nickname for Christopher Columbus, St Kitts breaks the mould of typical Caribbean getaways. This unique haven lets you embark on a gentle sojourn through its many vistas or pursue your desire for vibrant adventure and captivating history that abounds across this remarkable island WRITER: LUCY PILGRIM | PROJECT MANAGER: ALFIE WILSON

ST KITTS T R AV E L G U I D E

S

ituated between the shimmering waters of the Atlantic Ocean and Caribbean Sea, St Kitts resides as a hub for island festivities, immersive culture, and deeply entwined tradition.

The larger of the two islands that make up the nation of St Kitts and Nevis, the former stands out thanks to its highly diverse topography, which boasts otherworldly rainforests, rolling lush valleys, and emerald mountain ranges that combine to make 18 miles of Caribbean paradise.

From powerful peaks to hidden shores, St Kitts has a vast range of beaches to suit any type of traveller. Thanks to the Atlantic coastline to the north, you can take in spectacular crashing waves, particularly at Sandy Bank Bay and North Friar’s Bay. Strolling the island’s volcanic black beaches offers an additional unique experience as they are a step beyond the typical sandy shores of the region.

That being said, beach lovers and sun seekers can immerse themselves in the more tranquil waters of South Friar’s Bay, Cockleshell Beach, and South Frigate Bay, offering soft, silky sands and the gentle sapphire tide of the Caribbean Sea that lets travellers drift away from the pressures of everyday life.

St Kitts is also the burgeoning Caribbean destination of choice for a dreamy romantic getaway – courtesy of its colourful, soaring and blissful landscapes – where couples feel like they’re at the edge of the world as

they bask in natural beauty and create memories to last a lifetime.

Those looking for a charming island escape have a vast range of hotels and resorts to choose from, each offering an intimate experience.

Along with a diverse selection of authentic cuisine, you will find a plethora of locally crafted rums on offer, as the rich, tantalising beverage is deeply rooted in St Kitts culture.

With a storied history dating back to the 17th century, rum production methods have remained unchanged, expertly made using local sugarcane and distilled with strong, enriching flavours.

Take a deep dive into this potent heritage by visiting the likes of Old Rum Road – the island’s oldest rum distillery – or go on a rum history tour at the majestic Fairview Great House and Botanical Garden, where you can sample seven flavours of Shipwreck Rum made locally by the Brinley family.

Travellers should also indulge in the delightful rums of Hibiscus Spirits, made from the roselle hibiscus plant, known locally as sorrel. The distiller also offers a unique tour experience where you can create your own cocktail or even your own spiced rum.

More than just a Caribbean island, St Kitts offers a vast range of experiences – from calming stillness that lets you drift off into idyllic bliss to action-packed snorkelling and diving adventures, there are unforgettable memories waiting to be unlocked.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 115

Industry Insights

St Kitts Tourism Authority TH E ST KITTS Tourism Authority (SKTA) continues to be a central pillar to the island’s ever-blossoming travel industry, proudly advocating and promoting this spectacular destination.

We catch up with Honourable Marsha T. Henderson, Minister of Tourism, who updates us on how the authority continues to highlight the best the island has to offer travellers and showcase St Kitts on the world stage 116 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, how does SKTA continue to curate different experiences for travellers who want to see the best of the island?

Honourable Marsha T. Henderson, Minister of Tourism (HMTH): There are two ways this is achieved: through the itinerary planner on the Visit St Kitts website for stays ranging from 24 hours to seven days, and via annual advertising campaigns focused on niche activities.

This year, SKTA highlighted new or lesser-known offerings such as night kayaking and parasailing for couples, cacao ceremonies and moonlit sound therapy sessions for wellness enthusiasts, and self-drive 4x4 vehicle tours for families and groups to explore our mountains and rainforests.

OT: How has the authority continued its efforts to increase airlift and cruise arrivals and ultimately grow brand visibility over the last 18 months?

HMTH: To increase airlift arrivals, we have prioritised training travel agents and promoting our St Kitts Rewards programme in all key source markets.

In October, our St Kitts Yourway (SKY) Programme was a Gold Winner

ST KITTS T R AV E L G U I D E

travellers and have noticed a shift from beaches to novel experiences as the reason for visiting St Kitts.

OT: What makes St Kitts perfect for those looking for a romantic getaway in 2026?

HMTH: St Kitts is uncrowded and under-the-radar, yet easily reachable through many non-stop and direct flights from the US, Canada, and the UK. Couples can turn on ‘Do Not Disturb’ as they dine at restaurants perched on cliffs and centuries-old ruins, hike along lush rainforest trails with a forest guide, or unwind at a hotel spa.

Surrounded by sweeping views of rolling mountain ranges and the sea, couples can reignite their romance in St Kitts.

at the 2025 Travel Weekly Magellan Awards in the ‘Hospitality – Overall Travel Advisor Support’ category. The award recognises the programme’s efforts in supporting travel advisors and helping them share the story of St Kitts with visitors through authentic storytelling and education.

To boost cruise arrivals, we are currently upgrading our port facilities to enable home porting, starting in winter 2026.

“Surrounded by sweeping views of rolling mountain ranges and the sea, couples can reignite their romance in St Kitts” – H O N O U R A B L E M A R S H A T. H E N D E R S O N , MINISTER OF TOURISM, ST KITTS TOURISM AUTHORITY

OT: How would you say the tourism landscape has evolved in St Kitts over the last few years and how have you responded to these changes?

HMTH: Since 2022, the destination has seen year-on-year growth in both visitor and cruise arrivals.

We conduct surveys amongst our Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 117

ST KITTS T R AV E L G U I D E

OT: What can adrenaline junkies get up to on the island?

HMTH: Land adventurers can hike Mount Liamuiga, our dormant volcano, zipline over the rainforest canopy, and go off-roading through the countryside and mountains, all of which offer breathtaking vistas. Sea lovers can also kitesurf, wing foil, sea cycle, and drive mini speedboats.

OT: How can first-time travellers to St Kitts enjoy the cultural authenticity of the island?

HMTH: First-time travellers can enjoy the cultural and authentic aspects of the island through our local culinary offerings such as grilled lobster and fish at beach bars along The Strip in Frigate Bay, grilled meat offered along the main road, and traditional weekend delights, such as a cook-up – a mix of seasoned rice and variety of meat; goat water – a stew made of goat meat; and black pudding – a type of sausage.

On the St Kitts Scenic Railway, travellers can see the oldest passenger train in the Caribbean and intriguing masquerade dances accompanied by live playing of flutes and drums.

ST KITTS T R AV E L G U I D E

OT: In what ways does SKTA continue to harness sustainable tourism and encourage travellers to protect St Kitts’ natural environment?

HMTH: The government recently signed a new agreement with Taiwan to develop a 50-megawatt landbased solar photovoltaic (PV) and battery energy storage plant that will promote industrial growth and boost energy resilience on the island.

The solar power plant, which harnesses sunlight to generate electricity, will feed directly into the national grid, reducing the island’s reliance on diesel and natural gas.

The rainforest in St Kitts, which covers about 25 percent of the island

“Land adventurers can hike Mount Liamuiga, our dormant volcano, zipline over the rainforest canopy, and go off-roading through the countryside and mountains, all of which offer breathtaking vistas” – H O N O U R A B L E M A R S H A T. H E N D E R S O N , M I N I S T E R O F T O U R I S M , S T K I T T S T O U R I S M A U T H O R I T Y

and has been protected since 1902, is expanding as it reclaims fields once used for sugarcane cultivation.

OT: Finally, are you optimistic about the future of the tourism industry in St Kitts?

HMTH: Yes, I look forward to seeing the tourism industry evolve as St Kitts and Nevis works towards becoming a sustainable island state by 2040.

Tel: +1 869-465-4040 info@visitstkitts.com www.visitstkitts.com

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 119

ST KITTS T R AV E L G U I D E

IN FOCUS

Basseterre

FLA NKED BY G REEN mountains and sandy shores, Basseterre is packed with beautiful landmarks of profound historical significance and unique local vibrancy.

Looking out over the west coast to the Caribbean Sea, St Kitts’ bustling capital is one of the Eastern Caribbean’s oldest cities, where shadows of its fascinating history are round every corner. This can be felt most deeply by taking in its distinct architecture, which has both French and 122 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

British colonial influences.

The island’s past is further depicted by the likes of Independence Square. Originally constructed in 1790, the square was renamed in 1983 upon the island’s independence from the UK and transformed into a tranquil oasis with a kaleidoscope of beautiful flowers and vegetation, perfect for a gentle stroll in the heart of the city.

ST KITTS T R AV E L G U I D E

Another must-see spot is The Circus, with the Berkley Memorial at its centre. Built in 1883 as a reimagining of Piccadilly Circus in London, the tower is a commemoration of a local legislator and landowner, with each clock face looking out to Basseterre’s four main streets – Bay Road, Liverpool Row, Central Street, and Canyon Street, each featuring boutique-style shops, bustling restaurants, and local markets.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 123

Do:

RECOMMENDS Eat: FOR AU T H E N T IC CA R I BBE A N S PI R I T ON T H E BE AC H . . .

Found on the Southeast Peninsula of St Kitts, Reggae Beach Bar and Grill is the place to go for the island’s best seafood and barbecue dishes. With the motto ‘rush slowly’, you are instantly taken in by the restaurant’s relaxed vibe.

Foodies can indulge in a vast range of dishes, including fresh grilled fish and lobster, coconut shrimp salad, honey mustard ribs, and beef burgers – just to name a few, each complemented by zesty tropical frozen drinks.

If delicious food wasn’t enough, adventure seekers will no doubt make the most of the establishment’s water sports on offer, with snorkelling equipment available to rent, ocean kayaks, deep sea fishing gear, and private charters.

Sleep: FOR A LU X U R IOU S PA R A DI S E E S CA PE . . .

Striking the perfect balance between comfort, convenience, and stylish aesthetics, Royal St Kitts Hotel makes you feel at home through a vast range of available room types, including a cosy studio space, thoughtfully decorated one and two-bedroom suites, and spacious private bungalows that have direct access to premium amenities like an exclusive pool and golf course.

Found in the heart of Frigate Bay, the hotel is also close to renowned local restaurants as well as some of St Kitts’ best beaches.

124 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

FOR PR E M I U M C U BA N C IG A R S . . .

A treasure trove of the best Cuban cigars St Kitts has to offer, alongside a carefully crafted selection of fine wines and warming spirits, La Casa Del Habano (La Casa) boasts the largest humidor in the Eastern Caribbean and houses only the best-quality products.

The perfect setting for a flavourful drink and cigar, La Casa is also home to a sophisticated lounge where aficionados can sit back and relax with great entertainment. Guests of this esteemed establishment can also enjoy a refreshing beverage from the lounge’s Mojitos Bar or take part in La Casa’s regular scotch and rum tastings.

FOR S T K I T T S ’ MO S T S OUG H T-A F T E R J U NG L E T OU R . . .

Recognised by National Georgaphic as a cultural hot spot, Liamuiga Natural Farms is the island’s only working coffee farm which strives to preserve St Kitts’ beautiful natural environment and uphold its sacred traditions.

The experience begins with a ride in an open-air military truck through the towering mountain slopes before entering this picturesque, one-of-a-kind farm reserve, where you can enjoy a tour of the working farm and coffee estate.

Settling into the reserve’s main base after the tour, enjoy a wealth of hearty dishes crafted using exclusively local produce and sample the rich aromas and flavour profile of rainforest-grown coffee.

FOR S OA R I NG A MONG S T T H E V E R DA N T T R E E T OP S . . .

Why hike and clamber across the rainforest when you can fly through the trees on a zipline with Sky Safari Tours?

There are five distances to choose from, with the longest being 1,350 feet (ft) at 250 ft above ground.

Seated in a comfortable harness, zipliners can explore the beautiful Wingfield Estate from the sky.

ST KITTS T R AV E L G U I D E

Whether its an adventure or a peace of mind…

WE ARE HERE TO GET YOU THERE.

Dating back to the early 1800s, Golden Rock Inn sits on one hundred acres of lush tropical landscape that climbs the verdant slopes of Nevis Peak. Eleven uniquely designed guest rooms offer privacy, serene gardens, and sweeping sea views towards the Caribbean islands of Antigua and Montserrat.

For adventures further afield, guests can rent mountain bikes, explore the unspoiled beaches of Nevis, or hike directly from our gate to the island’s famous source.

The property is home to green vervet monkeys, hummingbirds, finches, and the occasional wandering donkey.

As night falls, the sounds of tree frogs and the rustle of bamboo create a natural lullaby. Golden Rock Inn is more than a destination—it’s an escape, a timeless hideaway where nature and tranquility meet.

Golden Rock Nevis info@goldenrocknevis.com 1 869 - 469 - 3346 www.goldenrocknevis.com

BOOK NOW

THe Estates Estates on on Sundance Sundance Ridge Ridge THe

St. Kitts Marriott Beach Resort, Casino and Spa

Indulge in the timeless beauty of island living with the most stunning panoramic views in the Caribbean.

YOUR GATEWAY TO WONDERFUL ADVENTURES

01.

TOP REASONS TO STAY AT THE ST. KITTS MARRIOT BEACH RESORT, CASINO AND SPA

ADVENTURE AWAITS YOU JUST BEYOND OUR DOORS

Experience the spirit of the Caribbean at the St. Kitts Marriott Beach Resort, Casino and Spa where luxury meets island charm. Bask on sunkissed beaches, rejuvenate at the Emerald Mist Spa, and savor world-class dining inspired by island flavors.

From relaxing days to vibrant nights at the Royal Beach Casino, every moment is pure paradise. St. Kitts Marriott Resort- your unforgettable Caribbean escape.

ROYAL BEACH WITH ITS PALAPAS FOR ALL GUESTS AND SCENIC VIEWS

02.

Your Dream Destination

Premium guest rooms that have a contemporary island flare and are spacious and welcoming. That same Caribbean flavor sets the tone in our 7 restaurants and 4 bars.

For entertainment and relaxation, the resort also offers 3 swimming pools, a pristine beach, a 35,000 sq ft Royal Beach Casino, a 15,000 sq ft Emerald Mist Spa and boasts a championship golf course at the Royal St. Kitts Golf Club.

+1-869-466-1200

reservation@stkittsmarriott.com

CBI Approved Project. +1 (869) 662-3348

sundanceridgestkitts.com

Zenway Blvd, Frigate Bay, St. Kitts, W.I.

info@sundanceridgestkitts.com

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 125

ST KITTS T R AV E L G U I D E

Landmark Attractions

Landmark Attractions

Wingfield Estate The remnants of one of the oldest sugarcane estates in St Kitts, catch a glimpse of a partly restored mill, smokestack, lime kiln, and aqueduct that combine to create intriguing plantation ruins. Here, you can also find the vibrantly decorated Romney Manor – the former home of the plantation owners. Established in 1625 and in operation until the early 1920s, Wingfield Estate is both scenic and highly engaging.

Timothy Hill Looking over a small stretch of land that acts as a unique divide between the Caribbean Sea and Atlantic Ocean, Timothy Hill is ideal for panoramic views of St Kitts, letting you truly take in all the island’s natural beauty has to offer. This impressive spot is accessible through many local tour guides or independently via car.

Brimstone Hill Fortress National Park This fascinating fortress is the island’s only UNESCO World Heritage Site and a demonstration of British military strength in St Kitts across the 17th and 18th centuries.

With construction lasting over 100 years, it is one of the best-preserved fortifications not only in the Caribbean, but across the Americas, and a must-visit for the best views of the island.

126 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Getting There and Around FLYI NG TO ST Kitts couldn’t be easier, with direct flights from the UK, Canada, the US, as well as domestic flights from other Caribbean regions.

Visitors can fly to the island via a multitude of major airlines, including American Airlines, British Airways, Air Canada, Delta Air Lines, and United Airlines, as well as regionally via Liat Air, interCaribbean Airways, Caribbean Airlines, WINAIR, and Sunrise Airways.

Upon entry to St Kitts, travellers require an approved Electronic Travel Authorisation (eTA), which you can submit an application for up to 90 days before arrival.

The eTA is then valid for 90 days from the date of entry or until your passport expires, whichever comes first, with a service fee also involved in the application.

Given St Kitts is only 18 miles long, visitors have a wealth of car rental options available to journey across the entire island in just under an hour.

There is also reliable public transport on offer in the form of regular minibuses that travel to and from most residential and tourist areas, typically priced between EC$2 and EC$5 per journey.

For those who wish to island hop

from neighbouring Nevis, there are also several ferry service options available. However, make sure to check the ferry schedule, which differs depending on what day of the week you are making the journey.

It’s also worth noting that you don’t need any travel documents, authorisations, or a visa to travel between the two islands.

C AY E C A U L K E R T R AV E L G U I D E

CAYE CAULKER Barefoot luxury, sandy streets, a rare sliver of sun-drenched nirvana – the allure of Caye Caulker is born through its simplicity. Adopt the island’s motto of ‘go slow’ and find yourself embraced by a natural beauty and authentic culture so potent and striking that you’ll leave a piece of your heart behind WRITER: LAUREN KANIA | PROJECT MANAGER: BEN WEAVER

V

ery few places have managed to remain immune to the siren call of overdevelopment, dredged beaches, and the overconsumption of natural beauty for profit.

So much so that it has become a rarity to find a destination that prioritises conservation, culture, and care for its future generations above all else.

This untapped nirvana for which many desperately yearn is materialised in the small Caribbean island off the coast of Belize, Caye Caulker.

Whilst the island may only be eight kilometres (km) long and 1.6 km wide, this symphonic paradise is bursting with authentic, blissful natural beauty. ‘Go slow’ is more than just a mantra here; it epitomises the way of life, coaxing visitors to focus on the moment and let go of the modern urge to whisk yourself from one chore to the next.

Caye Caulker was originally established as a place for local fishermen to find anchorage and refuge during 128 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

storms; however, the island quickly became a home for many and popular for its boat building and fishing lifestyle.

A hidden oasis for centuries, it was in the 1970s that more tourists began to discover the allure of the island, turning it into a quietly enchanting travel destination.

Today, this limestone coral island is little changed from its fishing village origins and remains an Elysian paradise surrounded by shimmering white sands, teal blue waters, dense mangroves, rainbows of coral, scuttling marine life, dazzling sunsets, and some of the friendliest people you’ll ever have the pleasure of meeting.

Despite the purposefully slow undercurrent of life, there is a plethora of activities and adventures to embark upon in Caye Caulker. Most famous are the plentiful water-based recreations, such as swimming, snorkelling, scuba diving, fishing, sailing, and boating. The moment you plunge beneath the waves, you won’t help but fall in love and hope

to grow gills and fins to explore even further.

Back on land, hands down the most popular hangout spot is The Split. Oozing local charm, pulsing Caribbean music, and some of the best rum punch cocktails to sip whilst relaxing on a shaded hammock or palapa, The Split is a channel that divides the island into two parts and provides one of the best spots for swimming and soaking up the sun. With bars you can swim up to, swings that skim the water, and a jumping platform to dive into the everwarm currents, it is the perfect place to spend your holiday.

No matter if you intend to spend your time beneath the waves mingling with the anemones, sea turtles, and even crocodiles, or if you plan to throw on your sunglasses and feast on lobster as sand gathers between your toes, you’ll find Caye Caulker is more than just another sun-soaked island, but an exceptionally special destination that will capture your heart the moment you arrive.

DID YOU KNOW? • The population of Caye Caulker is approximately 4,000 people.

• English is the official language of the island.

• The official currency is the Belizean dollar, but the US dollar is commonly used.

• Caye Caulker’s official motto is ‘go slow’.

• The island is located 32 km northeast of Belize City.

• It is classified as a limestone coral island.

• The majority of Caye Caulker’s population is of Mestizo heritage.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 129

C AY E C A U L K E R T R AV E L G U I D E

Industry Insights

CAYE CAULKER VILLAGE COUNCIL With the overall vision of strengthening its community, Caye Caulker Village Council (CCVC) has existed in some form for decades, with the legal framework for the authority having been officially formalised in 1999

CH ARGE D WITH G OOD government and the improvement of the village, the council’s goal is to plant seeds for trees in whose shade they may never sit below. Fully embodying the island’s motto of ‘go slow’, the council prides itself on balancing the growth of the island and its people with the need to maintain its appeal – the vast natural landscape and surrounding waters that allot it such a desirable reputation.

Councillors Elizabeth Usher and Tracie Young tell us more about the magic of the island and all the council is working to do to promote it as a must-visit destination.

We don’t want to be the island where, in 10 years, there’s no mangroves or space for a natural park – we try our best to keep it as pristine and balanced as possible. We do get pushback because everybody wants to see development, but we try our best to work with the community and help them understand the importance of keeping our island as it is and practising sustainability.

ELIZABETH USHER, COUNCILLOR

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, please can you tell us about CCVC and its role in the community?

Elizabeth Usher, Councillor (EU): Our council is made up of seven members, and everyone was born and raised in Caye Caulker. Our families originated here, and we take a lot of pride in what we do. Our vision for Caye Caulker is for it to develop whilst maintaining its charm of that laid back, ‘go slow’ mentality and preserve our heritage.

We try to promote eco-friendly and sustainable practices alongside anything that will develop the island, but also balance the environment, culture, and our history as a fishing village.

130 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

TRACIE YOUNG, COUNCILLOR

Tracie Young, Councillor (TY): The community looks up to the council for solutions to problems and inconveniences. Whilst not everything may be in our mandate, we do our best to help the community however we can. Our vision is to unite the community and get them more involved in uniting Caye Caulker.

Especially when it comes to tourism, we must work together so that when we invite people, everybody experiences the charm of the island, the beauty of our resources, and can appreciate it as much as we do.

We are encouraging the community to support the local government, as we tend to forget that the biggest resource we have is people.

Having experience from the older generation and the modernity of the new generation working together harmoniously will allow us to unite

and promote Caye Caulker.

Our team is an eclectic group. I come from a tourism background, and my grandfather was a fisherman, so I try to hold on to that heritage.

Elizabeth’s father was also a fisherman, and she and her husband own a fishing company and host tours.

Ilya R Rosado is a dive master who promotes environmental aspects of restoring and preserving what we have, such as the underwater cave sites. We also have Luis Gongora, who has his own business and works with the youth through sports, like football and soccer.

Alida Blease was a teacher, and her family works in tourism through their sailing companies. Sergio Marin works with the airlines and gets a perspective on the people coming into the island. Chairlady Villanueva’s father is also a fisherman, and she has dedicated herself to her pharmacist career whilst also leading the island as Chairlady for three consecutive

terms. As a group, we try to get around the island as best we can.

Trying to keep all the charm of the island is one of the biggest aspects whilst staying in tune with the history of being a fishing village.

Elizabeth is a school counsellor who works with schools and encourages students through internships, experiences, and vocational work.

By the time they graduate, many already have experience in certain tourism department sectors, which encourages them to experience what the community offers.

OT: How has the Caye Caulker Village Council developed tourism on the island, and what is the strategy for promoting it as a go-to destination?

EU: One of the biggest improvements we did this year was getting Caye Caulker online as much as we can.

We started with the Caye Caulker Village Council website and have since also promoted through the Belize Tourism Board (BTB) and the Belize Tourism Industry Association (BTIA).

Wherever we can promote a little bit of Caye Caulker online, we do so.

Primarily, one of the biggest aspects of our tourism industry is that we sell a ‘go slow’ tourism ideology, where we have

niche products, plentiful activities, and our environment to promote it.

For example, reefs, ecosystems, species, and our culture are important for our island because we have a lot of people, cultures, and food, which we promote as much as possible. We try to partner with local businesses to promote local industries in different sectors, whether it’s through social media or simply word-of-mouth recommendations.

TY: We are working together with BTB, the BTIA Caye Caulker chapter, and the Belize chapter to promote the island. I think there isn’t enough sensitisation on the island as to what the benefits include, so people don’t yet take advantage of signing up for these, which we’d like to change.

OT: What differentiates Caye Caulker from the other islands in the Caribbean?

EU: When we speak to tourists, they always say that the ‘go slow’ motto is prevalent. They don’t feel rushed, and it’s a very unique destination because we still have sandy streets with so little traffic that you can stroll through the middle of them. On other islands, you can’t do that because there are cars and golf carts, and it’s very congested.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 131

Industry Insights great attraction spots for visitors that come to Caye Caulker.

TY: We also do a lot of different activities and sports like fishing, diving, snorkelling, kite surfing, sailing, and kayaking. There are kayak rentals, tours, speed boats, and sail boats across the island as well.

OT: Why, in your opinion, should someone visit Caye Caulker?

“Caye Caulker is glad to be able to share its warm, beautiful experiences with the world, along with incredible sunsets. I believe there’s something for everybody on the island” – Tracie Young, Councillor, Caye Caulker Village Council

We still maintain a lot of the charm from being a fishing village, and we’re trying to preserve that – to balance new tourism whilst keeping our heritage alive. This is why it’s so important that the boards placed to work on these decisions alongside CCVC understand our goal as a tourism destination.

TY: We also try to conserve the natural environment through the reef, and we’re focused on the unique experience you get when you’re here.

We’re also developing, which can be seen through modernising hotels, whilst trying to keep the island’s natural charm.

OT: Are there currently any interesting projects in the pipeline that you are working on?

EU: We are hoping to create more beaches because climate change 132 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

and erosion have greatly impacted the island. In order for us to do so, we need to look at the environmental factors to create a sustainable beach boom without harming the ecosystem.

We are also focusing on placing Caye Caulker on many websites and online platforms so people from around the world can view it and learn about what Caye Caulker has to offer. We always look at the island’s signage, which was updated years ago, and want to re-update it once again.

Recently, we built a tarpon viewpoint in collaboration with BTB, where there’s the opening of a cave system, and visitors can view tarpons, a great endangered species of fish.

We’ve created a pathway through the mangroves to the end of the dock, where you feed them and take pictures. This has been one of the

TY: Being born and raised on the island, there are a lot of things that you walk by from your house to the store.

There are five different types of birds you would see just walking from a short distance, for example.

Even the community of Caye Caulker doesn’t always take the time to sit back and take advantage of the endemic beauty we have, and it’s very enlightening when guests arrive and have never seen green trees or crystal-clear water. It gives you a different perspective.

Caye Caulker is glad to be able to share its warm, beautiful experiences with the world, along with incredible sunsets. I believe there’s something for everybody on the island.

OT: What cultural experiences and natural wonders should visitors experience?

EU: At Caye Caulker, one of the biggest things people visit is the reef.

We have access to some of the best diving spots and are very close to the Great Blue Hole dive site. We also have different snorkelling spots unique to the coastline and worldclass deep-sea fishing and fly fishing tours – people come for all these activities.

We cater to lots of different travellers, such as families, corporate trips, couples, solo travellers, and more. It’s not just for solo travellers; it’s for everyone.

Most of our tours are also budgetfriendly. We try to regulate prices for diving and fishing, so we can offer

C AY E C A U L K E R T R AV E L G U I D E

activities you wouldn’t be able to get elsewhere. When it comes to seafood, we utilise the environment around us, such as conch, grilled fish, and BBQ shellfish. There are all different types of cuisines and cultural dishes people can try.

One of our biggest events is the Caye Caulker Lobster Fest in late July, where you can find all types of lobster dishes and experience the culture of the island. Caye Caulker is one of the first fishing villages of Belize’s islands, and lobster season is when we commence this celebration. Every year, people come from all over the world to experience this three-day fest.

TY: Belize has a range of different cultures, and people keep them alive with various types of food. You can get food from the Garifunas, Mayans, Mestizos, and so many more. On the island, there’s not just one type of food shared with the community, and it’s the same with music. People try to keep their culture alive by practising and sharing it. One of the best dishes to try apart from seafood is our Belizean rice and beans and stew chicken, especially from Martinez Take Out. OT: Are there any sustainable tourism initiatives to protect the landscape and surrounding waters of Caye Caulker?

“When we speak to tourists, they always say that the ‘go slow’ motto is prevalent. They don’t feel rushed, and it’s a very unique destination because we still have sandy streets with so little traffic that you can stroll through the middle of them” – Elizabeth Usher, Councillor, Caye Caulker Village Council

TY: Directly in front of the island, there has been a reserve for 27 years now that doesn’t allow fishing, called the Caye Caulker Marine Reserve, which comprises Shark Ray Alley, Coral Gardens, and The Channel.

There is also the Caye Caulker Marine Reserve, the Fisheries Department, and people who secure the area to prevent illegal fishing or lobster and conch diving; they’ve designated several sites for fishermen to use elsewhere.

OT: Are there any trends that are transforming the tourism industry in Caye Caulker?

TY: More people are coming to the island to get the full cultural experience of the community.

They are taking videos of their time on the island and posting on social media, encouraging people to come here because you get a little bit of everything – chilling on the beach, watching the sunset, bike riding, bird watching, enjoying music, and having fun with people on the island. That is something a lot of hotels encourage – tag us in your TikToks!

The business communities also work together to get people to the island. We used to have a coconut festival and conch festival, which we want to bring back to reach both local and foreign travellers, especially during October, which is typically our slow season and conch season begin.

We want to promote it and get people excited about coming out for the conch festival and trying all the different soups, fritters, ceviche, and unique dishes.

OT: What are the challenges that the tourism industry in Caye Caulker is currently facing?

TY: When it comes to tourism, it’s more about the local utilities. The island is small and still developing, so the electrical and water companies are trying hard to keep up with the growth. The utility companies have managed to upgrade and expand both of their systems.

We have also added a new water system with a bigger capacity. For our electricity, we have expanded and will be placed on the grid in 2026. People have started to look into other options to be able to compensate for such events.

OT: Are you optimistic about the future of the tourism industry in Caye Caulker?

TY: Definitely. I see groups starting their own gardens to grow vegetables on the island, and composting is something growing in popularity right now. We’re trying to promote recycling and have a lot of businesses participating and avoiding purchasing plastics to prevent them from ending up in the water.

Tel: +501 226 0043 office@cayecaulkervillagecouncil.org www.cayecaulkervillagecouncil.org

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 133

RECOMMENDS Eat: FOR T H E MO S T P OP U L A R G AT H E R I NG HOL E ON T H E I S L A N D. . .

A sunny place for shady people, The Lazy Lizard Bar and Grill is arguably the island’s most popular hub for food, drink, relaxation, and endless lounging on the beach. Built alongside The Split over 25 years ago, the bar beckons both visitors and locals alike to enjoy sun-drenched activities whilst sipping cocktails and sampling freshly caught seafood as the pulse of island life flows through the air.

FOR S MO OT H I E S , D OUG H N U T S , A N D C OLOU R F U L H A M MO C K S . . .

More than just a restaurant, Ice and Beans is a Caye Caulker institution. This beachfront café is not only one of the most well-established restaurants on the island, but it also consistently remains one of the busiest. Offering build-your-own smoothies and freshly fried mini-doughnuts, Ice and Beans is also famous for its outdoor dining area, complete with hammocks, beach lounges, and ocean views that extend beyond the horizon.

Do: FOR T H E OPP OR T U N I T Y T O S U PP OR T A GO OD CAU S E . . .

Whilst volunteering may not be on everybody’s to-do list during their holiday, taking time to support local causes and make a difference, no matter how small, should not be overlooked. The Caye Caulker Animal Shelter – an entirely not-for-profit, no-kill shelter – takes care of all the cats and dogs across the island.

Here, you can take a few hours out of your day to spend cuddling the animals and even take a shelter dog for a walk around the island.

134 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

FOR A N E X H I L A R AT I NG U N DE RWAT E R A DV E N T U R E . . .

Glide along with the stingrays, nurse sharks, and even manatees with the Caye Caulker Marine Reserve Full Day Snorkelling and Marine Life Tour.

This fun, eco-friendly way to explore the coral reefs allows you to experience the aquatic world in a whole new light. The tour provides you with equipment, a fresh lunch, and even underwater GoPro photos to forever capture the memories.

Sleep: FOR BU D G E T AC C OM MODAT ION T H AT S T I L L F E E L S DE LU X E . . .

With consistently high ratings, an unbeatable location, and great prices, Sophie’s Guest Rooms is the place to stay during your visit to Caye Caulker.

Located only a few minutes from The Split, this accommodation consists of only five rooms and is in constant high demand. Don’t miss watching the stunning sunset views from your room or the private lounge chairs on the adjoining beach.

FOR A MODE R N A N D LU X U R IOU S G A R DE N C OT TAG E S TAY. . .

As the most modern and opulent accommodation on the island, Weezie’s Oceanfront Hotel and Garden Cottages is the epitome of lush, showcasing two pools, a beachfront dock, and five self-contained garden cottages. This oceanfront hotel also offers full access to amenities, including snorkel gear, paddleboards, and kayaks, making it the perfect destination for honeymooners and those seeking a special getaway.

C AY E C A U L K E R T R AV E L G U I D E

In Focus

BELIZE BARRIER REEF So expansive and mesmerising that it is only one of two living organisms big enough to see from space, the Belize Barrier Reef is more than just an underwater destination; it is an unparalleled aquatic world of pure magic and inspiration.

CO NSI STENTLY RANKE D AS one of the top places to snorkel and scuba dive in the world, the reef is a massive 306 km long and comprises everything from offshore atolls, hundreds of sand cays, and mangrove forests to coastal lagoons, estuaries, and countless underwater caves.

The aquatic canyons are lined with vibrant corals, so colourful that it seems as if you are viewing the world through infinite stained glass. Once you’ve donned your swimsuit, defogged your goggles, and applied your reefsafe sunscreen, be prepared to be stunned by the diversity 136 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

of marine life swimming just below the surface.

The Belize Barrier Reef’s underwater vistas are a significant habitat for boundless species. In one glance, you can spot the dotted eagle rays soaring beneath your flippers, octopus changing patterns to blend into the craggly rocks, Parrotfish grinning at you with their bucktoothed smiles, moray eels slinking back into their shadowy lodgings, ruby red lobsters waving hello with their spindly antennas, and so much more.

A favourite sight for many is the lumbering, captivatingly

C AY E C A U L K E R T R AV E L G U I D E

Aerial view of a tropical island at Glover’s Reef atoll, Belize Barrier Reef

plump cow of the sea – the West Indian Manatee. Bask in the tranquil experience of watching these graceful blobs cruise along as they leisurely munch on seagrass for up to eight hours a day – a dream scenario for many.

Having been declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site in 1996 due to its immense ecological importance and status as the largest barrier reef in the northern hemisphere, the Belize Barrier Reef is a crucial natural asset to not just the surrounding land and waters, but to the entire planet.

It is a hotspot for marine animal spawning and protects

the coastline from the damaging effects of wave action, tropical storms, and hurricanes. This significance has led Belize to completely ban bottom trawling and offshore oil drilling within 1 km of the reef.

Whilst climate change is still impacting the reef’s waters, these early initiatives have allowed the aquatic environment to be uniquely crystal clear, warm, and teeming with life. Don’t miss out on the once-in-a-lifetime opportunity to experience the bewitching and ethereal beauty of the Belize Barrier Reef.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 137

C AY E C A U L K E R T R AV E L G U I D E

Landmark Attractions

Landmark Attractions Great Blue Hole Listed at the number one spot on the Discovery Channel’s 2012 list of ‘The 10 Most Amazing Places on Earth’, the Great Blue Hole is truly one of nature’s greatest wonders.

The name aptly describes what you can expect to find, as this giant submarine sinkhole off the coast of Belize is 318 metres (m) across and 124 m deep, making it one of the largest on Earth. One of the top scuba diving sites in the world and popular to fly over for an unparalleled aerial view, the Great Blue Hole is an enchanting environment to explore.

Shark Ray Alley Splash your way into an underwater world teeming with soaring stingrays, timid nurse sharks, and lounging sea turtles at Shark Ray Alley. Once a location where local fishermen would clean their catches, this protected zone is now known as one of the most popular and jaw-dropping snorkelling locations near the island. Book an aquatic tour today to experience the bubbling underwater life and explore a world unlike any other.

Tarpon View Spot Known for its conservation efforts in protecting this beautiful and gargantuan species, the tarpon view spot is an unmissable stop on your Caye Caulker trip. Here, you have the incredible opportunity to feed the tarpon and witness first-hand their spectacularly elegant jumps into the air. On a clear, beautiful day, you can see the opening of the largest underwater cave system in the world whilst watching the tarpons and other marine critters swim by.

138 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

C AY E C A U L K E R T R AV E L G U I D E

Getting There and Around Caye Caulker Airport (CUK) are Maya Island Air and Tropic Air Belize.

Once arrived, water taxis offer pre-booked shuttles to and from the airport to the pier, allowing you to relax and take a deep breath of the warm, salty breeze after a long day of travel.

Once on Caye Caulker, the motto of ‘go slow’ really comes into effect, as there are no cars on the island and roads are entirely made of sand. This allows visitors to embrace all things relaxed and rejuvenating. Rent a bike for a day and venture around the island, hop on a golf cart and whizz by as the sound of music fills the air, buckle on a life vest and explore the surrounding waters, nooks, and crannies via kayak.

Or best yet, slip on your sandals and take a leisurely stroll through the colourful streets, stopping along the

way to make new friends, watch the manatees drift by, and listen to the ceaseless waves crashing along the shore.

No matter how you choose to get around the island, an oasis of tranquillity awaits.

MEXICO

Caye Caulker

G U AT E M A L A

W

ith the island located northeast of Belize, there are two ways to arrive at Caye Caulker: by water or by air.

The most common mode of transport is utilising the ferry services that run daily between the island and the mainland. There are two companies – the San Pedro Belize Express and Caribbean Sprinter – both of which take between 45 minutes to an hour to reach either destination.

If you are looking for a more private trip along the water, booking a water taxi is the right option for you. Catch a ride with either San Pedro Belize Express Water Taxi or Caribbean Sprinters Belize.

Flying from Belize City is also a great choice, as it takes only 10 to 15 minutes by plane and there are multiple departures daily. The primary domestic airlines that take you to the

BELIZE

MYRTLE BEAC As the US approaches the 250th anniversary of its Constitution, Myrtle Beach offers travellers a living connection to the country’s story. From preserved farmsteads and renowned art to the beloved Grand Strand, Myrtle Beach invites visitors to explore its history through creativity, nature, community, and shared joy WRITER: LAUREN KANIA | PROJECT MANAGER: ALFIE WILSON

N

amed one of the top family-friendly beach destinations year after year and amongst the fastest-growing metros in the US, the colourful coastal city of Myrtle Beach, South Carolina, boasts more than just white sand and seafoam-blue waves, but endless fun, entertainment, and history, making it the perfect destination for every type of traveller.

Myrtle Beach’s expansive, golden shore stretches along 60 miles of coastline and is known as the famed Grand Strand, featuring high-rise hotels, resorts, award-winning restaurants, five-star entertainment, and so much more.

The city is home to over 90 championship golf courses, more than 2,000 restaurants, high-end shopping, amusement parks with everything from waterslides and roller coasters to racetracks, live theatres rivalling London’s West End, nightlife, gardens, and historic museums. One of the most iconic scenes and popular attractions for thrill-seekers is the Myrtle Beach SkyWheel – the 187 foot (ft) observation wheel boasting unparalleled views over the city, beach, and Atlantic Ocean.

Most travellers are drawn to the waterfront itself, where you can find spectacular sandy shores to soak up the sun, splash about in the turquoise waves, build sandcastles fit for royalty, partake in sea fishing trips where you can

140 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

whittle away the hours with a rod and line, or just embrace the magic of the moment as the sunset lazes its way across the horizon.

The Myrtle Beach Boardwalk and Promenade is the epitome of the vacation spirit, as evidenced by its timeless amusement arcades, fresh seafood restaurants, and general atmosphere of laughter and adventure. Equally, witness exceptional performances and attractions at Broadway at the Beach, the Broadway Grand Prix, and Ripley’s Aquarium of Myrtle Beach – perfect for those wanting a bit of excitement.

With countless activities, world-class coastlines, and fun for every member of the family, it’s no wonder that millions flock to Myrtle Beach time and time again. Indulge in an unforgettable holiday and learn for yourself why the sandy shores draw in people of all generations for a once-in-alifetime trip.

CH

MYRTLE BEACH T R AV E L G U I D E

DID YOU KNOW? • The name Myrtle Beach originates from the many wax myrtle trees once abundant in the area.

• The famous Sports Illustrated magazine, launched by Henry Luce in 1954, was conceived during meetings held at Pine Lakes Country Club in Myrtle Beach.

• Myrtle Beach is the mini golf capital of the world, with more mini golf courses per square mile than anywhere else. It is also home to the US ProMiniGolf Association’s Master’s Tournament.

• The city was once home to the largest crocodile on exhibit in the US – Utan, who was 18 ft long and weighed over 2,000 pounds.

• Myrtle Beach State Park was one of the first in the state of South Carolina.

• Wheel of Fortune co-host Vanna White was born in the Myrtle Beach area.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 141

Industry Insights

MYRTLE BEACH AREA CONVENTION AND VISITORS BUREAU

Stretching across the breathtaking South Carolina coastline, Myrtle Beach continues to evolve as one of the US’ most beloved seaside destinations, offering a world-class, year-round experience

DIANE CHARNO, EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT OF MARKETING AND COMMUNICATIONS

TH E MYRTL E B EACH Area Convention and Visitors Bureau (Visit Myrtle Beach) blends authentic Southern hospitality with forwardthinking marketing to showcase the city’s inclusive spirit, rich culture, and natural beauty. From landmark attractions like Brookgreen Gardens and The Carolina Opry Theater to its growing reputation for culinary and cultural tourism, Diane Charno, 142 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Executive Vice President of Marketing and Communications, tells us how Myrtle Beach is redefining what it means to relax, reconnect, and rediscover joy by the ocean.

storytelling, strategic partnerships, and a deep connection to our community, we invite travellers to discover the joy, warmth, and authenticity that make the beach so special.

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, can you talk us through the origins of Visit Myrtle Beach and its initial vision?

OT: What is the strategy for promoting Myrtle Beach as a go-to destination that offers sunshine, smiles, and unforgettable memories?

Diane Charno, Executive Vice President of Marketing and Communications (DC): Visit Myrtle Beach was established to share the beauty, culture, and welcoming spirit of South Carolina’s Grand Strand with the world. From the very beginning, the goal has been clear: to grow our tourism economy by inspiring visitors to experience this exceptional coastal destination year-round.

Today, that founding vision continues to guide us. Through creative

DC: Our strategy begins with storytelling – connecting people to place through emotion and experience. We showcase Myrtle Beach’s incredible diversity of offerings, from outdoor adventure and live entertainment to culinary discovery and relaxation by the sea.

Initiatives like ‘The Beach is for everyBODY’ embody our inclusive spirit, whilst multi-channel campaigns

MYRTLE BEACH T R AV E L G U I D E

and influencer collaborations share the real Myrtle Beach story across audiences worldwide. At the heart of it all is a simple truth: the beach isn’t just a destination – it’s a feeling.

OT: How do you promote off-season travel?

DC: Our message is that Myrtle Beach is a year-round destination. With mild weather, exceptional value, and a vibrant calendar of events, every season brings something special.

Fall and winter visitors enjoy fewer crowds and one-of-a-kind experiences such as Nights of a Thousand Candles at Brookgreen Gardens, The Great Christmas Light Show in North Myrtle Beach, and The Carolina Opry Christmas Special, which celebrates its 40th anniversary this year.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 143

Industry Insights Seasonal campaigns and travel packages make it easy for visitors to see that the beach shines brightly – even beyond the summer months.

OT: Are there any interesting projects in the pipeline you wish to highlight?

DC: We’re seeing tremendous energy around the revitalisation of downtown Myrtle Beach, which is reimagining the heart of the city with new dining, attractions, and public spaces. We’re also expanding our culinary tourism initiatives, including collaborations with the James Beard Foundation, to spotlight our local chefs and the authentic flavours of the Carolina coast.

Looking ahead, as the US celebrates its 250th anniversary, we’ll be honouring the region’s rich history, from our Gullah Geechee heritage to the generations of families who’ve made Myrtle Beach their seaside tradition.

At Visit Myrtle Beach, our mission is clear: to build the future of coastal tourism whilst preserving what makes this place timeless.

OT: Can you tell us more about your initiative, “The Beach is for everyBODY”, and what this entails?

DC: ‘The Beach is for everyBODY’ is a community-wide inclusion initiative that celebrates travel for all. Led by

Visit Myrtle Beach in partnership with Champion Autism Network, Autism Travel Club, and TravelAbility, the programme encourages local businesses to take a pledge of patience, understanding, and accessibility.

Many partners also complete autism awareness training and offer sensory-friendly experiences for families. Originally inspired by Surfside Beach’s recognition as an autism-friendly destination in 2016, this effort continues to expand throughout the destination, ensuring that Myrtle Beach remains a welcoming place where every traveller feels at home.

OT: Why, in your opinion, should someone visit Myrtle Beach?

DC: Myrtle Beach is a rare blend of natural beauty, coastal culture, and genuine Southern hospitality.

With 60 miles of pristine beaches, world-class golf, vibrant dining, and endless entertainment, it’s a place where travellers can reconnect with nature, with loved ones, and with themselves.

MYRTLE BEACH T R AV E L G U I D E

to ensure this coastline remains as pristine and inspiring for the next generation as it is today.

OT: What challenges does the tourist industry in Myrtle Beach face?

DC: Like many destinations, we face challenges tied to workforce availability, evolving traveller behaviour, and economic fluctuations.

Seasonality is another key factor, influencing both operations and marketing.

But our strength lies in collaboration amongst city leaders, hospitality partners, and our team at Visit Myrtle Beach. Together, we continue to evolve, diversify, and innovate to ensure the beach remains strong, resilient, and competitive on a global stage.

“Whether you’re chasing adventure or simply seeking serenity, Myrtle Beach offers an experience that feels both timeless and new every time you visit” – Diane Charno, Executive Vice President of Marketing and Communications, Myrtle Beach Area Convention and Visitors Bureau

Whether you’re chasing adventure or simply seeking serenity, Myrtle Beach offers an experience that feels both timeless and new every time you visit.

OT: What cultural experiences and natural wonders should visitors not miss?

DC: Our region is rich in art, history, and nature. Brookgreen Gardens combines sculpture, Lowcountry heritage, and landscape design in one breathtaking setting. In nearby

Conway, the L.W. Paul Living History Farm brings early 20th-century Carolina farm life to vivid reality.

Music lovers will discover the soul of our region through beach music and the Carolina Shag, South Carolina’s official state dance, still celebrated in local clubs and festivals.

For nature enthusiasts, Huntington Beach State Park and our protected preserves offer encounters with wildlife and even the rare Venus flytrap, which grows naturally only in this part of the world.

OT: Have any sustainable tourism initiatives been implemented to protect the landscape and waters of Myrtle Beach?

DC: Sustainability is a cornerstone of our long-term vision. Programmes like Keep Myrtle Beach Beautiful empower residents and visitors to care for our coastline. City and county partners invest heavily in dune restoration, beach renourishment, and clean water initiatives to preserve our natural resources. For us, sustainability isn’t a campaign – it’s a commitment. We’re determined

OT: Finally, are you optimistic about the future of the tourism industry in Myrtle Beach?

DC: Yes, very much so. Our growth in visitation, development, and community engagement tells a powerful story. As we expand initiatives in accessibility, culture, and culinary tourism, we’re attracting new audiences whilst honouring our traditions.

Events like The Carolina Opry Theater’s 40th anniversary celebrate our entertainment legacy, whilst continued investments in the region’s future promise that Myrtle Beach will keep inspiring travellers for generations to come.

Our story is still being written, and every visitor adds a new chapter.

Tel: (800) 356-3016 info@visitmyrtlebeach.com www.visitmyrtlebeach.com Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 145

SPARK YOUR IMAGINATION IN MYRTLE BEACH Nestled in a dynamic coastal destination, Marriott Myrtle Beach Resort & Spa at Grande Dunes is a modern oceanfront hotel where visitors can retreat to an oasis of relaxation at our luxurious Hibiscus Spa, where tranquillity takes on a whole new meaning MARRIOTT MYRTLE BEACH RESORT & SPA AT GRANDE DUNES Enjoy oceanfront bliss at our Myrtle Beach resort!

Escape to Marriott Myrtle Beach Resort & Spa at Grande Dunes and discover oceanfront bliss. When you’re ready to venture out, find championship golf courses at Grande Dunes and family entertainment at Barefoot Landing and Myrtle Beach Boardwalk. Enjoy all-day dining and a variety of delicious international cuisine while taking in stunning ocean views at our on-site restaurants and bars.

Bask in the sun, play in the surf, or take a dip in our indoor and outdoor pools. At Hibiscus Spa, discover a comprehensive menu of

wellness services and stay on track with your gym routine in our complimentary health club.

Our luxury Grande Dunes resort and spa also boasts 45,000 square feet of venue space, perfect for all types of events, from intimate gatherings to grand celebrations. Ideal for family vacations, our resort showcases oceanfront hotel rooms and suites with luxury amenities and private balconies overlooking Myrtle Beach and the ocean.

Here, you can plan a uniquely memorable getaway at an unbeatable waterfront location. Our resort is home to 405 spacious, elegantly appointed guest rooms and an impressive range of added amenities to help you make the most of your vacation.

of the city. Kick off your shoes and explore the 60 miles of beach known as ‘the grand strand’, visit National Geographic’s number three boardwalk in the nation, indulge in one of the 1,500 local bars and restaurants, or simply bask in the 218 annual days of sunshine.

There’s a reason why over 14 million people venture to Myrtle Beach every year, and our beach resort and spa provides the ultimate space to relax, kick back, and embrace all that this luxurious and magical location has to offer.

We look forward to welcoming you and your family to our Myrtle Beach resort.

Designed for relaxation, each of our resort rooms offers plush bedding, high-speed WiFi, and a flat-screen TV, while many boast a mesmerising view of the sparkling waters of the Atlantic Ocean.

Equally, Marriott Myrtle Beach Resort & Spa at Grand Dunes offers a 24/7 fitness centre, complimentary self-parking, indoor and outdoor pools, an expansive oceanfront patio, championship golf and tennis, four exquisite on-site dining outlets, and so much more.

For those seeking a more sophisticated venue for an event in the Northern Myrtle Beach area, take advantage of our resort’s adaptable venue space – which comprises 11 unique venues in total – and expert planning services.

Just moments away from the silky white sands of Myrtle Beach, there are limitless opportunities to enjoy all the unique qualities

HIBISCUS SPA Our serene oceanfront spa, named after the boldly exotic flower that blooms throughout the state of South Carolina, is the perfect place to relax, recharge, and rejuvenate – the ultimate pampering experience to bring your vacation to the next level.

From soothing massages and body treatments to invigorating facials and nail services, our day spa will boost your overall well-being while you enjoy your stay at our newly renovated Myrtle Beach resort. There are treatment options for the entire family, so you can ensure each member of your party enjoys their individualised experience.

Transform from stressed to refreshed from the moment you set foot into the Hibiscus Spa, delving into the myriad treatment options at your disposal. By blending ancient healing techniques with modern advances and state-of-the-art products, our day spa offers everything you need to create a oncein-a-lifetime stay that embodies all things luxury.

Bring a memory of your vacation home with you by visiting our spa gift shop, where spa enthusiasts and novices alike can treat themselves to some of the products used during our treatments – or grab a gift for someone special and allow them to have a taste of what’s waiting for them at the Hibiscus Spa. Find our shop on the lower level next to the spa entrance, where you’ll be met with a collection of personalised skin care products which are infused with organic essential oils and plant extracts to sustain a blissful sense of well-being.

Staff at Hibiscus Spa are here to recommend the perfect products for your every unique need. Visit today to begin a journey of transformation at our tranquil day spa in Myrtle Beach. Embrace the opportunity to melt your stress away and soothe mind, body, and spirit by booking a facial,

Glorified Hand Massage (25min) ....... $60 Aromatherapy......................................... $10 .....N/A

Glorified Foot Massage (25min)......... $60

Hot Stones (neck, back, shoulders only) ..$30 .....N/A

Polish Change .........................................$30

Glorified Hand Massage (25min) ....... $60 .....N/A Glorified Foot Massage (25min)......... $60 .....N/A Hot Oil Scalp Massage (25min) .......... $60 .....N/A

Please inquire about group rates, private parties and customized packages. Prices are subject to change at any time.

All prices in US Dollars. An additional 20% service charge will be added to each treatment.

OFFERINGS

M Y R T L E B E A C H M A R R I OT T R E S O R T AT G R A N D D U N E S, 8 4 0 0 C O S T A V E R D E D R I V E , M Y R T L E B E A C H , S C 2 9 5 7 2 , 8 4 3 . 6 9 2 . 3 7 3 0

MASSAGES • • • • • •

Hibiscus signature massage Deep tissue massage Mother-to-be massage Hot stone massage Couples massage Travel back massage

FACIALS • • • •

Hibiscus signature facial Anti-aging facial Back facial Smoothing facial

BODY TREATMENTS • •

Body scrub Body wrap

NAILS • • •

Express pedicure and manicure Hibiscus signature manicure Hibiscus signature pedicure

TWEEN SPA • • • • •

Tween massage Side-by-side massage Tween facial Makeup lesson Tween manicure and pedicure

PACKAGES • • • • •

massage, sport package, teen package, nail service, and more – all designed to refresh you during your stay and allow you to make the most of your time in the lush and unparalleled area.

Nestled within the stunning Marriott Myrtle Beach Resort & Spa at Grande Dunes,

Grand elite package Serenity package Heaven and earth Couples packages Tween package

Hibiscus Spa is a true oasis of relaxation with an array of rejuvenating services that transform each day into a mini vacation.

This serene atmosphere makes it easy for you to unwind in luxury and experience an unparalleled slice of heaven that you’ll continue dreaming about for years to come.

8400 Costa Verde Drive Myrtle Beach, SC 29572 843-449-8880 www.myrtlebeachmarriott.com

MyrtleBeachMarriott MarriottMyrtleWeddings MarriottMyrtleEvents

MYRTLE BEACH T R AV E L G U I D E

RECOMMENDS Eat: FOR H I S T OR IC O C E A N F R ON T DI N I NG. . .

Sea Captain’s House boasts over 60 years of extraordinary oceanfront dining. Famous for its superb dining, prime location on the beach, and warm hospitality, the restaurant has proudly built a reputation as the place for seafood and where friends and family meet year after year. With everything from award-winning she-crab soup to classic jambalaya, it’s no wonder Sea Captain’s House is a Myrtle Beach staple.

cupola are unmissable, enchanting visitors to come and experience the excitement and showmanship for themselves.

Once inside, the grand lobby boasts 40 ft ceilings, a grand piano, and twin staircases that curve upward from either side of the lobby before leading to the luxurious auditorium. With newly installed upholstered seating, the performance space can comfortably accommodate up to 2,000 individuals with perfect sight lines from each seat.

FOR A N AWA R D -W I N N I NG, S U S TA I N A BL E MEAL...

Built with passion for good food at the forefront, Hook and Barrel offers a fresh take on dining, providing visitors with distinctive, sustainable seafood dishes and local produce. With an ethical, eco-friendly environment dedicated to being friendly to the Earth, from the kitchen to the front of house, it will only take one nibble and you’ll be hooked.

Do: FOR E N DL E S S F U N I N T H E S U N. . .

At Shark Wake Park, life’s just more fun on the water. This unforgettable outdoor water park boasts adventure for the entire family, from cable wakeboarding and kneeboarding to a floating obstacle course complete with slides, climbing towers, and more. Shark Wake Park is committed to building and operating some of the best familyfriendly outdoor entertainment across the entire continent.

FOR A S HOW S T OPPI NG E X PE R I E NC E . . .

If you only have time to see one show whilst on your holiday, make sure it’s at The Carolina Opry Theater.

A Grand Strand landmark and nationally recognised attraction, the theatre’s grand columns and sparkling 150 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

The venue is perfect for hosting corporate annual meetings, awards ceremonies, graduations, local talent showcases, company anniversary celebrations, national touring acts, and so much more, as the stage is equipped with state-of-the-art production equipment.

Founded in 1986 with a vision that first-rate entertainment could thrive along the Grand Strand, The Carolina Opry Theater was the first show to open in Myrtle Beach and provided a breath of fresh air to the city. This sensational show went on to open its permanent theatre in 1992, further thrusting Myrtle Beach into the limelight.

DISCOVER ADVENTURE BEYOND THE SHORE

Myrtle Beach’s Premier Outdoor Adventure Park Just minutes from the coast, Shark Wake Park invites you to experience the perfect mix of energy and escape. Enjoy the thrill of kneeboarding and wakeboarding, conquer the towering Obstacle Island, or unwind shoreside while the kids splash and laugh their way through an unforgettable day.

From watersports to family fun, every visit offers a new way to make memories and discover adventure beyond the shore.

Plan your visit: sharkwakepark.com/843

Scan to redeem $5 OFF your visit

Shark Wake Park • (843) 399-9253 • info843@sharkwakepark.com • 150 Citizens Circle Little River, SC 29566

MYRTLE BEACH T R AV E L G U I D E

In 1987, it was named the state’s Most Outstanding Attraction by the governor of South Carolina, and in 1992, USA Today credited it with starting the Myrtle Beach boom, attracting investment groups to follow suit and making the area as popular as it remains today.

The Carolina Opry Theater is a true cornerstone of Myrtle Beach’s entertainment legacy, celebrating nearly 40 years of unforgettable performances that continue to capture the heart and spirit of the city.

Sleep: FOR A DE S T I N AT ION T H AT E M B ODI E S R E L A X AT ION. . .

Located on Pawleys Island, The Pelican Inn is an eight-room beachfront B&B that defines what it means to embrace relaxation. With Southern hospitality, Lowcountry cuisine, a history dating back to 1840, a private dock over the salt marsh, and family fun around every corner, the inn is ideal for those looking to embrace all the amenities Myrtle Beach has to offer without the hassle of the crowds.

Pawleys Island

152 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

FOR A LU X U R IOU S A N D M E MOR A BL E G E TAWAY. . .

For a uniquely lush and exceptional stay, the Marriott Myrtle Beach Resort & Spa at Grande Dunes is the location to book for all of your holiday desires.

The resort is located in the heart of Northern Myrtle Beach and boasts incomparable oceanfront views from its 405 spacious and elegantly appointed guest rooms alongside an impressive range of luxury resort amenities to ensure visitors are able to make the most of their stay.

Designed for the ultimate relaxation and oceanfront bliss, the resort also offers spa treatments at the Hibiscus Spa, where tranquillity-seekers can indulge in massages, facials, body treatments, manicures, pedicures, and more. Recharge and rejuvenate with these services and find yourself transformed from stressed to relaxed through ancient healing techniques merged with modern advances and premier products.

The resort also has both indoor and outdoor pools, four on-site dining outlets, 11 unique venues, over 35,000 square ft of event space, a 24/7 fitness centre, complimentary self-parking, and immediate access to the Grand Strand’s 60 miles of beach.

The Marriott Myrtle Beach Resort & Spa at Grand Dunes makes for the ideal location for all types of events, from intimate gatherings to grand celebrations to business endeavours. The ample facilities, space, and oceanfront patio allow individuals and companies to utilise this luxurious retreat for their next big venture.

The resort truly sparks imagination and encourages Myrtle Beach visitors to explore the dynamic coastal destination to the fullest. Your beachfront holiday begins here with carefully curated experiences everyone can enjoy without leaving the steps of the opulent property.

MYRTLE BEACH T R AV E L G U I D E

In Focus

CAROLINA SHAG For nearly a century, there has been a dance so influential and intoxicatingly joyful that it has captured the spirit of the coast, with pivots, belly rolls, and boogie walks defining its unique whirling cadence.

T H I S DANCE, WHICH has become more of a social phenomenon, is the Carolina Shag.

Having been described as ‘a cold beer on a warm night with a hot date and no plans for tomorrow’, ‘doing the jitterbug on Valium’, and the ‘swing dance of the South,’ the dance truly lives in a class of its own.

The Carolina Shag was declared the official state dance of South Carolina in 1984; however, its origins date back all the way to the 1930s to the traditional Shag, which was then slowed to the rhythm of the Carolinas.

The dance owes its flair to the influence of Black dancers and musicians and has evolved from a combination of dances into one big melting pot that is still celebrated and practiced today.

This quick, fun, and sociable dance’s popularity is due, in part, to the fact that anyone can learn the moves,

no matter age or previous dance experience. It breaks down barriers and brings people together with a singular purpose – to have fun and enjoy the moment. The basic dance step is a smooth six-count, eight-step pattern danced in a slot.

The best Shagging spots in Myrtle Beach today are the Spanish Galleon Night Club and Fat Harold’s Beach Club, where you may be lucky to see a few Shag legends tearing it up on the dance floor on any given evening. There’s even an annual national competition in Myrtle Beach, exemplifying how popular and culturally significant the dance remains.

The sheer power of the dance and the timeless appeal make it a must-do activity for anyone visiting the area.

If you’re looking to take part in a true South Carolina tradition, do the Carolina Shag.

THE CAROLINA OPRY:

A Conversation with Founder Calvin Gilmore As The Carolina Opry celebrates its 40th anniversary, founder Calvin Gilmore reflects on four decades of family, hard work, and the enduring magic of live music

Calvin Gilmore

Please introduce us to the Carolina Opry, including your status as a legendary theater and the variety of performances offered.

Calvin Gilmore: This year marks our 40th anniversary, which is really something special to me. When I opened The Carolina Opry back in 1986, I never imagined it would grow into what it is today—or that it would become the foundation for live theatre in Myrtle Beach. At that time, there was nothing like it here. We helped create a new kind of entertainment destination along the coast, and to see it still thriving after four decades is one of my proudest accomplishments.

The Carolina Opry Theater has become a true landmark on the Grand Strand, and I’m proud that it’s still family-owned and operated. My children have joined me in continuing the legacy, and together we’ve kept the same values that started it all— authenticity, excellence, and heart.

Today, our line-up includes The Carolina Opry, our flagship variety show that blends music, comedy, and dance; Time Warp, which celebrates the best hits of the ’60s, ’70s, and ’80s; and The Carolina Opry Christmas Special, which has become known as “The Christmas Show of the South.” Every show features live music, an incredible cast, and the kind of production quality you’d expect from a major entertainment capital—but with that warmth and sincerity that can only come from Myrtle Beach.

In your opinion, what makes the Carolina Opry stand out as a mustvisit location in South Carolina?

Calvin Gilmore: What sets The Carolina Opry apart is that everything you see and hear is completely live—no tracks, no tricks. There’s something powerful about that connection between the artists and the audience. You can feel the energy in the room, and that’s something technology will never replace.

The carolina opry theater - present day I also think what makes us different is the people on our stage. I search all over the country for the very best talent, and I mean that sincerely. Every single person in our cast is talented enough to headline anywhere—they’re that good. You won’t find a more talented group of singers, dancers, and musicians anywhere. We don’t rely on big props or flashy sets to make an impression. We make music you can feel in your soul. That’s what people remember.

Then there’s the experience itself. We run this theater the same way we did in the beginning—with a lot of pride and personal care. We treat every guest like family. I still hear from people who came to our very first shows and now bring their kids and grandkids. That kind of loyalty is incredibly meaningful.

For travellers—especially those visiting from outside the US—it’s a chance to experience a genuine slice of Southern culture: great music, great people, and a warm welcome that makes you feel right at home.

Calvin Gilmore in 1986

original live production

Please tell us more about the building itself and how the venue offers a truly unique experience.

Rolling Stone has called you a visionary; can you tell us a bit more about the history of The Carolina Opry and its importance in the city’s culture today?

Calvin Gilmore: When I started The Carolina Opry, Myrtle Beach was a very different place. The tourism scene basically shut down after Labor Day, and I believed there was potential for something more—a place where visitors and locals could enjoy high-quality entertainment all year long.

We opened with a small cast and a lot of faith, and that first season sold out almost immediately. Before long, we were performing to full houses night after night. It was the first live music theatre in Myrtle Beach, and it really changed the direction of the Grand Strand. Before long, other theatres started opening, and a whole entertainment industry was born here.

Over the years, our shows have been featured on NBC, CBS, and The Family Channel. But what I’m most proud of is that after all this time, The Carolina Opry is still a family-run business built entirely on hard work—not outside investors. It’s just our family, our team, and a lot of dedication behind the scenes. My kids are involved now, and they’ve brought fresh ideas whilst helping preserve the heart of what we do. That’s what keeps it authentic—and that’s what keeps it ours.

As we approach our 40th anniversary, I can honestly say that The Carolina Opry has become part of the cultural fabric of Myrtle Beach. Generations of families have made it part of their tradition, and that’s the best legacy I could ever hope for.

Calvin Gilmore: From the start, I wanted to build a theatre that would make people say “wow” the moment they walked in.

The 2,200-seat auditorium is designed for comfort and sound quality, with perfect sightlines and the best acoustics you’ll find anywhere. Our lighting and audio systems are state-of-the-art, and we’re constantly updating them to stay ahead.

The lobby and common spaces reflect our Southern hospitality—spacious, comfortable, and friendly. People often tell me they feel at home here, which is exactly what I want.

At Christmas, the whole building transforms into something magical.

We decorate with miles of lights, a 30-foot Christmas tree, and towering toy soldiers, inside and out. It’s a sight to behold, and the atmosphere inside during our Christmas Special is unlike anything else in the South.

I think the theatre itself has become part of the experience—more than a venue, it’s a place people look forward to visiting year after year.

Can you tell us more about any upcoming shows and what sort of production visitors can anticipate?

Calvin Gilmore: This year’s line-up really captures who we are as a theatre.

• The Carolina Opry is where it all began. It’s still a crowd favourite because it offers something for everyone—country, pop, Broadway, gospel, comedy, and dance, all backed by some of the most talented musicians in the country. After 40 years, it’s still our signature show.

• Time Warp is pure fun—a journey through the greatest hits of the ’60s, ’70s, and ’80s with all the energy and flair of those decades. People love it because it takes them back to the best moments of their lives.

• And of course, The Carolina Opry Christmas Special is the highlight of the year. It’s a huge production with more than 35 performers, the Calvin Gilmore Band, and breathtaking holiday décor. It has truly become known as “The Christmas Show of the South”.

• We also host special concerts and touring artists throughout the year, so there’s always something new happening.

As we enter our 40th season, we’re celebrating the past but also looking ahead. We’ve added new numbers, new talent, and some surprises that honour how far we’ve come. It’s still live, it’s still family-run, and it’s still full of heart—just the way it started.

Plan Your Visit

The Carolina Opry Theater is located at 8901 N. Kings Highway, Myrtle Beach, South Carolina.

The Carolina Opry and Time Warp perform year-round on rotating nights, offering visitors unforgettable live entertainment in every season. Special concerts featuring national touring artists take place on select nights throughout the year, and the beloved Carolina Opry Christmas Special fills the theatre with holiday magic every November and December.

Showtimes vary by season, with most evening performances beginning at 7:00 pm. and select matinees at 1:00 pm.

For tickets and show schedules, visit TheCarolinaOpry.com or call 843-9134000.

MYRTLE BEACH T R AV E L G U I D E

Landmark Attractions Brookgreen Gardens A National Historic Landmark that seamlessly blends art, sculpture, and Lowcountry history amid stunning gardens and wildlife habitats in Murrells Inlet, Brookgreen Gardens has been a cultural centre for Myrtle Beach since its founding in 1931.

The destination is one of the US’s premier gardens, having become the first public sculpture garden in the country. This unique melding of art, nature, and history is not to be missed and will provide a truly one-of-a-kind perspective to any visitor’s journey.

L.W. Paul Living History Farm Built to depict domestic life in Horry County from 1900-1955, the L.W. Paul Living History Farm was opened with the vision of educating future generations about life during the first half of the 20th century.

This unique facility allows individuals to sample the everyday life of a typical farming family during this era, with guests able to watch and partake in activities that would have been commonplace on traditional farms, making for a truly unique, educational, and hands-on experience for all ages.

158 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Myrtle Beach Boardwalk and Promenade The heart of the city and a prime source of excitement, entertainment, and family fun, the Myrtle Beach Boardwalk and Promenade is a vibrant oceanfront stretch of 1.2 miles that defines the iconic downtown area.

With endless dining, shops, and attractions such as the beloved, 187 ft SkyWheel, the boardwalk is a visitor favourite and an unmissable stop on your Myrtle Beach holiday. Stroll along the promenade and enjoy the incredible oceanfront views, pristine beach line, and high-intensity amusement offered at every turn.

MYRTLE BEACH T R AV E L G U I D E

Getting There and Around FLYI NG IS A very common way for visitors, both nationally and internationally, to arrive at Myrtle Beach. For those landing from another destination within the US, Myrtle Beach International Airport (MYR) – ranked fourth in the ‘Best Small Airport’ category by USA Today 10 Best Readers’ Choice Awards – is just three miles south of the city.

MYR is serviced by major airlines including Delta Air Lines, American Airlines, Spirit Airlines, and United Airlines, amongst others. For international visitors, many find it easier to fly into a major city, such as Atlanta, before catching a connecting flight to Myrtle Beach.

Once arrived, the best way to get around the area is via car if you are planning on venturing beyond your beachfront hotel. Rental agencies are situated near the baggage claim of MYR, or there is a plethora of taxis, rideshares, and hotel shuttle services within the terminal.

Alternatively, the local bus service covers all of the city’s major areas with 80 buses on 22 routes, and fares are very affordable. However, the buses have a tendency to stop running relatively early in the evenings, meaning you’ll have to plan in advance for any late-night endeavours.

There is no wrong time to visit Myrtle Beach, as every season has its own special offers to entice visitors with a memorable time.

From June to August, the weather is just right for swimming, sunbathing, and cannonballing into any water-based fun. March through May tends to be the most popular time for spring breakers, meaning it will be crowded but full of adventure and laughter at every moment. Fall ushers in milder temperatures with ample sunshine, making it an ideal time of year for golf lovers. In the wintertime, there are unmissable events such as the Nights of a Thousand Candles, Broadway at the Beach’s Christmas parade, and Winter Wonderland at The Beach.

No matter when you decide to visit Myrtle Beach, there will be joy, countless memories, and once-in-alifetime experiences that will make it a holiday you will reminisce on for years to come.

Guyana

GOLDEN DART FROG AT KAIETEUR ©DEONARINE CHAND

G U YA N A T R AV E L G U I D E

For those seeking an unforgettable off-the-beaten-path travel experience, Guyana is a destination ripe for exploration. With a mosaic of cultures, diverse ecosystems, and infinite natural attractions, it presents a harmonious cacophony of contrasts WRITER: RACHEL CARR | PROJECT MANAGER: ALFIE WILSON

G

uyana, affectionately known as the ‘Land of Many Waters’, is a captivating gem in South America, defined by its eclectic blend of cultures, breathtaking landscapes, and extraordinary biodiversity, making it a compelling draw for eco-tourists.

Geographically, Guyana is situated on the northern coast of South America, bordered by the Amazon rainforest to the south and Atlantic Ocean to the north, and shares land borders with Brazil, Suriname, and Venezuela.

This remarkable country is characterised by lush, sprawling rainforests alive with vibrant flora and fauna, vast savannahs that stretch to the horizon, and meandering rivers that reflect glistening ribbons of silver under the warm sun.

This idyllic landscape makes it a paradise for both nature enthusiasts and adventure seekers, offering endless opportunities for exhilarating exploration and discovery.

Amongst Guyana’s most notable and impressive attractions is Kaieteur, one of the largest single-drop waterfalls in the world. Set within Kaieteur National Park, it is truly a unique sensory experience, characterised by thunderous auditory effects, the fresh, earthy scent of petrichor, and the gentle mist carried by cascading water.

The Iwokrama Rainforest Reserve is a popular, pristine destination for experiencing the region’s biodiversity and a rare South American canopy walkway that offers an elevated view. Embark on guided treks, birdwatching tours, or wildlife spotting excursions as the forest also hosts hundreds of plant, bird, fish, and mammal species, including jaguars – the national animal of Guyana.

Cloud-shrouded Mount Roraima is a striking table-like mountain situated at the tripoint where Venezuela, Brazil, and Guyana converge. Its dramatic vertical cliffs rise majestically from the surrounding landscape, leading to a

flat summit that resembles a natural fortress.

The mountain’s unique geological formations have given rise to numerous powerful, gushing waterfalls. The region’s abundant rainfall nourishes lush vegetation, creating an enthralling ecosystem that enhances the mountain’s allure and mystery.

Culturally, Guyana is the only country in South America where English is the official first language, a distinction that uniquely sets it apart from its neighbours. The country’s tapestry of cultures encompasses nine Indigenous groups - Afro-Guyanese, Indo-Guyanese, European, Portuguese, Chinese, and people of mixed heritage - all of which contribute to its rich heritage.

This diversity is vividly celebrated through the country’s lively festivals, delectable cuisine infused with myriad flavours, and deep-rooted traditions.

Visitors can engage with various Indigenous, tourismfocused communities, such as Shulinab and Aishalton in Region 9 or Pakuri in Region 4. There, they can immerse themselves and learn about the traditions, crafts, and ways of life of the country’s Indigenous peoples.

Serving as the perfect starting point to explore Guyana, the capital city of Georgetown gracefully sprawls along the coastline, featuring a blend of colonial architecture and modern transformation, offering a dynamic space that reflects the depth and diversity of this extraordinary nation.

Additional must-see sites include St. George’s Cathedral, one of the world’s tallest wooden churches, the National Museum of Guyana, the Walter Roth Museum of Anthropology, and the Botanical Gardens.

Venture into Guyana for a unique trip that lingers in the memory long after departure. Every moment spent here is a journey into adventure, culture, and mesmerising natural beauty that occupies a special place in every traveller’s heart.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 161

Industry Insights

Guyana Tourism Authority Kamrul Baksh, Director of the Guyana TourismAuthority (GTA), discusses the transformative journey of the country’s tourism industry and highlights key growth trends, challenges, and the exciting future that awaits this vibrant destination

KAMRUL BAKSH, DIRECTOR

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, how has the tourism industry in Guyana developed since we last spoke to the GTA? Kamrul Baksh (KB), Director: Since 2019, Guyana’s tourism industry has 162 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

experienced significant expansion, driven by strong visitor growth and steady product development.

We have surpassed the 2024 visitor arrival figure of 371,271, reaching 371,446 as of October 2025. October alone saw a 28.9 percent year-on-year increase, with around 42,306 visitors.

From January to October 2025, arrivals grew by 24 percent compared to the same period in 2024. Based on the current trends, Destination Guyana is expected to end December 2025 with at least a 20 percent overall increase, achieving the highest annual total in the country’s tourism history.

AERIAL COASTAL VIEW OF GEORGETOWN ©DEONARINE CHAND

The sector also now features more than 70 new tourism experiences across the country, reflecting diversification into nature, culture, and Indigenous community-led products.

Over 8,000 individuals have been trained in hospitality, including tour guides, culinary workers, and customer service personnel, thereby improving service standards and local capacity. In this light, the country’s first Hospitality and Tourism Training Institute is expected to open in 2026.

Accommodation has expanded with the addition of several new hotels, including internationally branded properties such as Aiden

by Best Western and Courtyard by Marriott, with hundreds of new rooms currently under development.

Air connectivity has also expanded with the addition of new airlines, including Sky-high Dominicana, Copa Airlines, British Airways, United Airlines, Avianca, KLM Royal Dutch Airlines, and InterCaribbean Airways, which complement existing carriers and increase access from major source markets.

Collectively, these developments position Guyana as a competitive and sustainable destination, strengthening its profile in the regional tourism landscape.

PH

O TO

G

R A PH

Y ©

D EO

N AR IN

E CH

AN D

Customer service and serving etiquette training

PHOTOGRAPHY ©MINISTRY OF TOURISM, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE

G U YA N A T R AV E L G U I D E

Waia Ecolodge

OT: What are the ambitious goals the authority is striving to achieve?

KB: The GTA is committed to promoting sustainable tourism that benefits people, communities, and the environment.

Guided by its Vision 2030, the authority aims to strengthen Guyana’s position as a premier destination known for protecting its natural and cultural heritage whilst offering authentic experiences that benefit local communities. Its current goals include: • Strengthening institutional capacity by improving operational efficiency, updating tourism regulations, expanding licensing access, and enhancing staff development.

• Maximising socioeconomic and conservation outcomes through stronger partnerships with the private sector, closer alignment with government ministries and agencies, and increased marketing and communication efforts.

• Championing the value of tourism by raising public awareness, improving data collection and policy frameworks, and promoting industry standards.

Hon. Susan Rodrigues, Minister of Tourism, Industry, and Commerce, participating in the Toka Pottery Experience at Toka Village

PHOTOGRAPHY ©MINISTRY OF TOURISM, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE

• Empowering communities by supporting training initiatives, developing new tourism products, and mobilising external funding to boost tourism development across the country.

Together, these priorities aim to ensure tourism growth remains inclusive, sustainable, and beneficial to all Guyanese.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 163

G U YA N A T R AV E L G U I D E

OT: How does GTA effectively promote Guyana as an enticing travel destination?

KB: The GTA promotes Destination Guyana through a coordinated mix of strategies designed to strengthen visibility and attract high-value travellers, especially from North America, its largest source market.

Others include the UK and the Caribbean, with key marketing efforts that include: • North American representation – Collaborating with marketing representatives to build trade relationships, execute targeted campaigns, and increase visitor arrivals in the North American market.

• Influencer partnerships – Engaging trusted local, regional, and international content creators to share authentic stories of Guyana’s nature, culture, and people across global digital platforms.

• Familiarisation trips – Hosting media professionals, travel agents, and tour operators to experience Hon. Susan Rodrigues, Minister of Tourism, Industry, and Commerce, examining the Victoria Amazonica at Karanambu Lodge

the destination firsthand and better promote it within their networks.

• Cooperative marketing – Partnering with airlines, tour operators, and international agencies to amplify reach through joint promotions and shared resources.

• Digital and social media campaigns – Running targeted online initiatives that highlight Guyana’s eco-adventure, cultural, and community-based experiences.

• Event promotion – Showcasing Guyana through major activities such as our national events

- Mashramani, the International Energy Conference, Rupununi Rodeo, Origins: Guyana Fashion Festival, and so many others - to engage both local and international audiences.

Notably, 2026 marks the country’s Diamond Jubilee, its 60th year of Independence, and the calendar of events will be shaped to deliver a robust year of celebration.

• Trade and media relations – Participating in international travel trade shows and coordinating press features to position Guyana as a leading sustainable tourism destination.

Hon. Susan Rodrigues, Minister of Tourism, Industry, and Commerce, leads a delegation at the Iwokrama River Lodge and Research Centre

Hon. Susan Rodrigues, Minister of Tourism, Industry, and Commerce - Waia Green Escapes Hon. Susan Rodrigues, Minister of Tourism, Industry, and Commerce, with a yellowspotted turtle at Caiman House Field Station, Yupukari

PHOTOGRAPHY ©MINISTRY OF TOURISM, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE

164 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

CE ER

M M

CO US TR Y, A

ND PHOTOGRAPHY ©MINISTRY OF TOURISM, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE

M, RIS TO U

OF NIS TRY

©MI

PHY

GRA

PHOTO

KB: The GTA promotes off-season travel by highlighting the unique experiences that remain accessible and enjoyable year-round, and by using strategic messaging to highlight the benefits of travelling during the rainy season. Key approaches include: • Experience diversification – Promoting activities that are less affected by rainfall, such as cultural festivals, culinary experiences, city and heritage tours, birdwatching, and community-based tourism in accessible regions.

• Targeted marketing – Running digital campaigns that highlight the lush beauty of Guyana during the rainy season, its vibrant landscapes, waterfalls, and rich biodiversity.

• ●Special promotions and packages – Working with tour operators, lodges, and airlines to offer discounted rates or value-added packages that encourage travel during quieter months.

• Diaspora and regional travel – Targeting the Guyanese diaspora and nearby Caribbean markets, who are more flexible and familiar with the climate, to maintain consistent visitor arrivals.

• Storytelling and influencer content – Partnering with content creators to share authentic stories of travel during the rainy season, showcasing how the experience remains immersive and rewarding.

• Local event promotion – Aligning with national celebrations and cultural events that fall within the rainy months to sustain interest and visitor flow.

IND

OT: What strategies does GTA employ to attract and engage visitors during the rainy season?

Through these strategies, the GTA reframes the rainy season not as downtime but as an opportunity for travellers to enjoy a more intimate, value-rich, and authentic side of Guyana.

OT: Are there any noteworthy projects currently in development that you would like to showcase or draw attention to?

KB: Guyana is experiencing steady progress in both infrastructure development and sustainable tourism growth. Major works such as the East Bank Demerara road expansion and the new Bharrat Jagdeo Demerara River Bridge are improving access to key regions and reducing travel time.

In line with the government’s 2025–2030 tourism agenda, these developments support plans to position Guyana as the premier

“Guyana’s tourism industry is on a strong, upward path with visitor arrivals, new international hotel brands, improved air access, and the rapid growth of communitybased products all pointing to a sector that’s expanding steadily and sustainably” – Kamrul Baksh, Director, Guyana Tourism Authority

Hon. Susan Rodrigues, Minister of Tourism, Industry, and Commerce on the Iwokrama Canopy Walkway

eco-tourism destination in the Caribbean. The revised National Strategic Tourism Action Plan focuses on sustainability, community participation, and investment diversification.

Infrastructure upgrades, including the new terminal and electronic immigration systems at Cheddi Jagan International Airport (GEO), continue to enhance efficiency and the visitor experience. Air connectivity is expected to continue expanding with the introduction of new routes, alongside the development of new municipal airports at Lethem and Rose Hall, Canje, which are also anticipated to strengthen domestic and regional travel.

The government has also issued an Expression of Interest for eco-lodge and resort development across ten priority locations, in keeping with its commitment to expand village-level and community-based tourism. Plans for new river marinas, adventure and nature parks, and wellness and Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 165

G U YA N A T R AV E L G U I D E

“Guyana is a place where nature, culture, and adventure converge in a way that feels authentic and unfiltered. For travellers seeking meaningful, sustainable experiences rather than crowded resorts, the country stands out as one of the most rewarding destinations in the region” – Kamrul Baksh, Director, Guyana Tourism Authority

GTA KAIETEUR ©DEONARINE CHAND

sports tourism products aim to further diversify Guyana’s tourism offerings.

Together, these projects reflect a clear vision of the Government of Guyana: building a modern, sustainable, and inclusive tourism sector that benefits all regions of Guyana.

OT: In your opinion, what would compel travellers to visit Guyana?

KB: It’s South America’s little hidden gem, culturally Caribbean yet distinguished by its landscapes, wildlife, and traditions. Visitors can explore vast wilderness areas, such as the Rupununi Savannahs, experience life in Indigenous communities, or enjoy the charm of Georgetown’s colonial heritage.

166 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Guyana is a place where nature, culture, and adventure converge in a way that feels authentic and unfiltered. For travellers seeking meaningful, sustainable experiences rather than crowded resorts, the country stands out as one of the most rewarding destinations in the region.

OT: What are some of the most distinctive and captivating landmarks that define the beauty and culture of Guyana?

KB: Guyana’s landmarks reflect both its natural grandeur and layered history. The most iconic is Kaieteur, one of the world’s tallest single-drop waterfalls. The Rupununi Savannahs and the Iwokrama Rainforest Reserve

stand out for their biodiversity and authentic Indigenous-led experiences.

From a cultural standpoint, Georgetown’s colonial architecture, including St. George’s Cathedral and the Promenade Gardens, showcases the city’s 19th-century charm. Along the Essequibo River, sites such as Fort Zeelandia and the Court of Policy on Fort Island preserve Guyana’s Dutch colonial heritage, offering a rare glimpse into the early settlement history of South America.

Together, these landmarks tell the story of a country where powerful natural landscapes meet centuries of cultural influence.

PHOTOGRAPHY ©WAIKIN RANCH

Swimming hole

PHOTOGRAPHY ©GUYANA TOURISM AUTHORITY

oc

k

EONARINE CHAND

Co

ck

-o

f-t

he

-r

Paruima Village

PHOTOGRAPHY ©DEONARINE CHAND

A TOGR PHO

PHY ©D

Rock formations at Kaieteur

OT: What emerging trends are reshaping the tourism industry in Guyana, and in what ways are you leveraging these changes to enhance the visitor experience?

KB: Through air connectivity and regional route growth, we’re working with carriers and promoting new routes to boost capacity, as well as expanding branded hotel entry and room stock. Attracting large-scale international brands helps tap into business and meetings, incentives, conferences, and exhibitions (MICE) demand.

We support these initiatives by coordinating market intelligence and workforce readiness, alongside community and Indigenous-led

experiences, and providing product development and training grants to ensure revenues reach communities.

When it comes to sustainable and low-impact travel demand, certification and sustainability messaging are central to our campaigns.

With continued investment in infrastructure, workforce training, and product diversification, Guyana is well-positioned to become one of South America’s leading nature and adventure destinations.

OT: Do you feel a sense of optimism regarding the future prospects of the tourism industry in Guyana?

KB: Yes! Guyana’s tourism industry is on a strong, upward path with visitor arrivals, new international hotel brands, improved air access, and the rapid growth of community-based products all pointing to a sector that’s expanding steadily and sustainably.

Tel: +592 219-0093-6 info@guyanatourism.com guyanatourism.com

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 167

G U YA N A T R AV E L G U I D E

In Focus

ESSEQUIBO RIVER As one of Guyana’s largest rivers, the Essequibo River winds through the country, forming an estuary near its mouth that is dotted with islands in the West Demerara region, where visitors can relax, picnic, or enjoy water-based activities in a natural setting.

A VI BRA NT P ORT hub, Parika serves as a gateway to the Essequibo islands and interior. It’s an ideal place to sample Guyanese street food, explore the lively local market, and board ferries or riverboats for island-bound adventures.

Amongst the notable islands along the river’s course, Fort Island stands out, steeped in history with the remnants of Dutch colonial forts. Fort Zeelandia on the island offers a journey into the past, where visitors can wander through well-preserved structures.

Hogg Island, the largest in the area, is known for its agricultural activities. Visitors can experience the charm of local life, tasting fresh produce and enjoying the island’s picturesque landscapes. Scenic river retreats await on Wakenaam and Leguan Islands,

168 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

known for their fertile landscapes and lush vegetation.

Strolling along sandy riverbanks, visitors can enjoy tranquil waters and excellent birdwatching, with a variety of avian species inhabiting the trees and skies.

Nestled along Kamuni Creek, Santa Mission is an Indigenous village where visitors can explore the local culture and traditions and participate in craft workshops led by skilled artisans. The newly launched Waia Green Escapes by Wild Adventures also offers immersive experiences in nature and culture.

Here, the silk-cotton ‘kamaka’ tree stands as a local landmark, valued by the community for its cultural and historical significance. Visitors can also learn about sustainable forestry practices that help preserve local resources and support the community’s way of life.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 169

RECOMMENDS

Eat: FOR FA BU LOU S FO OD F U S ION… Nikkei Guyana in Georgetown has masterfully perfected a taste travelogue that combines Peruvian and Japanese cultures, offering an exquisite selection of wines and cocktails that complement its carefully curated food menu.

In a specifically designed, sophisticated ambience, guests are invited to indulge in zesty Ecuadorian prawn ceviche, delicately prepared Chilean seabass, and truffle and salmon maki – alongside succulent tomahawk steak and pork tenderloin for those seeking a heartier meal. Even better, Nikkei was awarded ‘Best in Dining’ at the recent Tourism Awards and Gala.

FOR T RU E G U YA N E S E G A S T R OMY… In a cosy backyard in Georgetown, Backyard Café beckons, offering delectable, fresh, organic food with a personalised touch.

In this unexpected oasis, chef and owner Delven Adams, a warm and knowledgeable host, prepares authentic home-cooked Guyanese meals. Birds chirp and charm guests from the overhanging branches, and a friendly tortoise lazes beneath tables.

Savour pepperpot – a tender, aromatic meat stew known for its bold flavours, or seven curry, a collection of various vegetarian dishes artfully presented in a traditional water lily leaf.

170 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

The menu is customised to meet each patron’s needs, ensuring all preferences are accommodated and capture the essence of Guyanese flavour.

Do: FOR A N AT MO S PH E R IC C H A R M . . .

Stabroek Market, a pulsating hub in the heart of Georgetown and a cherished Guyanese landmark, is renowned for its eclectic array of offerings, featuring everything from exquisite jewellery and fashionable clothing to fresh produce.

Ensconced in a historic iron-and-steel structure since 1881 and spanning 80,000 square feet, its iconic clock tower stands as a symbol of its lasting legacy.

FOR A N AU T H E N T IC A DV E N T U R E …

Fantasy Destinations FOR N AT U R E A N D A DV E N T U R E T R AV E L . . .

Wilderness Explorers is Guyana’s oldest and largest inbound tour operator.

Sleep: FOR A S L IC E OF PA R A DI S E …

Baganara Island Resort has been recognised as Best in Accommodation: Interior Lodge or Resort of the Year by the GTA. This award recognises the resort’s exceptional

G U YA N A T R AV E L G U I D E

+592 646-9381 / 510-8610 tours@fantasydestinationsgy.com www.fantasydestinationsgy.com @fantasydestinations

Fantasy Destinations –

Adventure Awaits, Go Find It Discover Guyana like never before with Fantasy Destinations, your trusted local tour operator.

From the breathtaking Kaieteur and Orinduik Falls to the tranquil Essequibo River and historic Georgetown City, we design unforgettable adventures for locals and visitors alike.

Our curated packages include island-hopping, wildlife encounters, cultural experiences, and off-road ATV tours - perfect for families, groups, or solo travelers. With professional guides, comfortable transport, and attention to detail, every journey blends fun, safety, and authentic Guyanese hospitality.

Whether you’re chasing waterfalls, exploring hidden gems, or immersing in vibrant local culture, Fantasy Destinations ensures your experience is seamless and memorable.

Scan me for more info

service, stringent environmental standards, and its significant contribution to promoting high-quality tourism in the Essequibo region.

As one of Guyana’s signature private-island escapes, Baganara continues to offer a reliable and welcoming experience for guests looking for comfort, nature, and a well-run interior getaway.

FOR A C L A S S IC , V I N TAG E S TAY… Cara Lodge Hotel is full of charm and modern comforts. Hailing from the 1840s, this architectural gem has an exquisite colonial-style design, inviting guests into a world where history whispers through its elegant halls.

Step into one of the 34 meticulously appointed rooms, available in standard, executive, and suite layouts, each adorned with gleaming hardwood floors and vintage furnishings that evoke a sense of nostalgia.

Hand-carved furniture adds a touch of artistry, whilst amenities like smart TVs and luxurious rainfall showers blend seamlessly with the hotel’s historic character, creating a comfortable and elegant escape. The hotel is ideally located for travellers seeking a peaceful retreat that remains closely connected to the vibrant attractions of Georgetown.

DID YOU KNOW? • Guyana inspired a literary text – Arthur Conan Doyle’s novel.

The Lost World - which showcases the Tepui rock formations and the country’s rich biodiversity.

• Famous actress Letitia Wright, who starred in Black Panther, Doctor Who, Top Boy, Humans, and Black Mirror, was born in Guyana.

• Guyana’s flag is the Golden Arrowhead, with its five colours representing different facets of the country – green for the pristine rainforests and fields, the country’s primary topography; white for its many rivers; red signifies zeal and sacrifice; black represents perseverance; and gold symbolises the country’s mineral wealth.

• With a population of 746,955 (as of 2012), Guyana is one of the least densely populated countries in the world.

• Demerara Gold sugar takes its name from the original Dutch colony in Guyana, and the river of the same name still flows through the region.

• Guyana is one of the few places in the world where visitors can see the Victoria Amazonica – Giant Water Lily – in its natural habitat. The aquatic plant is also the country’s national flower.

G U YA N A T R AV E L G U I D E

Landmark Landmark Attractions Attractions Rupununi Savannah The region unfolds as a wild, remote, untamed paradise, showcasing diverse habitats that contribute to its unique terrain, ranging from tropical grasslands and wetlands to shrublands and savannahs. Adventurous activities await along the majestic Rupununi River, the artery that runs through the Rupununi Savannah, where visitors can immerse themselves in kayaking and canoeing. A promised glimpse of giant river otters or black caimans only adds to the excitement.

Shell Beach Protected Areas In a serene salt-sprayed section of Guyana’s coastline, magnificent mangroves sprawl their gnarled roots as sea turtles crawl along the golden sands on their pilgrimage to sunkissed shores. This beach has no sunbathers or swimmers; visitors are purely here for the turtle nesting phenomena, when leatherbacks, hawksbill, olive ridleys, and greens all jostle for a place to lay their delicate eggs during the mesmerising spectacle of life’s cycle.

Kanuku Mountains Protected Area Nestled amidst Guyana’s expanse of tropical savannahs, the rainforest-clad Kanuku Mountains emerge as a sanctuary for numerous rare and endangered wildlife. The ecological hotspot boasts the world’s highest bat diversity, teeming with 89 recorded species fluttering in the twilight. Visitors can also encounter the magnificent harpy eagle soaring high above the canopy and the elusive giant anteater foraging in the underbrush. The area holds profound cultural significance for the Macushi and Wapishana peoples, who have thrived in this bountiful landscape for generations, embodying a harmonious coexistence with nature.

172 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

G U YA N A T R AV E L G U I D E

Getting There and Around DI RECT FLIG HTS TO Guyana are available year-round from North America, Europe, and the Caribbean, with several airlines servicing Cheddi Jagan International Airport (GEO) in Georgetown and Eugene F. Correia International Airport (OGL) near the capital.

North American routes include American Airlines, JetBlue, United Airlines, Caribbean Airlines, Surinam Airways, Copa Airlines, Gum Air, Trans Guyana Airways, Fly All Ways, and InterCaribbean Airways, with connections from Toronto Pearson International Airport (YYZ), John F. Kennedy International Airport (JFK) in New York, and Miami International Airport (MIA). Air Transat also offers

seasonal flights from Canada.

European connections include British Airways and KLM Royal Dutch Airlines, with routes available via hubs such as Barbados, Miami, and St. Lucia. Regional carriers such as LIAT, SkyHigh Dominicana, and Avianca further enhance connectivity to Guyana.

Once in the country, travellers can explore by air, road, or along its winding waterways.

River transport is vital for reaching islands and remote villages. Options range from ferries carrying families and goods to speedboats and traditional dugout canoes, each offering a serene way to observe the local culture and wildlife along the

riverbanks.

Domestic flight services also connect Georgetown with more remote and hard-to-reach regions of Guyana. Air Dash, amongst other operators, offers scheduled and charter flights, giving travellers flexibility and convenience when exploring Guyana’s interior.

Along the coast, land-based transportation options include 15-seater minibuses and local taxis, with the latter offering a more comfortable alternative. Renting a vehicle is possible, but having a local, certified driver allows travellers to relax and enjoy the journey, taking in the scenic vistas and charming countryside along the way.

Burro-Burro River boats ©David DiGregorio

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 173

MILAN The cosmopolitan metropolis of Milan is dressed to impress as one of the world’s most important and stylish fashion capitals.

Today, it is a unique blend of contemporary global lifestyle and authentic yet modern Italian quality of life, as seen in the many different neighbourhoods reshaping the city WRITER: JACK SALTER | PROJECT MANAGER: MANTĖ KALINAUSKAITĖ

Night time skyline of Milan, dominated by Duomo di Milano

B

envenuti a Milano – where style and elegance await.

The regional capital of Lombardy is also internationally recognised as a fashion capital, alongside Paris, New York, and London, with the biannual Milan Fashion Week showcasing the latest upcoming seasonal outifts, collections, and designs.

Fashionistas flock to the high-end boutiques in Milan’s 174 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

luxury shopping district, Quadrilatero della Moda, literally meaning ‘fashion square’ – so-called because it is bordered by four prestigious streets, including Via Montenapoleone, which is the most expensive street in the world.

Fashion aside, Milan has a diverse blend of historical and modern architectural styles, including the Gothic Duomo di Milano.

MILAN T R AV E L G U I D E

Italy’s largest church is famed for its pink and white marble exterior and golden Madonnina, a statue of the Virgin Mary, that sits atop its highest spire.

Milan is also draped in Renaissance grandeur, as exemplified by Castello Sforzesco, a medieval fortification built in the 15th century by Francesco Sforza, the Duke of Milan.

Castello Sforzesco houses a fine art collection and eight museums, with works by the likes of Michelangelo and Leonardo da Vinci amongst its most celebrated masterpieces.

Don’t miss out on da Vinci’s The Last Supper, one of Milan’s most famous attractions, housed in the refectory of the former Dominican convent of Santa Maria delle Grazie.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 175

MILAN T R AV E L G U I D E

Industry Insights

MILANO & PARTNERS As Milan prepares to host the 2026 Olympic and Paralympic Games, we look ahead to the seasonal sporting showpiece with Fiorenza Lipparini, Director General of official destination management organisation (DMO) Milano & Partners, whose YesMilano brand promotes a dynamic, inclusive, and sustainable city

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, can you introduce us to YesMilano as a brand of the city’s official DMO, Milano & Partners?

176 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

©JOAQUIN LOPEZ Q

Fiorenza Lipparini, Director General (FL): Milano & Partners was born in 2019 as a joint initiative between the Municipality of Milan and the Chamber of Commerce of Milano Monza Brianza Lodi.

It’s a public-private partnership to increase the attractiveness of Milan on three fronts – talent, investment, and tourism.

We use the YesMilano brand to promote a dynamic, inclusive, and sustainable city, built around knowledge and culture, which is capable of welcoming and supporting the curiosity and creativity of younger generations locally and globally.

In our latest campaign, ‘Leonardo and Milano’, in conjunction with the Italian Ministry of Culture, we tried to reach a younger demographic with video clips and manga comics and fix in the mind of the world that Milan is where Leonardo did his most important work and spent two decades at the height of his creative talent.

The campaign also travelled to Expo 2025 in Osaka and got great

OT: Through YesMilano, how has Milano & Partners promoted Milan internationally?

FIORENZA LIPPARINI, DIRECTOR GENERAL

exposure in many tourism markets in North America and the EU. As for sustainability, the YesMilano City Pass, launched in 2024, has proved very popular and promotes sustainable tourism by packaging complete access to the metro and tram system and visits to monuments and museums in a single digital pass.

FL: Milano & Partners and its divisions, like the International Student Desk, Convention Bureau, and FDI Unit, are present at the major DMO and tourism fairs around the world.

Milan’s current positioning is that of a city of knowledge and culture that intends to attract foreign students and international expats whilst continuing to be the European city of sophistication and style.

Since the COVID-19 pandemic, it has consistently promoted the various neighbourhoods of Milan, narrating their identities and pointing out their cultural hotspots, particularly in the districts where the young congregate such as Navigli, Isola, NoLo, and Porta Romana, where the Olympic Village is located.

OT: Milan is hosting the 2026 Winter Olympics and Paralympics. What do attendees have to look forward to at Milano Cortina 2026?

FL: First of all, a fabulous opening ceremony at the San Siro Stadium on 6th February.

There will also be beautiful skating at Fiera Milano and fierce hockey with

©SARA DE MARCO

Market in Porta Romana

Navigli district

NoLo district

Isola district

Quadrilatero della Moda ©JOSE LIMBERT

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 177

Fiera Milano

Porta Venezia ©ANNA DELLABADIA

the best teams of the world at the brand-new Arena Milano, designed

by David Chipperfield Architects and Arup.

Thirdly, we are organising myriad initiatives across the city with our partners and the Olympic Museum in Lausanne for the Cultural Olympiad.

OT: As a catalyst for development and change, how is Milano Cortina 2026 promoting sustainable tourism?

FL: The upcoming Olympic and Paralympic Games are the first designed with sustainability in mind from day one – from the facilities to the actual unfolding of the sporting competitions surrounded by enraptured spectators.

Everything has been done to minimise carbon emissions and environmental impact and maximise circularity and recycling during Milano Cortina 2026. This also involves the 178 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

alpine resorts of Bormio and Livigno in Lombardy and ski locations in Trento and Southern Tyrol.

OT: Why else is 2026 the year to visit Milan?

FL: In April, we’ll have another recordshattering Milano Design Week, bringing thousands of cosmopolitan designers, curious visitors, and students of design to the Salone del Mobile.Milano, as well as the hundreds of events, exhibits, and presentations that are traditionally organised in all the districts of the city.

OT: What other must-see attractions and events in Milan would you recommend to visitors?

FL: The Grande Brera with Palazzo Citterio for modern art, the Leonardo da Vinci Museum of Science and Technology, and the Poldi Pezzoli Museum for its precious Renaissance artifacts.

©ANASTASIA ZAGHI

MILAN T R AV E L G U I D E

Poldi Pezzoli Museum ©JOSE LIMBERT

“In April, we’ll have another record-shattering Milano Design Week, bringing thousands of cosmopolitan designers, curious visitors, and students of design to the Salone del Mobile.Milano, as well as the hundreds of events, exhibits, and presentations that are traditionally organised in all the districts of the city” – Fiorenza Lipparini, Director General, Milano & Partners

I personally dig Fondazione Luigi Rovati with its eclectic mix of Etruscan relics, modern collections, and great cuisine. It’s also near Porta Venezia, the rainbow neighbourhood of Milan.

OT: Finally, are you optimistic about the future of the tourism industry in Milan?

FL: Absolutely, there is room for growth. Even our greatest attraction, Duomo di Milano, remains underappreciated abroad.

Visits to Milan have been increasing steadily and we’ll be reaching 10 million tourists this year. The challenge is to continue to attract lifestyle and luxury tourism whilst

remaining meaningful to young students and creatives and speeding ahead in convention tourism and trade fairs.

We want people to stay here beyond the two-night visit, which is currently the standard. Milan is unique in the sense that you can do your working and shopping whilst enjoying a great cultural experience, which often includes a legendary Milanese aperitivo.

info@yesmilano.it www.yesmilano.it Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 179

Piccolo Teatro Strehler © Masiar Pasquali

PICCOLO TEATRO DI MILANO – TEATRO D’EUROPA An Art Theatre for Everyone The Piccolo Teatro di Milano – Teatro d’Europa, the first Italian public theatre, is located in the heart of Milan.

It was founded on 14 May 1947, when, in the aftermath of the war, the city was seeking out new spaces for culture and renascence. This adventure was set in motion by three great figures: the director Giorgio Strehler, the organiser Paolo Grassi, and Nina Vinchi, who passionately handled the administrative side.

From the very beginning, the Piccolo was much more than a theatre: it was a place of encounter and community, true to its motto “An Art Theatre for Everyone”. Over its almost eighty years of activity, it has produced more

than 450 shows, from the great classics of European theatre to new dramaturgy, with productions that have become part of history the world over.

A Stage Open to the World Since the 1940s, the Piccolo has charted a boundless journey. Its productions have reached theatres in more than 50 countries across five continents, introducing Italian theatre to an infinite range of audiences.

Its most symbolic production, Harlequin, Servant of Two Masters

by Carlo Goldoni, originally staged by Giorgio Strehler and today revived by Stefano de

Luca, has been on tour without interruption since 1947. With more than 2,200 performances, it has been celebrated by generations of spectators. In 1960, at the height of the Cold War, the play made a historical accomplishment, performing, in the space of just a few months, in both New York and Moscow, fulfilling its role as an authentic “cultural ambassador” on a global scale.

Alongside this masterpiece, the Piccolo has hosted and produced works by the greatest international directors and performers, gaining a standing as a global stage. Today, it continues to strengthen its European vocation, developing new networks and projects shared with the leading international theatres.

One Theatre, Three Stages Three stages, three souls: this is how the Piccolo Teatro welcomes its audiences in the centre of Milan: • Teatro Strehler: inaugurated in 1998 and designed by the architect Marco Zanuso, it is the Piccolo’s main hall, with about 1,000 seats.

Its architecture evokes the factories of the Industrial Revolution, making it an icon of contemporary theatre. It is located adjacent to Castello Sforzesco and the Brera district, in the midst of museums, churches and the vibrant Milanese life, offering the public a unique combination of art, culture and activities.

• Teatro Studio Melato: an intimate and circular space dedicated to experimentation, contemporary dramaturgy and young artists.

Reopened in 1986 after the renovation of the pre-existing Teatro Fossati, it evokes Milanese traditional “ringhiera” courtyard housing and recalls the structure of Shakespeare’s Globe Theatre.

It is home to the “Luca Ronconi” School of Theatre, founded

by Strehler in 1987, where new

generations of actors and actresses hone their skills. In 2013 it was named after Mariangela Melato, the internationally renowned Milanese actress.

• Teatro Grassi: the original home of the Piccolo in Palazzo Carmagnola, a Renaissance building linked to the celebrated Lady with an Ermine and part of the city’s Leonardo da Vinci itinerary. Over the centuries, the palace has been a noble residence and, during the Fascist regime, even a detention centre. Today, reborn as a place of memory and culture, it welcomes the theatre’s audiences just a short distance from the Duomo and the Teatro alla Scala.

How to get to

• Teatro Strehler: Largo Greppi, 1, Milano M2 Lanza • Teatro Studio Melato: via Rivoli, 6, Milano M2 Lanza • Teatro Grassi and Chiostro Nina Vinchi: via Rovello, 2, Milano M1 Cordusio

Piccolo Teatro Studio Melato, L’Angelo della Storia © Masiar Pasquali

A Cultural Living Room in the Heart of Milan Next to Teatro Grassi is the charming Chiostro Nina Vinchi which was returned to its original splendour thanks to a restoration project in 2009.

The works uncovered Fifteenthcentury frescoes and capitals attributed directly to Bramante and Leonardo da Vinci, rendering it a unique destination for visitors to Milan.

Visited by more than 400,000 people a year, the Chiostro is a true meeting place for citizens and tourists. It hosts presentations, talks, and cultural activities, while the Piccolo Café & Restaurant welcomes visitors from breakfast to dinner, offering an oasis of tranquillity in the hustle and bustle of the city.

The International Theatre Festival The Presente Indicativo International Theatre Festival was founded in 2022, in celebration of the centenary of Strehler’s birth, transforming Milan into a laboratory of contemporary

Oracle, Łukasz Twarkowski © Marco Rass Teatro Strehler, 23-24 May 2026

Box Office Online Next shows

Teatro Strehler Box Office Monday to Saturday from 12:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. Closed on Sundays and public holidays.

Box Office Line +39 02 21126116 Monday to Saturday from 12:30 p.m. to 6:00 p.m. Closed on Sundays and public holidays.

theatre. The second edition, in 2024, explored the countless faces of today’s Europe — its hopes, contradictions, and new possibilities.

The upcoming edition, Milano Crocevia, taking place from 14 to 31 May 2026, will be a true “festival of festivals”, hosting performances from the most important European events, exploring stories, artists and communities through tradition and contemporary perspectives.

The performances will be accompanied by a programme of encounters with artists, book

presentations, concerts and DJ sets, transforming Milan into a great international stage, a point of convergence for cultures and languages.

A Permanent Cultural Laboratory Today, the Piccolo Teatro is not only a venue for performances but also a permanent cultural laboratory, in constant dialogue with the city and with Europe. Its projects represent a combination of education, research, memory and innovation, carrying forward the ideas of the founders: a theatre at the service of art and of the community.

For anyone visiting Milan, the Piccolo is an essential destination — not only to attend a play but also to discover an institution that for almost eighty years has been fulfilling its mission as “An Art Theatre for Everyone”, with its sights set firmly on the future. piccoloteatro.org

Piccolo Open

Your Experience at the Piccolo, in English Weekend performances with surtitles Enjoy a programme of productions with Italian and English surtitles on selected weekend dates.

English translation for cultural events Follow talks, book presentations and Oltre la scena events in English through our dedicated web app.

English versions of our theatre programmes Read the theatre programme notes for our productions in English.

Plan your visit and get all the useful information here

Piccolo Teatro Grassi, Ho paura torero © Masiar Pasquali

Chiostro Nina Vinchi © Kartell, Simona Pesarini

Piccolo Café & Restaurant How to get to: via Rovello, 2, Milano M1 Cordusio

Phone: + 39 02 72333505

Opening hours Monday: 8:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m.

Tuesday - Friday: 8:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m.

Saturday: 10:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m.

Sunday: 10:00 a.m. – 8:00 p.m.

MILAN T R AV E L G U I D E

In Focus

2026 Winter Olympic and Paralympic Games Milan is preparing to host the Winter Olympic and Paralympic Games in early 2026, an event that will torchlight the city as one of Europe’s most sought-after destinations

MILAN T R AV E L G U I D E

FA NS AROUND THE world are invited to experience thrilling live sport and world-renowned Italian hospitality and culture up close.

From 6th – 22nd February, the Winter Olympics will take place in the Lombardy and Veneto regions, where stunning landscapes and iconic venues will set the stage.

The Winter Paralympics follows from 6th – 15th March as athletes compete for a total of 195 medal events – 116 Olympic and 79 Paralympic – across the two events.

The opening ceremony of Milano Cortina 2026, produced by Balich Wonder Studio, will be held at the San Siro, home of AC Milan and Inter Milan.

Raising the curtain on a new era for the Winter Olympics and Paralympics, the ceremony will aim to add a new, inclusive dimension to this global celebration.

Not only will there be a spectacular show inside the stadium named after football legend Giuseppe Meazza, but the entire city and the Olympic territories will come alive with satellite events and symbolic moments.

The aim is clear – to take the Olympic spirit beyond the stadium, engaging the public, athletes, and communities in this major showpiece.

World-class facilities will welcome both athletes and spectators whilst combining cutting-edge architecture with sustainable practices, offering a platform to compete at the highest level.

Milano Cortina 2026 is bound to be a memorable event celebrating the energy and legacy of Italian culture whilst crowning the new Winter Olympic and Paralympic champions.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 185

The Village promises a unique shopping and entertainment experience with only the very best of fashion, Italian Design and food, a rich calendar of events, and a wide range of services. The Outlet is a constantly growing project, designed to evolve over time and respond dynamically to the needs of an increasingly discerning public.

The expansion of the venue and continuous update of its retail and service offering, reflecting commitment to ensuring a distinctive, complete, and high-quality visitor experience for all.

THE MILAN OUTLET Where Milan’s Style Journey Continues

Extend Your Milan Shopping Journey. Elevate Your Italian Lifestyle Experience.

Only 15 minutes from the heart of Milan, Scalo Milano Outlet & More rises within the metropolitan district of Locate di Triulzi, in a place where history and innovation meet.

Once home to the historic Saiwa, a biscuit factory, the area has undergone a visionary environmental redevelopment, transforming into The Milan Outlet – a sophisticated open-air Village that blends architecture, urban regeneration, and contemporary lifestyle.

Complement your Milan downtown shopping with a visit to Scalo Milano Outlet & More. Thanks to a wide range of “Born in Italy” brands, you can discover an authentic Italian lifestyle and truly shop like a local – surrounded by the craftsmanship, culture, and Italian Design that define Italy’s most stylish city.

Scalo Milano Outlet & More, the most refined extension of your Milan stay.

The gateway to experiencing Italy through its finest expressions.

A Vision of Italian Modernity Today, Scalo Milano Outlet & More is among Italy’s largest Outlet Villages, a curated ensemble of 180 boutiques offering year-round savings of up to 70 percent.

Here, iconic global names meet Italian excellence: • Adidas • Brooks Brothers • Calvin Klein • Cavalli Class • Clarks • Colmar • Falconeri • Geox • Guess • Kartell • Levi’s • Nespresso • Roy Roger’s • Testoni • Tommy Hilfiger • and many more The result is a destination where Milan’s fashion identity is amplified – an elegant intersection of style, Design, and cultural vibrancy.

THE THREE SOULS OF THE MILAN OUTLET Fashion. Design. Food.

A differentiated, immersive offer for a modern luxury traveller.

Fashion reflects the essence of Milan’s global influence.

Italian Design celebrates the city’s creative heritage.

Food expresses the unparalleled warmth of Italian culture.

At Scalo Milano Outlet & More, these three souls meet in one exclusive destination.

Fashion A curated selection of Italian and international brands, blending craft, creativity, and global appeal.

Design The Design District showcases Italy’s most influential home, lifestyle, and décor icons – transforming shopping into a cultural experience.

Food Italian classics – pizza, piadina, Milanese specialities – sit alongside contemporary and international cuisines, creating a culinary journey worthy of Milan’s cosmopolitan palate.

A VILLAGE OF SMART EXPERIENCES Where shopping meets culture, entertainment, and inspiration.

Throughout the year, Scalo Milano Outlet & More hosts exclusive events, art installations, music performances, and seasonal celebrations that animate the Village with elegance and creativity.

It is also home to Italy’s first Outletintegrated co-working space – Regus – a modern environment designed for business travellers and digital nomads who seek productivity without sacrificing style. For your little ones, stop by Hobbiville, a supervised indoor play area to ensure your entire family enjoys their visit.

SERVICES AND HOSPITALITY IN EVERY DETAIL A Seamless, Elevated Journey Guests enjoy: • Free covered & open-air parking • Wi-Fi • Intuitive Village signage • Electric vehicle charging • Full wheelchair accessibility • 20 cafés and restaurants • International payments: • Alipay+ • UnionPay International • American Express • Mastercard • Visa.

THE CONCIERGE. DEDICATED TOURIST SERVICES Your Starting Point for an Elevated Milan Shopping Experience For international travellers, every visit to Scalo Milano Outlet & More begins at The Concierge.

Dedicated Tourist Services. Here, Guests are welcomed by a multilingual team, ready to provide a personalised introduction to the Village and its surroundings.

Services include: – Exclusive tourist benefits and discounts – Relaxation lounge for a refined welcome – Luggage storage – Transfer arrangements and bookings – Instant Tax Refund (Global Blue) Throughout their visit, Guests can stay in direct contact with The Concierge team, ensuring a smooth, tailored, and memorable shopping journey from the very first moment they arrive.

THE MILAN OUTLET Where Style, Culture, & Italian Lifestyle Converge Effortlessly stylish and unmistakably Italian, Scalo Milano Outlet & More is more than a destination – it is a modern landmark where fashion, Italian Design, food, and culture intertwine.

The Outlet’s mission is to not only provide a world-class shopping destination but also a truly unique experience that seamlessly merges entertainment and services.

Through it all, the Outlet works towards its vision of creating value for the community and its people.

Through innovative experiences, advanced services, and a continually expanding offer, it is committed to generating employment, tangible opportunities, and a positive, lasting, and sustainable impact on the community that surrounds us.

EFFORTLESS ACCESS FOLLOW US: Direct shuttle from Piazza della Repubblica (downtown Milan), three times per day.

S13 suburban train: 23 minutes from Milan, Locate Triulzi train station is located 100 metres from the Village entrance.

Strategically placed near the region’s gateways: – 10 minutes from Linate Airport – 20 minutes from Milano Rho Fiera – 40 minutes from Malpensa and Bergamo Airports – Under 1 hour from Lake Como and the refined wine region of Oltrepò Pavese CONTACTS theconcierge@scalomilano.it Whatsapp: +39 3472198179 Phone: +39 02 35975970 Address: Via Milano, 5 - Locate di Triulzi (MI) 20085 OPENING HOURS: FASHION & DESIGN, from 10:00am to 9:00pm FOOD, till 11:00pm Website: www.scalomilano.it/en

©MASIAR PASQUALI

RECOMMENDS Eat:

Do:

FOR V I N TAG E HO S PI TA L I T Y A N D T R A DI T ION… Experience unforgettable evenings in the intimate atmosphere of L’immagine Bistrot Ristorante, whose cuisine stands out for its carefully selected, premium ingredients.

The restaurant offers a wide variety of appetisers and pasta, meat, and fish dishes, as well as red, rosé, white, and sparkling vinos from the finest Italian wineries.

FOR T H E F I R S T P U BL IC R E PE R T ORY T H E AT R E I N I TA LY… The Piccolo Teatro di Milano (Piccolo) was founded on 14th May 1947 by Giorgio Strehler and Paolo Grassi, together with Nina Vinchi.

‘An Art Theatre for All’ is the motto and underlying principle that has accompanied the Piccolo ever since it was founded and continues to express its mission – staging quality shows aimed at the most wide-ranging audiences possible.

The Piccolo has produced more than 400 shows – many of which were directed by Strehler – offering major productions of both classic and contemporary writers that have, over time, become part of international theatrical history.

Strehler’s works alone include productions of King Lear and The Tempest (William Shakespeare); Harlequin, The Servant to Two Masters, and Brawling in Chioggia (Carlo Goldoni); The Cherry Orchard (Anton Chekhov); The Threepenny Opera, Life of Galileo, and The Good Person of Szechwan (Bertolt Brecht); and Happy Days (Samuel Beckett).

The Piccolo, which has had ‘Theatre of Europe’ status since 1991, currently runs three impressive auditoriums – Teatro Strehler, Teatro Grassi, and Teatro Studio Melato. The former, its main venue, was inaugurated in January 1998 to the music of Così fan tutte, an opera buffa by Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart and the last production directed by Strehler before his death on Christmas Day in December 1997.

Almost 80 years on from the debut of The Lower Depths by Maxim Gorky, the Piccolo’s memorable curtain-raiser, the journey continues for this essential artistic and cultural institution, which is now an urban and European centre for culture.

FOR GOU R M E T V E G E TA R I A N DI N I NG… Joia, the first vegetarian restaurant in Europe to be awarded a Michelin star in 1996, aims to disseminate the principles of healthy, plantbased cuisine.

The restaurant is focused on quality, sustainability, and respect for the environment, with around 80 percent of Joia’s menu being vegan and gluten-free.

Its novel, unique dishes, made using seasonal ingredients, reflect both a spiritual journey and matured awareness.

190 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

MILAN T R AV E L G U I D E

In the heart of Milan, overlooking the newly revitalized Piazza Cordusio and just steps from the Duomo, Palazzo Cordusio, a Gran Meliá Hotel, stands as a refined blend of historical grandeur and contemporary elegance. Originally known as Palazzo Venezia and designed by the famed architect Luca Beltrami, this 19th-century gem has been meticulously restored by ASAH Architects. Its eclectic soul lives on through interiors curated with iconic Italian and Spanish design brands. The culinary offering, in

partnership with SHG, includes Café Kitsuné, a chic Japanese-French café; Giardino Cordusio, an Italian cocktail bar set in the hotel’s inner courtyard; SACHI, a Japanese restaurant with an Omakase counter and terrace overlooking the Duomo; and Isola Restaurant, serving southern Italian cuisine with panoramic views of Piazza Mercanti and the cathedral. A wellness area with pool and gym completes the experience. A new icon of luxury hospitality where Milanese heritage meets inspired modern living.

Palazzo Cordusio, a Gran Meliá Hotel, Piazza Cordusio, 2 - Milano | Ph. +39 02 49 59 72 94 | granmelia.cordusio@melia.com | www.melia.com |

FOR A U N IQU E S HOPPI NG DE S T I N AT ION… Only 15 minutes from downtown Milan, Scalo Milano Outlet & More (Scalo Milano) is a shopping outlet village where you can find design, fashion, food, and a touch of art.

This dynamic and contemporary shopping destination offers some of the world’s most famous Italian and international brands all in one place, from Nike, Adidas, and Calvin Klein to Pandora, Tommy Hilfiger, Trussardi, and many more.

Milan is one of the world’s most important fashion and design capitals, and every style finds its place at Scalo Milano, where you can also find furnishings and decorations for any room – or even just aesthetic and creative inspiration.

For a bite to eat as you pop between the shops, Scalo Milano is equally a destination for food lovers, who can savour a flavoursome selection of restaurants, cafés, coffee shops, and confectionery stores.

The Design District, Fashion Village, and Food Court are all open seven days a week – with the exception of Christmas Day and New Year’s Day – so you’ll be able to shop ‘til you drop no matter when you decide to visit Milan.

Tourists should make the most of the I Love Card, which is free, digital, and comes with incredible benefits, such as 10 percent off in participating stores.

For every €30 spent, you can even play for prizes, with gift cards given away every day!

Scalo Milano is easily reachable either by car, bus, train, or a shuttle service that connects it with the centre of Milan.

Sleep: FOR LU X U RY A N D DE S IG N… Palazzo Cordusio Gran Meliá FOR A N AU T H E N T IC OLY M PIC R E T R E AT… As Milan prepares to host the 2026 Winter Olympic Games, NEMI Hotel Milano offers a different perspective – an intimate and authentic retreat where guests can rediscover the pleasure of slow living and Italian hospitality.

During the Olympic period, NEMI Hotel Milano will be a meeting place for travellers, sports enthusiasts, and lovers of the city, offering an atmosphere of authentic and discreet hospitality – away from the crowds, yet at the heart of the excitement surrounding the event.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 191

MILAN T R AV E L G U I D E

Landmark Landmark Attractions Attractions

Duomo di Milano A story of faith and art spanning over six centuries, Duomo di Milano is a Gothic masterpiece and the largest church in Italy. The cathedral is adorned with 135 spires and over 3,400 statues, whilst its expansive interior holds rich historical and religious significance. It is dedicated to the Nativity of St. Mary and the seat of the Archbishop of Milan.

The Last Supper Painted between 1494 and the beginning of 1498, The Last Supper is considered perhaps most important mural painting in the world. It is located in the refectory of Santa Maria delle Grazie and depicts the dramatic moment immediately after Jesus announces one of the Twelve Apostles will betray him, capturing reactions of shock, anger, and disbelief from the disciples.

©ANNA DELLA BADIA

Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II Italy’s oldest active shopping arcade was constructed between 1865 and 1877 by renowned architect, Guiseppe Mengoni, and named after the first King of Italy. Galleria Vittorio Emanuele II is home to luxurious boutiques, high-end restaurants, and even the country’s oldest bookstore, Libreria Bocca. It is also beautifully embellished with mosaics – under the central dome, you’ll spot the Savoy coat of arms and various animals that represent Italy’s major cities.

©ANNA DELLA BADIA

192 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

MILAN T R AV E L G U I D E

Getting There and Around

©LUCA MONTEVECCHI - YESMILANO

I TALY’S V IB RANT FASH ION capital is served by three main airports, with Milano Malpensa Airport (MXP) being the primary international hub and gateway to Milan.

Upon arrival at MXP, the Malpensa Express is the easiest and most convenient way to get from the airport to the city centre. A total of 34 trains run per day from around 5am to 11:30pm, taking just 51 minutes and allowing you to enjoy a comfortable, relaxing journey that avoids the city’s traffic.

Malpensa Express is also an affordable way to get from MXP to the centre of Milan, with tickets costing only €15 and discounts available for children.

Getting around Milan is extremely easy as the main attractions are within walking distance, whilst longer distances can be covered using the city’s extensive public transport network, comprising metro, tram, and bus services.

The city is served by five underground metro routes – M1 Red, M2 Green, M3 Yellow, M4 Blue, and M5 Lilac – and numerous bus and tram lines, meaning there are plenty of options for getting around Milan via public transport.

Public transport is included in the YesMilano City Pass, which also allows you to discover Milan’s most iconic

museums and attractions, saving up to 70 percent on your visit.

Alternatively, bikes are an eco-friendly and practical means of travelling around Milan, with approximately 144 kilometres of cycle paths and lanes across the city.

Both fixed and free-floating bicycle pick-up and drop-off stations are available, whilst kick scooters and cars can also be shared.

As Milan is an increasingly green city committed to sustainability and environmental quality policies, those travelling by car are required to comply with certain traffic rules and restrictions, however electric cars can benefit from certain concessions.

Licensed taxis in Milan are white and do not usually pick up passengers on the street, but can be requested by phone and online or by going to designated taxi ranks.

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

Brussels 194 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

A dynamic, cosmopolitan city boasting a proud Art Nouveau heritage and burgeoning culinary scene, in addition to being the de facto capital of Europe, Brussels is considered the continent’s beating heart where countless cultures collide WRITER: LILY SAWYER PROJECT MANAGER: MANTĖ KALINAUSKAITĖ

W

hilst often referred to as the ‘capital of Europe’ and known as a politically important hub for major EU institutions, Brussels offers so much more when it comes to its history, art, culture, architecture, and cuisine.

The city is a highly diverse metropolis with a significant percentage of its residents being foreign-born, offering visitors a glimpse into numerous cultures and languages and a cityscape that can be considered a collage of architectural prowess. From the opulent Gothic and Baroque guildhalls of the UNESCO World Heritage Site Grand-Place to the stunning Art Nouveau buildings

designed by Victor Horta – Hôtel Tassel, Hôtel Solvay, Hôtel van Eetvelde, and Maison and Atelier Horta – which are now collectively recognised by UNESCO, Brussels’ various architecture weaves a rich narrative of the city’s historic evolution.

Brimming with museums and art galleries, the Belgian capital also has a lively cultural scene alongside numerous street art references to world-renowned surrealist artist René Magritte, who famously made the city his home.

The birthplace of many iconic characters, including Tintin and the Smurfs, a strong comic book culture is evident in the many murals and street art masterpieces found around the city, with its curated Comic Strip Trail celebrating the various neighbourhoods’ colourful frescoes.

In addition to its historic and cultural allure, Brussels is a paradise for foodies. Having evolved far beyond the Belgian waffles and French fries that the city has long been associated with, Brussels’ innovative culinary scene today has been recognised by the likes of MICHELIN and Gault&Millau. Despite its urban density, around half of Brussels is composed of parks and gardens, such as Brussels Park and Bois de la Cambre, offering plenty of green space for relaxation, whilst the largely pedestrianised city centre is easily walkable.

Brussels also serves as a major transport hub, with high-speed train links making day trips to Paris, London, Amsterdam, Ghent, and Bruges easy.

Grand Place_Grote Markt Brussels © visit.brussels

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 195

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

Industry Insights

visit.brussels PATRICK B ONTINCK , C EO of visit.brussels, discusses how the destination has made significant strides in developing its digital platforms in recent years and the tourist board’s focus on developing a mutually beneficial approach to promoting the city that balances the needs of both visitors and residents

Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, how have you seen Brussels’ tourism offering evolve and overcome challenges in the past decade?

Patrick Bontinck, CEO (PB): For us, one of the biggest initial challenges was to strike a balance between business and leisure tourism.

Decades ago, 75 percent of visitors were coming for business and only 25 percent for leisure.

Today, we have increased the number of tourists year-round, and we are happy that we also have a

greater balance between leisure and business tourism – it is now nearly half tourism and half business travel, and we are no longer a Monday-toThursday destination. We are proud to be somewhere people choose to visit at all times of the year, which is important both for us as the tourism board and those operating within the sector who can maintain their staff base year-round instead of recruiting seasonally.

So, for the city, it is beneficial that we have a consistent occupancy of

people here throughout the year and don’t solely rely on one period or season.

OT: How do Brussels’ districts, each with their own unique character and charm, present different experiences for visitors to explore?

PB: I think diversity is one of Brussels’ greatest strengths because we have different parts of the city and very distinct districts, which are all part of its history.

It’s not one big city which has

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

increased in terms of size; in fact, it’s lots of parts which have come together to make a whole. This means that each district is different from the other and the atmosphere in each is completely unique.

You can go to the Marolles, which is in the centre and known for its numerous antique shops and historic brasseries, but also to Dansaert and Sainte-Catherine, which are the most creative and vintage neighbourhoods.

Then, we have Flagey and Bailli-Châtelain for gastronomy and lifestyle, or the European Quarter, which has very cosmopolitan energy.

And of course, we have, for instance, the contemporary art centre Wiels in Forest and interactive museum Train World in Schaerbeek, encompassing various cultural activities, which makes for a variety of things to enjoy in one city.

OT: How does Brussels’ unique cosmopolitan character and its central location in the heart of Europe set it apart from other European destinations?

PB: Brussels is one of the most cosmopolitan cities in Europe with over 180 nationalities, and the

Atomium ® Simon Schmitt, www.globalview.b

second-most diverse in the world – something totally unique about us.

Of course, this is due to the fact that we are the political heart of Europe, but we are also gradually becoming a cultural capital. With a diverse range of nationalities, visitors encounter a different culture from anywhere else in Europe.

For me, Brussels is almost like a cultural yardstick, indicative of what most European cities will be like in the future – mixed and diverse.

As such, I think it’s nice to come visit the city and see what that will be like – even if just for a short break to discover Brussels’ diversity as a place where so many different people have come together.

OT: What would you say is the city’s most underrated attraction?

PB: The Canal district is really evolving and developing, and we see it becoming a central attraction of the city in the coming years. Next year, we

Rooftop © visit.brussels, Jean-Paul Remy

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 197

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

Maison Saint-Cyr © visit.brussels, Jean-Paul Remy

look forward to the opening of the KANAL-Centre Pompidou museum for modern and contemporary art – a collaboration with Centre Pompidou in Paris, France – which is hoped will become a famous contemporary art space where you can find different cultural projects. The museum’s main objective is to curate a space both for visitors and inhabitants where art and culture come together.

198 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

OT: Can you walk us through how improved digital strategies have considerably enhanced Brussels’ visibility on digital platforms in recent years?

PB: When it comes to technology, we have made great strides in recent years, having built a fully integrated digital network that includes our website, a customer relationship management (CRM) system,

social media presence, and data management capabilities. This has allowed us to better understand our audience, what their expectations of us are, and how to reach them, meaning our storytelling is both more human and tailored to the needs of those we seek to attract. We understand that we cannot attract every tourist and visitor and how it’s important for any city to decide which kinds of tourist they want to attract.

In doing so, destinations can create a win-win situation, targeting tourists whose preferences align with our existing DNA. This often leads to visitors returning because they identify with the city and want to rediscover it time and again.

With our new digital system, we can

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

“We must continue to invest in quality innovation and tourism – every investment we make is intended to benefit both inhabitants and visitors” – P AT R I C K B O N T I N C K , C E O , V I S I T. B R U S S E L S

Bright Brussels Festival © visit.brussels, Mathieu Gonlinvaux

reach those who align with our city’s DNA and serve their needs whilst being sure that what we offer is also convenient, exciting, and relevant to them.

OT: Can you tell us more about your Smart Tourism approach and how it seeks to reconcile the appeal of tourism with improved quality of life for residents?

PB: At visit.brussels, we’ve decided we want to establish a more balanced tourism product that is mutually beneficial for both visitors and residents. To achieve this, it’s important to note how our city is our product – if we work to preserve our city, we will be able to preserve our long-term visitor numbers.

In doing so, we hope to achieve a perfect balance – an equilibrium, if you will – between tourists and residents, which will result in local people being happy to have tourists in their vicinity, because they understand tourism is both a cultural exchange as well as something which benefits the economy. Of course, the sector enables us to provide employment opportunities, but we also want to go further and be sure that we have a positive impact in terms of the type of events we bring to the city. We want the cultural events that take place here to be intrinsically linked to Brussels’ DNA and leave a unique legacy.

Therefore, Smart Tourism involves establishing Brussels as a place for

everyone, and tourism as something that is good for both inhabitants and visitors. We see the initiative as an ongoing, long-term approach – it’s certainly not a one-shot strategy.

As such, we are actively working on what we want to achieve in our city, how we can make it better, and to ensure that Brussels is seen as a place of cultural exchange. Whether our visitors arrive by train or long-haul flight, we want to attract people from all over the globe.

To say we’re not going to promote Brussels internationally or outside of Europe is dangerous – it remains crucially important that we reach a diverse audience. Ultimately, the responsibility of tourism is to help people understand one another.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 199

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

That’s what we’re doing in Brussels – helping people to understand each other and attracting people from all over the world to have those exchanges in a careful and respectful way.

OT: How has the European Regional Development Fund (ERDF) enhanced your tourism model?

“Brussels is one of the most cosmopolitan cities in Europe with over 180 nationalities, and the secondmost diverse in the world – something totally unique about us” – P AT R I C K B O N T I N C K , C E O , V I S I T. B R U S S E L S

Musée Horta - Hortamuseum © visit.brussels, Jean-Paul Remy

PB: The ERDF is very important because it gives us a boost in terms of what we can offer both our visitors and residents, especially regarding access to culture. For example, if we want to promote a district of the city that’s not so well- known, people are going to need to be able to access it – both literally and figuratively. If visitors can access a promotion online, for instance, they must also be able to access it easily via our public transport networks.

This is what we’re seeking to develop with assistance from the ERDF – granting easier access to lesser-known attractions in Brussels and offering a holistic tourist experience.

OT: How has your vision for a sustainable and responsible tourism model evolved over the years, and how have optimising visitor routes, encouraging the discovery of lessfrequented neighbourhoods, and establishing a low-emission zone (LEZ) contributed?

PB: Of course, every city speaks a lot about sustainability, but we really try to implement it in a concentrated way.

The LEZ is a way to reduce pollution in the city centre and encourage green mobility. It also grants easier access to public transport for tourists because you can buy a Brussels Card to give you unlimited access, whilst those who don’t choose this option can still access the transport network through a contactless bank card payment system.

Also, because we don’t have a big coach station in the city centre, we like 200 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

to remind tourists that it’s often easier to secure accommodation outside the city and take advantage of the wider public transport network to access Brussels.

As the number of drivers is diminishing, parking spaces in the city centre are too. All this goes to show that when we try to develop small things, we can also make a positive difference in the long-term when it comes to sustainability.

OT: Finally, are you optimistic about the future of the tourism industry in Brussels?

PB: Yes, I’m optimistic because I think Brussels, like many cities, has

historically proven its ability in crucial moments such as terror attacks, but also in terms of its recent recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic.

We have seen that we can recover from a plethora of circumstances, and that’s what’s important – resilience is crucial for the future as it means however we are tested, we will recover. This is why we must continue to invest in quality innovation and tourism – every investment we make is intended to benefit both inhabitants and visitors.

Speaking of this balance, the win-win situation we’ve curated is an opportunity for everyone to discover Brussels’ culture, artisanal goods,

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

local markets, and more – things which are really important for any European city. That’s another reason I’m optimistic – nowadays, tourism accounts for 10 percent of GDP across Europe, something we wish to sustain on the continent and emulate in Brussels. This will be achieved by continual investment and effort, because we want to sustain and grow tourism whilst giving a better

Kunstberg © visit.brussels, Eric Danhier

life to our inhabitants – that’s the full balance we are seeking to achieve.

DID YOU KNOW? • Brussels sprouts take their name from the city, as the vegetable was widely cultivated there in the 16th century.

Tel: +32 (0) 2 513 89 40 hello@visit.brussels www.visit.brussels

• One of the largest centres for diplomatic relations in the world, Brussels is home to 181 embassies and more than 2,000 international organisations.

• Brussels-based pharmacist Jean Neuhaus is credited with conceiving the beloved Belgian praline in 1857, when he found a better way of hiding the bitter taste of pills by covering them with chocolate.

The chocolatier’s boutique in Brussels’ exquisite Galerie de la Reine continues to thrive today.

• With 184 nationalities and almost 40 percent of residents being foreign nationals, the city is one of the most cosmopolitan in Europe.

• Its name derives from the Old Dutch words ‘bruoc and ‘sella’, which mean ‘settlement in the marsh’ – reportedly named after Brussels’ location in the marshy valley of the Senne river.

Brousaille © visit.brussels

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 201

L

ocated in the stunning Art Nouveau station in Schaerbeek, Belgium, Train World is a unique, impressive collection that takes each and every visitor on a journey through the past, present, and future of the Belgian Railways.

Tucked away in one of the gems of Belgian railway architecture, Train World also includes the treasures of the new museum complex of the Belgian National Railway Company (SNCB), where the entire trip revolves around experience.

This is evident the moment you step inside. Not only do you come face to face with dozens of locomotives, carriages, and wagons, but the museum also offers an original yet easily accessible way of learning more about the structures that support the railway network, safety, technology, electrification, and the stories of passengers throughout the years.

How did the train play a key role in telling the time? What was the job of the person who lived in a track foreman’s cottage? How did the signal box guarantee safety on the railways? You’ll discover the answers to these questions – and so many more – as you chug along on your unforgettable journey.

Everyone is welcome at Train World! We make sure our museum is for everyone, and that’s why we work every day to ensure the most inclusive possible train-oriented experiences with a wide range of activities for young and old, of all abilities.

We offer the ‘Multisenso Rail’ for visitors with mental disabilities, tours for the blind and partially sighted, low-stimulus days, and more to ensure every guest can experience Train World to the fullest.

Be ready to feel amazed in this interactive museum where you’re allowed to touch (almost) everything!

EXHIBITIONS THAT LEAVE THEIR MARK

There’s always something to discover at Train World. Feast your eyes on the museum’s exhibits, wander through train carriages and locomotives from past and present, and experience the history of the Belgian railways in a place like no other.

Our permanent exhibition is an exemplary showcase of the Belgian railways. Let yourself be guided through an interactive journey with over 60 projections that tell the story of Train World.

You’ll also be brought face-to-face with some of the most impressive trains from Belgium – and even elsewhere in Europe.

Explore the Pays de Waes, the oldest existing steam locomotive in continental Europe, step inside an authentic railway cottage, and discover unique carriages such as the Trans Europe Express, a postal wagon, and even the Red Cross Wagon used during the Second World War. Don’t forget to venture into the temporary exhibit – Belgian Railways Under Occupation: Between Collaboration and Resistance.

This step back into a historic yet tragic time tells the story of Belgium under German occupation, where the SNCB continued to run trains in the interest of the country, thereby also participating – despite internal resistance – in deportations to Germany and camps. The exhibit reveals the profound moral dilemma between collaboration and resistance.

The history of the Belgian Railways during this complex period is full of contradictions. The dilemmas faced are still relevant today and pose modern questions, such as how far can you go in collaborating with a dictatorship to serve the public interest? When and in what ways is it best to resist? And so many more.

As SNCB attaches particular importance to the duty to remember and wishes to make this accessible to all, admission to the exhibition is free for all young people under the age of 18 and is based on research carried out by the Study Centre for War and Contemporary Society on the role of the Belgian Railways during the Second World War.

AN UNFORGETTABLE EXPERIENCE FOR EVERYONE

A visit to Train World with the family is a magical day out for all! Children have the chance to explore the world of trains through play, make memories, and learn about Belgium’s rail network.

Equally, Train World is an ideal destination for school groups as it aligns with the curriculum and shows pupils that a museum can be anything but boring. From preschool to secondary education, our qualified guides and actors can adapt their tours according to the needs of your pupils.

The museum covers a variety of topics such as history, geography, and maths, and teachers and students can enjoy a special discounted rate. Together, you will discover the power and beauty of trains of the past, present, and future.

For associations, clubs, or other types of groups, Train World is able to put together a programme that suits you best. Take a literary-themed tour, listen to a professional guide, or explore the museum in your own time – there’s something for everyone.

You can even install the ErfgoedApp – the Heritage App – on your smartphone in advance for a personalised, portable experience.

No matter if you arrive with a group or solo, Train World will amaze even the most seasoned of locomotive lovers and make for a truly unforgettable and educational day out.

02 607 13 13 | info@trainworld.be www.trainworld.be

REACHING TRAIN WORLD •

By public transport – Train World is located directly adjacent to Schaerbeek Station. If coming by train, it’s a two-minute walk to reach the museum.

•

By car – If coming by car, you can park in B-Parking next to the station building. Validate your parking ticket before leaving at the museum kiosk and receive a discount. Then, pay for parking at the payment machine in the car park.

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

IN FOCUS

Brussels’ Culinary Scene HI STO R ICALLY, B RUSS E LS H AS been known to offer a blend of hearty Flemish and French cuisines and is recognised for its iconic staples such as waffles, chocolate, beer, and frites, alongside typical Belgian dishes such as moules frites, carbonnade flamandes, and stoemp.

Today, however, away from the frietkots and waffle houses on well-trodden paths, the city’s culinary scene is undergoing a quiet evolution, with a growing mix of diverse brasseries, international restaurants, and modern food trends to rival even the most innovative haute cuisine.

Plant-based menus are on the rise, with top chefs 204 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

embracing the movement by placing greater emphasis on vegetables and herbs – both for their taste and sustainable value.

Five of the city’s restaurants have been recognised by the prestigious MICHELIN Guide for their innovative use of plant-based ingredients and deep respect for each component that appears on the plate. Humus x Hortense, for example, redefines plant-based fine dining with a decadent tasting menu that changes according to the year’s 24 micro-seasons. Championing a zerowaste, roots-to-leaves cooking approach, the MICHELIN

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

Guide recognises chef Nicolas Decloedt’s dedication to vegetables and herbs, with many of the restaurant’s ingredients often sourced from Le Monde des Mille Couleurs – a regenerative wild farm growing plants and edible wildflowers.

Brussels’ burgeoning culinary talent has also been recognised by Gault&Millau – the renowned French restaurant guide – which recently named David-Alexandre Bruno as Young Chef of the Year 2026. Emerging as one of the most promising faces on the city’s restaurant scene going into next year, the 36-year-old is currently

employed at Quartz, where he has transformed the former butcher shop into a culinary gem with first-rate cuisine exuding French finesse and enhanced with locally sourced ingredients.

More broadly, Belgium is also globally renowned for its high-quality chocolate, a tradition dating back to the 19th century, and Brussels is where the praline was invented.

Numerous Belgian chocolatiers – such as Neuhaus and Wittamer – maintain strict quality standards at their city stores, ensuring a minimum of 35 percent pure cocoa in their recipes.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 205

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

RECOMMENDS Eat: FOR R E F I N E D, W E L L- C R A F T E D DI N I NG. . .

Situated in the vibrant, centrally located Vismarkt neighbourhood, Barge is the irrefutable home of responsible gastronomy in Brussels, offering a creative seasonal tasting menu that changes weekly based on available ingredients and the chef’s inspiration.

With sustainability at its core, the restaurant promotes a farm-to-fork approach which includes careful sourcing and partnering with local, longtrusted producers. This deep-rooted environmental commitment is reflected in every aspect of Barge’s menu – such as its aperitifs, wines, and non-alcoholic pairings, which are perfectly in tune with the establishment’s dishes, focusing on high-quality ingredients and beautifully in step with nature.

Each plate is treated unpretentiously, shaped with craft, focus, and precision, reflecting chef Grégoire Gillard’s ongoing dedication to spotlighting Brussels’ micro-seasons. The restaurant has been recognised with a MICHELIN star and a Gault&Millau rating of 15.5 out of 20, echoing its commitment to culinary excellence.

Sleep: FOR U N PA R A L L E L E D LU X U RY A N D W E L LBE I NG… Radisson Collection The National Hotel, Brussels offers a blend of contemporary luxury and natural serenity situated on a championship golf course.

Featuring exquisite dining, rooms with scenic views, and access to David Lloyd Club’s wellness facilities, the hotel is not to be missed.

Indulge in contemporary elegance and comfort at this spectacular retreat.

206 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

FOR A HOM E AT T H E H E A R T OF T H E AC T ION… Radisson Collection Hotel, Grand Place Brussels reflects the cosmopolitan spirit of the city due to its strategic location just a stone’s throw from the Grand-Place, shopping areas, and Brussels Central railway station.

Distinguished by its 5-star status, plethora of modern amenities, and authentic, high-end feel, the hotel seamlessly blends the best of international living with a powerful sense of place. Housed in a postmodernist masterpiece designed in 1989 and featuring a spectacular glass-crowned, seven-storey atrium, this is an unmissable stay in Brussels’ centre.

Do: FOR F U L L S T E A M A H E A D. . .

Embark on an unforgettable journey through the heart of Belgian railway history at Train World!

Housed in the magnificent, fully restored Schaerbeek station, this isn’t a typical museum – it’s an immersive experience designed to captivate visitors of all ages.

Walk amongst dozens of iconic, full-sized locomotives and historic carriages, and even step inside some to explore their vintage interiors.

Marvel at the futuristic National Railway Company of Belgium (NMBS/SNCB) Type 12 steam engine, a former world speed record holder, or gaze upon the opulent royal train cars. The interactive exhibits, including a high-speed train simulator, also bring the history of rail travel to life.

Whether you’re a dedicated rail enthusiast or seeking a unique, family-friendly day out, Train World promises a fascinating and educational experience.

N

estled in the lush landscapes just outside Brussels, Radisson Collection The National Hotel, Brussels offers an exceptional retreat surrounded by the scenic greens of The National Golf Course. Located in Sterrebeek, a serene area only a short drive from Brussels Airport and the historic city centre, the hotel combines natural beauty with contemporary luxury.

Our 150 stylish rooms and suites feature breathtaking views of the rolling countryside. Designed by acclaimed Belgian architect Olivier Dwek, each space reflects a refined sense of harmony: soft tones, abundant natural light, and elegant wooden textures create a calm, inviting atmosphere that connects seamlessly with the surrounding nature.

Experience an unforgettable stay where comfort meets sophistication. Every room is equipped with modern amenities to ensure complete relaxation. Set within a peaceful, green environment and complemented by exceptional wellness facilities, the hotel offers the perfect setting to unwind and recharge.

For business or private events, discover our eight versatile meeting and event spaces, all featuring natural daylight, cutting-edge audiovisual technology, and complimentary high-speed Wi-Fi. Whether hosting an intimate board meeting, a conference, or a grand celebration, our meeting rooms, accommodating up to 400 guests, provide the ideal backdrop for any occasion.

Savour the vibrant atmosphere of Stoke Grillhouse, our stylish restaurant and bar with a charming outdoor terrace, where guests can enjoy fresh, locally inspired dishes in a relaxed yet refined setting.

During your stay, enjoy exclusive access to David Lloyd, a premium wellness and fitness club located just a short walk from the hotel. Guests can make use of state-of-the-art facilities, including indoor and outdoor swimming pools, fitness areas, serene wellness zones, and access to the golf course, perfect for both active pursuits and moments of tranquillity.

Discover a haven of elegance and nature at Radisson Collection The National Hotel, Brussels, where modern design, comfort, and well-being come together just beyond the city.

General Contacts: (+32 (0) 2 615 19 40) info.brussels.thenational@radissoncollection.com https://www.radissonhotels.com/en-us/hotels/ radissoncollection-national-brussels

Restaurant: +32 (0) 2 615 19 45 stoke.brussels@radissoncollection.com www.stokebrussels.be

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

Landmark Attractions

Landmark Attractions

Magritte Museum Housing the world’s largest collection of the renowned surrealist artist René Magritte and located in the heart of Brussels, Magritte Museum features paintings, gouaches, drawings, sculptures, and painted objects alongside the most important works from the artist’s shortlived ‘vache’ period. Part of the Royal Museums of Fine Arts of Belgium, the selection of works is constantly expanding and changing which sees art connoisseurs and tourists alike return time and again.

Grand-Place

Bozar

Widely considered one of Europe’s most beautiful city squares, the Grand-Place is a UNESCO World Heritage Site and the heart of historic Brussels. Also known as Grote Markt, it is surrounded by opulent, ornate Baroque and Gothic guildhalls and the stunning City of Brussels Town Hall (Hôtel de Ville), most of which were built in the late 17th century, and remain the workplace of the mayor and their aldermen today.

Renowned as the city’s most visited cultural destination, Bozar is the home of concerts, exhibitions, film screenings, contemporary dance, and theatre performances in Brussels, where creativity and artistry come alive.

Prioritising originality and innovation, Bozar aims to be a vibrant space for the living arts, housed within Victor Horta’s architectural masterpiece in the middle of the Mont des Arts, where the upper part of Brussels meets the lower.

Mont des Arts - Kunstberg © visit.brussels, Jean-Paul Remy

BRUSSELS T R AV E L G U I D E

Getting There and Around GETTI NG TO B RUSSEL S from the UK is quick and convenient, with several transport options available.

For example, the Eurostar connects London St Pancras International directly to Brussels-Midi station in under two hours, offering a seamless city centre-to-city centre experience with generous luggage allowances.

Additionally, flying from London to Brussels Airport (BRU) offers a rapid alternative, with a flight time of around 75 minutes – but be sure to factor in the additional time required for airport security into your journey.

High-speed rail services connect Brussels with many other popular

European cities in under two hours, such as Paris, Amsterdam, Cologne, and Bruges, to name a few.

Budget travellers can opt for a bus journey from various locations across Europe – though this takes significantly longer – whilst arriving via car and ferry provides flexibility but comes with potential challenges of traffic and parking costs.

Once in the city, getting around Brussels is very straightforward thanks to its well-connected public transport system managed

by Société des Transports Intercommunaux de Bruxelles (STIB). The network comprises an

efficient metro, extensive tram lines, and conveniently timed buses, all operating from the early morning until around midnight.

On weekends, the Noctis night bus service is available, with tickets easily purchased from station machines or by using a contactless bank card at turnstiles.

For exploring the central areas, walking is a great way to see attractions like the Grand-Place, whilst cycling is another option that enables visitors to cover more ground, with many reasonably priced bike rental stores throughout the city.

EDAN1622 © visit.brussels

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 209

Z E R M AT T T R AV E L G U I D E

Zermatt Discover Zermatt, where adventure meets enchantment in a twinkling, picturesque Alpine village that beautifully blends thrilling outdoor pursuits with rich cultural heritage, all beneath the majestic gaze of the iconic and mystical Matterhorn WRITER: RACHEL CARR | PROJECT MANAGER: ALFIE WILSON

C

radled in the idyllic canton of Valais, in the Mattertal Valley southwest of Switzerland, lies the charming village of Zermatt, a hidden gem cocooned by the Swiss Alps.

Towering majestically as an emblem of adventure, resilience, and the human spirit, the legendary Matterhorn, whose jagged spear pierces the cloud-mottled horizon and casts a striking silhouette against the sky, serves as a stunning testament to nature’s artistry and grandeur.

The region is a serene haven where lush valleys meet dramatic mountain peaks, creating an enchanting backdrop that captivates all who visit.

The Matterhorn, once famously featured on Toblerone packaging, is renowned for its pyramidal shape, earning its nickname as the ‘Mountain of Mountains’. This dazzling pinnacle is one of the most recognisable symbols of the Alps, beguiling numerous photographers and adventurers from around the world, commanding both attention and admiration.

Originally an agricultural community, Zermatt has transformed into an illustrious haven for mountaineers and ski enthusiasts, all eager to experience the allure of the myth-steeped Matterhorn and immerse themselves in its cultural lore. The town gained prominence in the mid-19th

Z E R M AT T T R AV E L G U I D E

century when mountaineer Edward Whymper’s team first summited one of nature’s most stunning creations.

Zermatt’s culture is shaped by its Alpine environment, with various festivals throughout the year celebrating local customs and traditions.

Generational stories from expert mountain guides add to the bewitching wonderment, whilst seductive summer folklore brings the village to life with the joyful sounds of Schwyzerörgeli accordion players, yodellers, and vibrant dances.

Spontaneous photo opportunities are plentiful, especially during the charming Zermatt Goat Parade, a delightful celebration of the village’s lively spirit.

With enchanting streets lined with traditional Alpine architecture and a vibrant atmosphere, Zermatt offers a perfect blend of adventure and relaxation.

Visitors can roam freely and peacefully in Zermatt, a pristine car-free paradise that preserves the beauty of its snow-covered landscape. Transportation options include zipping around in electric taxis, gliding through the streets in elegant horse-drawn carriages, or simply strolling on foot to absorb the spellbinding atmosphere.

Envision meandering past quaint wooden chalets adorned with colourful flowers and indulging in exquisite culinary delights at gourmet restaurants flanked by Alpine peaks and sparkling snowfields, with local cuisine

highlighting Swiss staples such as fondue and raclette, served in cosy mountain retreats.

The community prioritises sustainability and aims to balance tourism with environmental preservation, exemplified by Dossen Glacier Garden, a fascinating remnant of the last Ice Age that features glistening glacier sculptures, including remarkable glacier mills formed by melting water that carved cylindrical cavities in rock.

Historic soapstone quarry remains form intricate crafts and ornate ovens in Upper Valais homes, blending geological wonders with cultural heritage.

A year-round adventure hub for outdoor enthusiasts, Zermatt offers over 360 kilometres (km) of ski runs suitable for all skill levels, as well as ice climbing and skateboarding on frozen surfaces in winter. In the summer and autumn, hiking is particularly popular, with the Five Lakes Walk providing spectacular views.

The summer is also ideal for mountain biking trails and glacier tours, whilst climbing enthusiasts can take part in guided ascents of the Matterhorn. Alternatively, canyoning in nearby gorges during the warmer months combines climbing and swimming for thrill seekers.

All these experiences seamlessly intertwine to ensure Zermatt is an unforgettable destination for anyone dreaming of an Alpine adventure.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 211

Z E R M AT T T R AV E L G U I D E

Industry Insights

Zermatt Tourismus Selina Gull, Head of Marketing at Zermatt Tourismus, discusses the evolution of Zermatt as a premier destination, the organisation’s commitment to sustainability, and the diverse experiences that await visitors throughout the year Outlook Travel (OT): Firstly, can you provide an insight into Zermatt Tourismus, what it has achieved since its inception, and how it has shaped the municipality as a destination and enhanced the visitor experience?

Selina Gull, Head of Marketing (SG): Zermatt Tourismus has played a crucial role in positioning Zermatt as one of the world’s most famous mountain destinations.

Since its inception, the organisation has focused on creating a strong brand identity centred around the Matterhorn, sustainability, and firstclass guest experiences.

Through strategic marketing and key partnerships both within and outside the destination, Zermatt has developed into a year-round destination offering world-class skiing, hiking, and culinary experiences.

OT: What are your current goals and how do you plan to achieve them?

SG: Our main objective is to strengthen Zermatt’s position as a sustainable premium destination whilst ensuring visitor numbers are evenly distributed throughout the year.

To achieve this, we are focusing on three key areas. Firstly, digital innovation plays a crucial role in improving our online booking platforms and enabling personalised communication with guests.

Secondly, we are committed to experience-oriented marketing, showcasing authentic stories and highlighting unique activities in all seasons to inspire travellers.

Finally, we emphasise sustainability communication, actively promoting the eco-friendly initiatives of local businesses and reinforcing Zermatt’s dedication to responsible tourism.

Z E R M AT T T R AV E L G U I D E

“Visitors can expect a destination that continues to preserve its unique Alpine character whilst embracing new ways to enhance comfort, accessibility, and authenticity” – S E L I N A G U L L , H E A D O F M A R K E T I N G , Z E R M AT T T O U R I S M U S

OT: How do you market Zermatt as a year-round destination, and which seasonal activities are emphasised?

relaxation, and cultural experiences in the heart of the Alps.

SG: We showcase Zermatt’s versatility through targeted campaigns that highlight the unique experiences of each season.

In winter, visitors can enjoy skiing on 360 km of slopes, scenic winter hikes, and exceptional fine dining. During summer and autumn, the focus shifts to hiking, mountain biking, and mountaineering adventures around the iconic Matterhorn.

Our messaging consistently reinforces that Zermatt is far more than a ski resort – it’s a year-round destination offering adventure,

OT: What unmissable activities and attractions would you recommend for first-time visitors?

SG: For first-time visitors, Zermatt offers a range of unforgettable experiences. A visit to Matterhorn Glacier Paradise, Europe’s highest cable car station, provides breathtaking views of the surrounding peaks.

Another highlight is the Gornergrat Railway, a scenic train journey that reveals panoramic vistas of the Alps.

Exploring the historic village with its charming wooden chalets offers

DID YOU KNOW? • Zermatt is geographically small with a year-round population of around 5,800.

• The primary language spoken is Swiss German. However, due to its popularity as a tourist destination, you will also find that English is widely understood and spoken, along with some French and Italian, especially in hospitality settings.

• The Swiss franc (CHF) is the currency used in Zermatt.

• In Zermatt, there are 171 restaurants in the village and on the mountain, with four of them having one Michelin Star.

• The Matterhorn stands 4,478 metres (m) above sea level and therefore impresses from every angle.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 213

Z E R M AT T T R AV E L G U I D E

a glimpse into Zermatt’s rich cultural heritage, as well as culinary delights and traditional Swiss dishes from Michelin-starred restaurants and, of course, witnessing the Matterhorn at sunrise is an experience that will stay with you forever.

OT: Why, in your opinion, should someone visit Zermatt? What defines it as a destination?

SG: Zermatt stands out thanks to its unique combination of natural beauty, diverse offerings, and first-class hospitality.

It offers an authentic Alpine experience, free of traffic, with impressive landscapes and culture that blends tradition with modern luxury. Visitors come for the Matterhorn but stay for the hospitality, adventure, and tranquillity that the mountains in Zermatt offer.

OT: What are some of the most unique characteristics or features that set Zermatt apart from other mountain resorts?

SG: As a unique mountain village, Zermatt guarantees clean air and a tranquil atmosphere thanks to its carfree policy.

“Zermatt perfectly blends luxurious hotels and exclusive experiences with authentic Swiss heritage, creating an unforgettable destination for those who value nature, comfort, and culture” – S E L I N A G U L L , H E A D O F M A R K E T I N G , Z E R M AT T T O U R I S M U S

Ski enthusiasts can enjoy the slopes all year round, with summer skiing made possible by the glacier.

Towering above it all is the region’s iconic landmark – the world-famous Matterhorn, one of the most photographed mountains on the planet.

Zermatt perfectly blends luxurious hotels and exclusive experiences with authentic Swiss heritage, creating an unforgettable destination for those who value nature, comfort, and culture.

OT: What measures are the municipality implementing to promote sustainable tourism and protect its natural environment?

SG: Zermatt has taken significant steps to protect its Alpine landscape and promote sustainable tourism.

The village is subject to strict car-free regulations, meaning only

electric vehicles (EVs) are permitted within its boundaries to ensure clean air and a peaceful atmosphere.

Recycling measures are in place to reduce waste and, to further minimise its environmental impact, Zermatt also promotes eco-friendly transportation options, including convenient train connections to the destination and electric taxis for local mobility.

These measures reflect Zermatt’s commitment to protecting nature whilst offering its guests an exceptional experience.

OT: How are trends changing tourism? Have there been any notable shifts in visitor demographics?

SG: Globalisation is reshaping travel behaviour and influencing how visitors plan their stays in Zermatt.

In several key markets, we are

seeing noticeable shifts; travellers are booking shorter trips, often opting for quick, high-quality experiences rather than extended vacations. These changes reflect evolving lifestyles, increased mobility, and the desire to maximise limited time whilst still enjoying authentic destinations.

As global connectivity grows, flexibility and adaptability become essential to meet the expectations of guests seeking memorable experiences within condensed travel windows.

continues to preserve its unique Alpine character whilst embracing new ways to enhance comfort, accessibility, and authenticity.

Our goal is to ensure Zermatt remains relevant and inspiring for future generations of travellers.

OT: What challenges does the tourist industry in Zermatt face, and how are you addressing them?

SG: Digital expectations are rising, with travellers demanding seamless booking and personalised experiences.

Workforce shortages, especially in seasonal roles, make it harder to maintain service quality. Infrastructure must also keep pace with visitor growth whilst preserving the village’s charm and environment.

At the same time, global travel trends show shorter stays and lastminute bookings, requiring flexible pricing and offers.

To address these issues, Zermatt invests in digital solutions, sustainable infrastructure, and innovative packages tailored to evolving guest needs.

Tel: +41 27 966 81 00 info@zermatt.swiss www.zermatt.swiss

OT: Finally, how do you envision the future of tourism in Zermatt, and what developments can visitors expect?

SG: The future of tourism in Zermatt will be guided by innovation, sustainability, and evolving guest expectations.

Rather than focusing on specific trends, we see a shift towards creating experiences that are more personalised, environmentally responsible, and seamlessly integrated with technology. Visitors can expect a destination that Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 215

Z E R M AT T T R AV E L G U I D E

IN FOCUS

GORNERGRAT G O RNERG RAT IS A regal rocky ridge of the Pennine Alps, celebrated for its unrivalled vistas of the stately Matterhorn.

Towering at an impressive elevation of 3,089 m, it offers a sweeping panorama of the surrounding peaks and valleys, making it an essential destination for eager tourists and passionate photographers alike.

A highlight of any trip is the renowned Gornergrat Railway, one of Europe’s highest cogwheel railways, designed to navigate steep gradients using a toothed rack rail and cogwheel mechanism.

This scenic ascent is a journey in itself, treating passengers to awe-inspiring vistas that unfold as the train climbs through verdant valleys and picturesque Alpine landscapes, each bend revealing a view more glorious than the last.

At the summit, visitors are greeted with a wealth of activities and experiences. In the summer months, 216 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Gornergrat serves as a gateway to a network of hiking trails that cater to all levels of adventurers, offering paths that meander through stunning natural beauty and provide glimpses of vibrant wildflowers and gleaming glaciers.

Come winter, the area transforms into a playground for skiing and snowboarding enthusiasts, with well-groomed slopes perfect for thrill-seekers and families. Sledging in Gornergrat also offers an extraordinary blend of stunning Alpine scenery and exhilarating fun with a slope full of exciting twists and turns to get the adrenaline pumping.

The area also features several strategically placed observation platforms and inviting restaurants, where guests can unwind and soak in spectacular views whilst indulging in delicious local Swiss cuisine.

Gornergrat is a truly captivating combination of grandiose snowscapes, outdoor excitement, and convenient access provided by the cogwheel railway, making it an unmissable encounter for all.

Z E R M AT T T R AV E L G U I D E

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 217

RECOMMENDS Do:

Sleep:

FOR E DUCAT ION A L DI S C OV E RY… Matterhorn Museum, also known as Zermatlantis, presents a multifaceted journey into the heart of Zermatt’s history and culture.

The atmospheric, subterranean building embodies triumph and tragedy as it showcases a diverse array of exhibits that explore the thrilling history of climbing the Matterhorn, the development of Zermatt as a tourist destination, and the lives of past inhabitants.

FOR A N AU T H E N T IC A L PI N E E X PE R I E NC E …

CERVO Mountain Resort is located in the heart of Zermatt and combines modern luxury with traditional Alpine charm.

Each room, suite, and lodge reflects the mystical mountain scenery and emphasises sustainability.

Guests can enjoy top-notch amenities, including the Ātman Mountain Spa with its Bhutanese hot stone baths, as well as multiple restaurants and bars serving a variety of gastronomic delights.

This ski-in, ski-out hotel is a sanctuary for adventure seekers who appreciate comfort

FOR A R OM A N T IC WA L K …

Valais is a charming canton that captures Zermatt’s rich history with its narrow streets and traditional 500-year-old wooden houses.

Visitors can admire buildings adorned with flower boxes and carved balconies, as well as grand fountains and sacred memorials.

A highlight is the historic Church of St. Mauritius in the Upper Valais, dating back to the 13th century, featuring notable baroque altars and the tombstones of early mountaineers.

Abundant shops, cafés, and restaurants are dotted around the area, ideal for soaking up the cultural atmosphere and enjoying stunning mountain views.

218 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

FOR A C O S Y N E S T… 22 Summits Boutique Hotel, ensconced in the snowenthroned mountain peaks, offers a serene escape.

With 22 elegantly designed rooms and suites, as well as a stylish bar and restaurant with awe-inspiring views, guests can enjoy ultimate relaxation.

A standout is the two-storey wellness area, equipped with state-of-the-art facilities for relaxation and rejuvenation. Experience a perfect blend of trendy Alpine design and modern comforts in a peaceful, central location.

Z E R M AT T T R AV E L G U I D E

Eat: FOR A FON DU E F E A S T. . . @Paradise offers a delightful dining experience with traditional Swiss fondue against a stunning Alpine backdrop, including views of the Matterhorn. Guests can choose from classic cheese fondues, making it a perfect spot for sharing after outdoor adventures, or spicy Alpen perch hotpot, amongst other options.

Its sister restaurant, Chez Vrony, also boasts breathtaking mountain views and an eclectic mix of traditional Swiss cuisine and international influences, emphasising fresh, local ingredients, all of which can be enjoyed in a rustic yet sophisticated setting with a crisp glass of champagne.

FOR S OA K I NG I N T H E E S S E NC E OF A PR È S SKI...

Harry’s Ski Bar is a beloved après-ski hotspot, serving global wines, a variety of cocktails, and a vibrant atmosphere that beckons skiers and snowboarders to unwind after an exhilarating day on the slopes.

As the night unfolds, live music and invigorating DJ sets create an electrifying atmosphere that invites guests to take in stunning panoramic mountain views, making it the perfect place to embrace the spirit of adventure.

Get your FREE subscription to Outlook Travel magazine Like what you’re reading?

If so, head over to our website and sign up for a free subscription to get the Outlook Travel digital magazine sent directly to your inbox.

TROPICAL NORTH

QUEENSLAND TRAVEL GUIDES

MILAN Dressed to impress

MYRTLE BEACH A timeless and joyful cultural rhythm

DOMINICA

A unique natural wonder encompassing the awe-inspiring magnificence of the Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest, part of the Wet Tropics Rainforest

The Nature Island

DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS

The Nature Island

DOMINICA

Rainforest part of the Wet Tropics Daintree Rainforest, Great Barrier Reef and magnificence of the awe-inspiring encompassing the A unique natural wonder

travel magazine cultural rhythm A timeless and joyful

BEACH MYRTLE

Dressed to impress

MILAN

GUIDES TRAVEL

www.outlooktravelmag.com/subscribe QUEENSLAND TROPICAL NORTH

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 219

Z E R M AT T T R AV E L G U I D E

Landmark Attractions

Landmark Attractions Riffelsee Riffelsee is an otherworldly lake and natural mirror for the Matterhorn, whose magic manifests at the lavender and coral hues of sunrise or sunset when soft light bathes the mountains in mesmerising moonlight. The area around it is characterised by surrounding Alpine flora and fauna, offering atmospheric photographic opportunities and moments of reflection.

Gorner Gorge Gorner Gorge is a stunning natural wonder shaped by the Gornera River, with crystalline cerulean waters flowing between dramatic, vertiginous cliffs. Visitors can explore well-maintained pathways that lead to scenic viewpoints and charming wooden bridges, with informative signs highlighting the area’s natural history. The sound of rushing water blends with the gentle whispers of the wind, creating an ethereal experience.

Transforming with the seasons – lush and green in summer, and tranquil with ice and snow in winter – the gorge is extremely Instagrammable.

Matterhorn Glacier Paradise Take a trip by cable car to magical Matterhorn Glacier Paradise, which at 3,883 m features Europe’s highest cable car station, offering views of a unique wonderland of glittering ice carvings, pristine ski slopes, and the famous Matterhorn.

Explore the enchanting Glacier Palace, filled with intricate sculptures and tunnels, or visit Switzerland’s highest ski resort and, after a thrilling 25 km course, which makes it the world’s longest descent, arrive in Zermatt.

220 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Getting There and Around AS ZERMATT IS a car-free zone, visitors typically arrive by train, taxi, or even helicopter through Air Zermatt!

A popular way to reach Zermatt is to take a train from major Swiss cities such as Zurich or Geneva to Visp, then transfer to the narrow-gauge Matterhorn Gotthard Bahn, which offers a direct, scenic ride showcasing the spectacular countryside.

The nearest major airports are Geneva International Airport (GVA), Zurich Airport (ZRH), and Malpensa International Airport (MXP), located in Milan, Italy. There are also smaller airports in Sion and Lugano, both in Switzerland, although these may offer

fewer flight connections.

Alternatively, although less common, long-distance bus services are available to nearby towns like Täsch, where you can also park at the Matterhorn Terminal and then take the shuttle train to Zermatt.

Upon arrival, navigating the village is relatively straightforward as it has a compact layout and most attractions, restaurants, and shops are within walking distance. Moreover, exploring on foot allows you to take in the stunning scenery at your own pace.

For longer distances, environmentally friendly electric taxis are an option, the only vehicles

permitted in the village, alongside an efficient public transport system with electric buses that connect different areas of the resort and nearby attractions.

However, for a unique experience, consider hiring a horse-drawn carriage – a traditional mode of transportation that offers a charming way to explore Zermatt’s picturesque streets.

To access hiking trails, ski areas, and viewpoints, there are numerous cable cars and funiculars.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 221

Uganda Uganda, known as ‘the Pearl of Africa’, is a stunningly diverse country in East Africa famous for its rich landscapes, abundant wildlife, and warm hospitality WRITER: ED BUDDS | PROJECT MANAGER: JOSEPH PERFITT

S

ituated in East Africa, Uganda boasts a plethora of diverse landscapes including volcanic hills, majestic mountains, and numerous lakes.

Positioned at an average altitude of 900 metres (m) above sea level, its natural beauty includes the magisterial Rwenzori Mountains, Lake Victoria, and abundant flora and fauna.

A biodiversity hotspot, the nation is home to the Big Five – lions, leopards, elephants, buffalos, and rhinos – as well as mountain gorillas and over 1,000 bird species.

Culturally, meanwhile, Uganda boasts over 56 ethnic groups, each with unique traditions, languages, and diverse ways of life.

The current population, estimated at around 47 million 222 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

people, is a true reflection of Africa’s multicultural richness.

Uganda’s cultural fabric is woven from the deep histories, unique customs, and shared values of these various communities, making it a fascinating destination for those seeking to experience Africa’s vast diversity.

Furthermore, it is a multilingual nation, with English as the official language and Swahili as the native. However, there are over 40 others spoken across the country, reflecting its broad ethnic influences.

Luganda, for example, is spoken by the Baganda people and widely adopted in the central region, often used in business and daily transactions, whilst other prominent languages include Runyankole in the west, Lusoga in the east, and Acholi in the north.

UGANDA T R AV E L G U I D E

Regarding the realm of culinary delights, Uganda’s cuisine is as diverse as its people, with staple foods including matoke (steamed plantains) and posho (maize meal).

Boasting a tropical climate, Uganda is suitable for yearround travel as the weather varies by altitude, with cooler temperatures in the highlands and warmer conditions in low-lying areas.

For thrill-seekers, those who visit will discover an adrenaline-filled playground; whether it’s white-water rafting on the River Nile, hiking the snow-capped Rwenzori Mountains, or bungee jumping over stunning scenery, Uganda offers a wide range of activities to keep the adventurous spirit alive.

Elsewhere, Uganda’s football culture is vibrant, with passionate fans, competitive leagues, and a national football team, known as the Uganda Cranes, that has a storied history.

Uganda will soon be at the heart of African football in 2027 as a co-host of the African Cup of Nations (AFCON), the continent’s flagship football tournament, along with Kenya and Tanzania.

This major event is expected to attract football enthusiasts from across the continent and beyond, making Uganda a prime destination for sports tourists.

With its unspoiled wilderness, vibrant cities, and deep cultural heritage, Uganda offers a captivating experience for every traveller.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 223

UGANDA T R AV E L G U I D E

In Focus

Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Bwindi Impenetrable National Park lies in Southwest Uganda on the edge of the Rift Valley. Its mist-covered hillsides are blanketed by one of Uganda’s oldest and most biologically diverse rainforests, which dates back over 25,000 years and contains almost 400 species of plants.

224 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

UGANDA T R AV E L G U I D E

MO R E FAMOUSLY, BWINDI Impenetrable National Park protects an estimated 459 mountain gorillas – roughly half of the world’s population – including several habituated groups, which can be tracked, providing a rare and incredible opportunity to witness them in their natural habitat.

Bwindi Impenetrable National Park is a UNESCO World Heritage Site famous for its incredible biodiversity and exists as a sanctuary for these

incredible animals.

Gorilla trekking is available all year-round in Uganda, however the best time to see these magnificent creatures up close is during the dry seasons from June to August and December to February.

Hike through dense jungle, guided by local experts, and spend a magical hour or two with habituated gorilla families, a truly humbling and awe-inspiring but also physically

challenging experience for any nature and animal enthusiast.

The Mubare gorilla group was the first to be habituated for tourism in Uganda in April 1993, opening the door to sustainable gorilla trekking experiences in the nation.

Today, Bwindi Impenetrable National Park boasts 25 habituated gorilla groups, with nine available for tourism and one dedicated to research.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 225

UGANDA T R AV E L G U I D E

In Focus

KAMPALA Uganda’s cities blend traditional African culture with modern influences. In these vibrant hubs, you’ll find everything from historic landmarks and cultural sites to modern infrastructure, bustling markets, and cutting-edge businesses.

226 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

AS B OTH U G A N DA’S capital and its largest city, Kampala is the political, economic, and cultural heartbeat of the nation.

Nestled serenely on a series of rolling hills near the shores of Lake Victoria, Kampala is a dynamic and youthful city that gets its name from the majestic impala, a mediumsized African antelope that used to roam the jungles where the capital stands proudly today.

Located just 40 kilometres from Entebbe International Airport (EBB), Kampala will amaze you with its beauty, culture, and glowing hospitality before you venture to the rest of the country.

This dynamic and diverse city boasts countless attractions including the Uganda Museum, Kasubi Tombs, Kabaka’s Lake, Bulange, Uganda National Cultural Centre, as well as various religious sites, shopping malls, and decadent night clubs.

Known for its lively nightlife, with numerous bars, clubs, and restaurants offering a taste of Uganda’s modern entertainment scene, Kampala is also a hub for business and commerce, with multinational companies, local businesses, and diplomatic missions headquartered here.

UGANDA T R AV E L G U I D E

RECOMMENDS Eat: FOR A T R A NQU I L A N D TA S T E F U L E X PE R I E NC E . . .

La Cabana Restaurant provides a warm atmosphere and offers a relaxing oasis that is a world removed from the hustle and bustle of Kampala’s city centre.

FOR W I N I NG A N D DI N I NG. . .

Cantine DiVino is a premium steakhouse renowned for its exceptional fine meats, Italian delicacies, and a unique global wine selection.

Do: FOR T H E PL AC E OF M A N Y L I T T L E BI R D S . . .

Lake Bunyoni is a magical, stunning lake that attracts tourists with its spectacular scenery, 29 unique islands, and amazing community tours.

Located in Southwest Uganda between the districts of Kisoro and Kabale, Lake Bunyoni is the deepest crater lake in the whole of Africa.

There’s plenty to do at the lake, including zip lining, mountain biking, canoeing, swimming, and much more.

FOR MOU N TA I N H I K I NG A N D T R E K K I NG. . .

Rwenzori Mountains National Park invites explorers to traverse the Rwenzori Mountains on a thrilling adventure through diverse landscapes, from rainforests to glaciers.

Climb to Margherita Peak, the highest point of Mount Stanley in the Rwenzori Mountains, with stunning alpine meadows, glaciers, and waterfalls along the way – a unique trek into one of the most remote, pristine mountain ranges on Earth.

Sleep: FOR R E L A X E D A M BI E NC E . . .

Sheraton Kampala Hotel is a luxurious 5-star hotel in the Ugandan capital, 45 minutes from EBB and five minutes away from Kampala’s central business district. Known for its heritage and amazing nightlife, Sheraton Kampala Hotel welcomes guests with a relaxed atmosphere and a dazzling array of upscale amenities.

FOR E L E G A N T S T Y L E A N D R A NG E OF 5 -S TA R A M E N I T I E S . . .

Kampala Serena Hotel FOR OP T I M A L C OM FOR T I N A S PE C TAC U L A R S E T T I NG. . .

Mahogany Springs

228 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

UGANDA T R AV E L G U I D E

OPULENCE IN THE HEART OF KAMPALA Kampala Serena Hotel is a sanctuary of refined comfort, where modern elegance meets the warmth of Ugandan hospitality. Set amidst lush tropical gardens and tranquil water features in the heart of the city, the hotel features 186 beautifully designed rooms and suites, five exceptional dining venues, a world-class Maisha Spa and Health Club, and outstanding conference and event facilities. Whether for business or leisure, guests are treated to impeccable service and a rich cultural ambience that celebrates Uganda’s heritage, ensuring every stay is truly unforgettable.

Call: (+256) 751 705 457 | Email: sales.kampala@serenahotels.com www.serenahotels.com

Kampala Serena Hotel

kampalaSerenaHotel

KampalaSerena

Luxury Lodge Buhoma, Bwindi

Located - 2 minutes from Gorilla Tracking Headquarters

Home of the Mountain Gorillas

www.mahoganysprings.com info@mahoganysprings.com

Follow us:

#mahoganysprings

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 229

UGANDA T R AV E L G U I D E

Landmark Attractions

Landmark Attractions Lake Victoria Lake Victoria is, by surface area, the world’s second-largest freshwater lake and one of the African Great Lakes. Named after Queen Victoria and nestled between Uganda, Kenya, and Tanzania, the lake is integral to the prosperity of millions of East Africans, serving as a vital water source. Take a voyage to Africa’s most stunning and spectacular historical landmark.

Entebbe Botanical Gardens These lush gardens are a haven for nature lovers, featuring a plethora of indigenous plants, trees, and birds. Located along the shores of Lake Victoria, Entebbe Botanical Gardens is also known as the filming location for the original Tarzan. Visitors can enjoy guided tours to learn about the region’s fabulous flora and fauna or enjoy a simply experience a peaceful stroll under the canopy of towering trees.

The Uganda Wildlife Conservation Education Centre offers visitors a fun and exciting way and learn about the country’s animals, including lions, giraffes, elephants, and a large number of bird species. Originally founded to accommodate confiscated and injured wildlife and look after orphaned animals, it serves both as a conservation centre and a place of education, making it ideal for families and wildlife enthusiasts alike.

230 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

PHOTOGRAPHY © UGANDA WILDLIFE CONSERVATION EDUCATION CENTRE

Uganda Wildlife Conservation Education Centre

UGANDA T R AV E L G U I D E

The BEST meals, drinks and service in the perfect wild ambiance!

Getting There and Around EBB I S THE main gateway to Uganda and only international airport in the country.

Once on the ground, Uganda offers various transportation options, from boda-bodas to buses and private cars. Whilst the former are a convenient way to get around cities, ensure you wear a helmet and select registered providers.

For longer journeys, hiring a private driver or using a taxi service is a safe and comfortable choice, whilst 4x4 vehicles are recommended for road trips, especially when visiting national parks or remote areas.

Elsewhere, boats are available between Entebbe and the Ssese Islands on Lake Victoria, with guided tours also available on the many other Great African Lakes found in Uganda.

Buhoma Gorilla Camp is a spacious ecofriendly mid-range Lodge, in a forest patch 300 meters after turn off to Ride 4a Woman, 5 minutes’ drive to Buhoma gorilla tracking briefing point in the northern sector of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park.

The Lodge was opened back in 2019 by Magezi Richard family with passion to conserve nature; built eco cabins enshrined in a forest with a river flowing through that makes nature sounds so unique and worth 2-3 nights stay of relaxation and comfort.

Currently there are 11 cottages (with 1 family cottage)

www.BuhomaGorillaCamp.com buhomagorillacamp@gmail.com Tel: +256784728516 WhatsApp: +256782822043 Buhoma - Bwindi Road, Kanungu District.

Tel: +256784728516 WhatsApp: +256782822043 Buhoma - Bwindi Road, Kanungu District.

Get your FREE subscription to Outlook Travel magazine Like what you’re reading?

If so, head over to our website and sign up for a free subscription to get the Outlook Travel digital magazine sent directly to your inbox.

TROPICAL NORTH

QUEENSLAND TRAVEL GUIDES

MILAN Dressed to impress

MYRTLE BEACH A timeless and joyful cultural rhythm

DOMINICA

A unique natural wonder encompassing the awe-inspiring magnificence of the Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest, part of the Wet Tropics Rainforest

The Nature Island

DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS

The Nature Island

DOMINICA

Rainforest part of the Wet Tropics Daintree Rainforest, Great Barrier Reef and magnificence of the awe-inspiring encompassing the A unique natural wonder

travel magazine cultural rhythm A timeless and joyful

BEACH MYRTLE

Dressed to impress

MILAN

GUIDES TRAVEL

www.outlooktravelmag.com/subscribe QUEENSLAND TROPICAL NORTH

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 231

W E LC O M E TO T H E

Family

232 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

sp si

bur

WOWSKITOURS F E AT U R E

W

A ski company with a difference, WoWSkiTours was borne out of a genuine desire to provide women with a unique pace to laugh, learn, and thrive together on the slopes. We t down with Leia Russell, Managing Director, who conveys the company’s ability to curate a true sense of belonging, rgeoning relationship with the Sommet et Neige ski school in Switzerland, and exciting future developments WRITER: LILY SAWYER

oWSkiTours (WoWSki) was founded on a simple philosophy – women should feel completely comfortable whilst skiing, in an environment entirely free from all the usual pressures.

“What we discovered early on was that women ski differently when they’re surrounded by other women – they encourage, help, and wait for one another, and feel more relaxed doing something that already takes a bit of bravery,” opens Leia Russell, Managing Director.

Equipped to meet this need, WoWSki provides an accessible space for women of all ages to ski together – from widows rediscovering the joy of travel to solo skiers, women whose partners no longer ski, and those who simply prefer the calm, camaraderie, and humour of an all-female group.

Since the company’s inception almost a decade ago in Alta Badia in the Italian Dolomites, it has grown into a collection of carefully curated ski experiences across both Italy and Switzerland, marked by important milestones and memories along the way.

“The moments that shaped who we are today weren’t dramatic sell-outs; they were quieter, more meaningful touchpoints. Our first ever guests loved what we did so much that they came back the next season…and the next, and the next!

“There are groups who met as strangers, bonded on the mountain, and ended up skiing together four or five years in a row – without WoWSki, they might never have found each other, and watching those friendships flourish is something we’re deeply proud of,” Leia smiles.

As the WoWSki community grew, so did the company, introducing mixed weeks, launching the WoW Academy in Nendaz, Switzerland, and creating WoW Sun Tours in Tuscany, Italy for those seeking the same sense of belonging beyond winter.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 233

WOWSKITOURS F E AT U R E

HOW DO YOU ACCOMMODATE LOWER-INTERMEDIATE TO UPPERINTERMEDIATE AND ADVANCED SKIERS, AND WHAT DO YOU HAVE IN PLACE TO SUPPORT THOSE WHO DON’T FEEL AS CONFIDENT? Leia Russell, Managing Director: “Our weeks are designed to feel calm, comfortable, and well-matched, so we keep the ability range tight.

“We do this very simply – each week’s level is determined by the first person who books. It’s a system that works beautifully because it sets the tone from the start, and it means no one ever feels out of place or left behind.

“Once the level has been set, every woman joining knows exactly what to expect. It keeps the group coherent, the pace natural, and the atmosphere relaxed.

“We can mix and match between groups depending on ability, energy, or simply how someone is feeling that day.

“It gives each woman the freedom to choose the pace and support she needs, without ever feeling trapped in a group that doesn’t feel quite right. It’s one of the things people appreciate most about us.

“For those who feel less confident, we have a huge amount in place to support them. Our hosts and instructors create space for gentle warm-ups, extra pauses, quiet side-of-piste chats, and a level of reassurance that makes all the difference.

“For more advanced skiers, we simply shape the week around steeper terrain, more dynamic skiing, and technical input – still with the same no-ego, supportive tone.

“Ultimately, our aim is simple – to make every woman feel she’s in the right place, at the right level, with the right people – and to ski in a way that feels joyful and never pressured.”

Leia Russell, Managing Director (left) and Lizzie Russell, co-Founder

234 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

WOWSKITOURS F E AT U R E

“In 2026, we’re adding something entirely new – a scuba diving and snorkelling week in Cannigione, Sardinia. It will have the same WoW spirit, just in a wetsuit!” she excites.

Today, the company is as much about connection as it is about carving turns – people arrive as clients and leave as friends.

A QUIET EVOLUTION Over the past decade, skiing has shifted from being a purely sport-led holiday to something far more holistic.

Today, atmosphere, connection, good food, meaningful company, and a sense of belonging matter just as much as metres skied.

“Skiing has changed enormously since we first started in 2007 – not just in its essence, but in the way people want to experience it,” Leia observes.

Granted, the traditional ‘hard-charging ski week’ still exists, but there has been a clear move towards more curated, considered, and confidence-building travel – especially amongst women.

“WoWSki sits exactly where our guests need us – offering trips that make people feel welcomed, empowered, and part of something special” – LEIA RUSSELL, MANAGING DIRECTOR, WOWSKITOURS

“Many no longer want to keep up with the fastest skier in the group; they want to feel supported, reassured, and able to ski at their own pace without pressure,” she reflects.

This shift aligns perfectly with who WoWSki is – a company that has always been about creating an environment where women feel secure, encouraged, and able to genuinely enjoy the mountains.

“We’ve also witnessed a huge rise in solo travellers. 10 or 15 years ago, arriving alone in a ski resort was unusual; now it’s one of the most common ways people join us,” Leia details.

Women are also seeking trips where they know they’ll be welcomed instantly and won’t have to navigate either the slopes or the social side of things alone.

Another major shift has been the diversification of what a ski holiday encompasses; long lunches in mountain huts, beautiful scenery, guided adventures, local culture, and opportunities to genuinely improve on the slopes – something WoWSki has been able to offer across both its destinations.

“In the Italian Dolomites, progression blends beautifully with the long, sweeping pistes and the region’s extraordinary food culture – a place where technique develops almost without you even realising,” she insights.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 235

WOWSKITOURS F E AT U R E

Nendaz, on the other hand, has become home to the WoW Academy – a place where women can dive deeper into skills, techniques, and confidence-building.

The terrain of the 4 Vallées where the academy is situated, combined with WoWSki instructors’ deep expertise, allows guests to focus on progression in a way that feels structured, supportive, and genuinely transformative.

Ultimately, recent evolution across the industry has opened the door for companies like WoWSki as it moves towards more personalised, community-led, and humancentred travel.

“WoWSki sits exactly where our guests need us – offering trips that make people feel welcomed, empowered, and part of something special,” Leia affirms.

GOOD THINGS COME IN TWOS Operating across both Alta Badia resort and Nendaz, Leia notes how both locations were very deliberate choices for the company – not just due to their natural beauty, but because they offer the exact balance guests have come to expect.

Alta Badia is where WoWSki began and remains the heart and soul of its classic ski weeks.

“We’ve skied here as a family since we were two years old – it’s the foundation of who we are and why WoWSki exists in the first place,” Leia emphasises.

“The ‘rifugi’ or mountain huts in the area are extraordinary, serving local mountain dishes, spectacular wines, homemade pastas and strudels, and perhaps the occasional ‘bombardino’ with a view over iconic pink peaks.”

WoWSki’s hotels only add to that magic, with the company choosing small, family-run properties.

“It’s hospitality with heart, and it’s a huge part of why WoWSki feels the way it does,” she sets out.

“Alta Badia is where strangers become friends, women rediscover ease and confidence, and the WoWSki spirit was born – long before we had a name for it. It will always sit at the core of what we stand for – because it’s our home, our history, and the place that shaped everything we do.”

Nendaz also brings a completely different strength to WoWSki. What truly makes the region special, Leia notes, is the Sommet et Neige ski school team the company has partnered with.

“We’ve been training with Jamie, Stefania, and Cesare from Sommet et Neige for years, but this is the first year we’ve chosen to formally partner with them. Their teaching style, warmth, patience, and understanding aligns beautifully with the WoW philosophy,” she smiles.

The Sommet et Neige team even introduced WowSki to Sardinia, sparking the company’s new scuba diving week.

“What began as training has grown into a genuine friendship; it’s a relationship that goes far beyond logistics.”

236 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Nendaz’s terrain makes this partnership even stronger, offering varied, challenging, and progression-friendly skiing – the kind of slopes that genuinely help women improve their confidence, control, and technique.

“In short, the Dolomites bring ease, beauty, and connection to create a place to ski joyfully and soak up the culture, whilst Nendaz brings structure, support, and growth – a place where our clients can strengthen skills and feel genuinely empowered,” Leia explains.

Together, these two destinations allow WoWSki to offer the full spectrum of what women look for in a ski holiday – whether they’re seeking a more relaxed experience or a week dedicated to building their skills with world-class instructors.

A P OW E R F U L PA R T N E R S H I P WoWSki’s partnership with Sommet et Neige is the natural extension of a relationship that has been built over years, with both companies operating on the same core principles

WOWSKITOURS F E AT U R E

of family-run spirit, shared ambition, and becoming a true reference point in the world of snow sports.

“We both strive to create exceptional experiences, stay flexible and responsive to the needs of our clients, and lean on the deep competence and warmth of our teams,” Leia recalls.

Being embedded in the school has shaped WoWSki enormously and allowed the company to adopt a more professional, structured, and progression-led approach, comprising personalised coaching, targeted skills development, technique-led sessions, confidencebuilding strategies, and a clear, step-by-step pathway for women who want to improve.

The wider Sommet et Neige ecosystem is also a huge part of why this partnership works so well, with a wellequipped ski shop offering special rental deals exclusively for WoWSki clients, and the whole team there being incredibly supportive.

“This partnership has expanded WoWSki’s universe in

the best possible way, strengthening what we can offer our clients and providing access to a community of instructors and local partners who feel like extended family,” she tells us.

Sommet et Neige is also part the Professional Ski Instructors of Europe (PSIE) – a teaching system created

by Founders Jamie KagAn and Derek Tate together with a small group of colleagues – based on the highly respected Professional Ski Instructors of Canada (PSIC) model that has been adapted for European mountains.

PSIE instructors are taught to communicate clearly, break movements down simply, understand the emotional side of learning, and build trust on the snow – all of which fit perfectly with the WoWSki way of teaching.

“Last year, my brother and I decided it was the right moment for us to complete our Levels 1 and 2 with Jamie and the team. Their teaching philosophy, technical clarity, and gentle, ego-free approach have been exceptional and completely aligned with the values we hold,” Leia adds.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 237

“This partnership has expanded WoWSki’s universe in the best possible way, strengthening what we can offer our clients and providing access to a community of instructors and local partners who feel like extended family” – LEIA RUSSELL, MANAGING DIRECTOR, WOWSKITOURS

Choosing instructors who follow the PSIE approach allows WowSki to maintain a consistent atmosphere across its academy weeks, with guests progressing at their own pace, imbuing them with not just temporary confidence but real, lasting skills.

D E E P - S E AT E D E X P E R T I S E WoWSki sets itself apart by offering a vast array of exclusive experiences across both its locations.

“Of the dozens of routes and ski itineraries to choose from in the Dolomites, a particular favourite of ours is the Hidden Valley – a long, peaceful descent, framed by frozen waterfalls and towering cliffs, almost otherworldly in its beauty,” Leia shares.

At the end of this route, guests can enjoy a wonderfully unique experience – a horse-drawn tow back to the Hotel Armentarola, a moment so charming and surreal it is remembered for years.

“The Hidden Valley is just one aspect of the magic on offer – we might also explore the Marmolada Glacier, the highest peak in the Dolomites, or glide through Cinque Torri with its dramatic rock towers. Then, of course, Alta Badia 238 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

itself offers cruisy, confidence-boosting runs,” she affirms.

Most importantly, WoWSki prides itself on its ability to not just simply follow one fixed itinerary but choose from a huge range of routes based on its intimate, long-standing knowledge of the peaks.

“We know these mountains like the back of our hand, and we tailor each day based on conditions and how everyone is feeling to ensure a calm atmosphere geared to the individual group’s pace,” Leia reflects.

Meanwhile, WoWSki utilises the pistes above Tracouet in Nendaz and towards Siviez for warm-ups and technical work, then explore the wider 4 Vallée area depending on each group’s goals.

“Elsewhere, Verbier offers steeper pitches and terrain for short turns and more dynamic skiing, whilst Thyon provides long, sweeping runs perfect for big, flowing turns and building rhythm and ease.

“Each area brings something different, and the terrain lets every woman grow at her own pace, without pressure.”

Chosen destination or piste aside, however, the most important aspect at the heart of any WoWSki experience is the feeling of togetherness, calm, and good company.

WOWSKITOURS F E AT U R E

“Each of our itineraries brings something unique, but it’s the atmosphere we create whilst moving through these places that matters most,” Leia assures.

A CUT ABOVE THE REST Having grown in a very natural, organic way over the years, continually shaped by feedback from the women who join each year, WoWSki is incredibly proud of what it has become today.

“What sets us apart isn’t just what we offer – it’s how people feel when they’re with us. From the beginning, a sense of reassurance and camaraderie has shaped everything we do,” Leia highlights.

With a deeply personal hosting style, the company goes above and beyond to make sure each guest feels welcomed from the moment they arrive – an aspect WoWSki is forever committed to upholding.

Further differentiating the company is its ability to offer bilingual tours, creating a sense of comfort, connection, and trust.

“The bilingual element is really important. Whilst all our tours are run primarily in English, we can often switch into Italian, French, Dutch, or German depending on the instructor, allowing us to clarify small details, offer reassurance, and provide an explanation that truly lands,” she insights.

Looking ahead to the future, Leia recounts the exciting growth on the cards for the entire company.

“One of the most exciting developments has been our expansion beyond skiing. WoW Sun Tours, hosted in Tuscany, has been a joy to create.

“It’s the exact same WoW atmosphere, just with sunshine instead of snow, and many of our ski guests join us there in the summer, so it’s become a lovely year-round community,” Leia says.

The launch of the company’s scuba diving and snorkelling week in Sardinia is hoped to fit beautifully within WoWSki’s existing portfolio, led by the same calm guidance and small group approach.

“As with our ski tours, it’s all about leaning into that feeling of doing something slightly out of your comfort zone, but in the safest hands,” she confirms.

Over in Switzerland, WoWSki continues to work closely with Sommet et Neige, adopting more structure, progression, and space for its clients to grow technically – a relationship it hopes to develop even further in the future.

The company also continues to deepen its offerings in the Dolomites, with more thoughtful itineraries, immersive food, and cultural details that make the experience so special.

“For us, it’s never been about becoming bigger as a company – it’s about becoming better, more intentional, connected, and attuned to the women who travel with us.

“If we can keep creating spaces where women feel safe, welcomed, and challenged in the right ways and surrounded by genuine companionship, then the future looks very bright.

“We’re excited for what’s next – not because it’s grand or dramatic, but because it feels true to who we are,” Leia optimistically concludes.

Tel: +44 141 404 6493 info@wowskitours.com www.wowskitours.com

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 239

CROMER PIER F E AT U R E

Cromer Pier Christmas Show 2024

THE JEWEL OF THE NORTH NORFOLK COAST As a proud focal point of the Cromer for over a century, Cromer Pier is a pivotal part of the seaside town’s identity, offering unmissable cultural experiences perfect for the entire family.

Sean Garrett, General Manager, tells us more about the pier’s history, goals, and endless fun WRITER: LAUREN KANIA

A

s a Grade II listed landmark and one of the few remaining seaside piers with a fully working theatre, Cromer Pier is a place where heritage meets entertainment.

“The pier attracts more than 170,000 visitors every year and is recognised nationally as a must-see attraction,” introduces Sean Garrett, General Manager.

“Its stunning coastal views, combined with a strong programme of culture, entertainment, and traditional seaside charm, make it a real jewel in the crown of the north Norfolk coast.”

240 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

At the heart of the pier is the Pavilion Theatre, which seats 500 and is home to the only full-season end-of-pier variety show in the world, alongside a vibrant dining space and mix of leisure experiences that make it truly unique.

A quiet yet charming coastal town in the county of Norfolk, England, the history of Cromer and its pier is just as exciting as the events it hosts today. There have been records of a pier in the town going as far back as 1391 – albeit in the form of a jetty – and in 1901, the modern 151-metre-long traditional Victorian pier seen today was officially opened.

CROMER PIER F E AT U R E

Having been enjoyed by generations of visitors across the centuries, the pier blends peace and tranquillity with contemporary appeal.

“My invitation is simple: come and experience the magic of Cromer Pier for yourself!” enthuses Sean.

A H I S TO RY O F R E S I L I E N C E A N D SHOWMANSHIP Cromer Pier has been a focal point of the town for over a century, enjoyed by locals and visitors on a daily basis who revel in the panoramic views, changing seasons, and ample crabbing opportunities.

“Our pier has survived storms, changing fashions, and challenges that have seen other theatres close, yet it continues to thrive,” prides Sean.

“That history and resilience mean the pier is more than just a building; it’s a part of Cromer’s identity and plays a vital role in the town’s cultural and tourism economy.”

As such, the pier is truly an unparalleled destination, with so much to discover.

Visitors can wine and dine at Tides Bistro or the Pavilion Bar, which offer unbeatable sea views, or browse coastalinspired gifts in the Footprints Gift Shop. Most simple yet enticing is the chance to simply stroll along the pier and take advantage of crabbing, photography, and soaking up the atmosphere.

“Add to that our year-round events, and it really is a destination people return to again and again,” continues Sean.

Awarded Pier of the Year in 2015 and 2024 by the National Piers Society, this is a destination that boasts a one-of-a-kind experience that beautifully merges tradition and modernity. The purposeful lack of modern amusements on the pier itself allows for a tranquil ambience not easily found elsewhere, adding to its distinctive charm.

Sean Garrett, General Manager, and Basil Brush

WHAT SPECIAL ACTIVITIES OR ASPECTS OF CROMER PIER WOULD YOU RECOMMEND TO FIRST-TIME VISITORS? Sean Garrett, General Manager: “For a first-time visitor, the Cromer Pier Show is a must during the summer – it’s truly one-of-a-kind! I’d also recommend taking the time to enjoy a drink or meal with those sweeping sea views and experiencing the simple pleasure of walking out over the waves. Crabbing off the pier is another tradition that gives people a real sense of connection to the place.”

Cromer Pier

Cromer Pier Summer Show 2025

“My invitation is simple: come and experience the magic of Cromer Pier for yourself” – S E A N G A R R E T T, G E N E R A L M A N A G E R , CROMER PIER E X P E R I E N C E H O L I D AY M A G I C The annual Cromer Pier Christmas Show is a festive tradition that audiences travel from across the UK to enjoy, hosted by Norfolk’s very own legend, Olly Day. “Audiences can expect a magical mix of music, dance, comedy, and seasonal sparkle, all delivered to a standard you’d usually associate with the West End,” excites Sean.

“It’s a family-friendly, heart-warming event, and a perfect way to celebrate Christmas by the sea.”

The new year will bring a strong programme of touring shows to the Pavilion Theatre. From music and comedy to drama and tribute acts, there’s something for all ages and tastes.

“These shows help extend the season beyond summer and encourage visitors to come back in the quieter months, which is really important for the town’s economy,” details Sean.

242 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

Female ensemble finale

CROMER PIER F E AT U R E

These showstopping offerings are due, in part, to the continuous investment being made by Openwide Coastal Ltd (Openwide), together with the North Norfolk District Council (NNDC), which owns the pier.

In early 2025, the NNDC upgraded the theatre’s backstage facilities, alongside the ongoing maintenance of the pier itself. The stage is now fully wheelchair accessible, with a new wheelchair stair system and accessible dressing room facilities.

Additionally, Openwide invested in a brand-new £100,000 LED video wall and funded improvements through a regulated Patron’s Lottery fund. Further investment in new furniture and catering equipment has also been made to enhance the visitor experience across the venue.

“What makes Cromer Pier truly unique is that it operates without subsidy, whilst still returning a profit to its stakeholders – something exceptionally rare in the UK theatre world,” proudly concludes Sean.

Olly Day returns

CROMER PIER CHRISTMAS SHOW 2025 Taking place from 15th November to 28th December, the highly acclaimed Cromer Pier Christmas Show will warm hearts and get viewers into the holiday spirit. The production team has worked hard to create an eclectic blend of the finest variety entertainment in one enthralling festive theatre show.

Expect dazzling bespoke costumes, spectacular lighting effects, and a jaw-dropping eight-metre video wall that delivers impressive special effects for a memorable visual sensation. Running for two hours and 30 minutes with a 30-minute interval, the show promises its audience laughs by the bucketload, thrilling speciality acts, powerhouse vocals, Cromer Pier Summer Show 2025

music, and spellbinding dance routines.

Tel: 01263 512495 boxoffice@cromerpier.co.uk

www.cromerpier.co.uk

Santa’s Workshop - full ensemble

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 243

THEFORK F E AT U R E

Enabling Exceptional Culinary Experiences 244 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

THEFORK F E AT U R E

Guiding foodies in their search for the perfect restaurant, TheFork allows its users to book tables for free and in real-time. Patrick Hooykaas, Regional Managing Director, serves us a platter of the app’s exclusive benefits and plans for a mouthwatering future Writer: Lauren Kania

A

s the leader in online restaurant bookings across Europe and Australia, TheFork was created in 2007 and swiftly revolutionised the food and beverage industry by offering a new way to foster relationships between restaurants and diners and providing the first online booking diary for professionals.

With over 55,000 participating restaurant partners worldwide and approximately 20 million monthly users, selecting, enjoying, and sharing a dining experience has never been easier.

“TheFork uses technology to connect diners and restaurants,” introduces Patrick Hooykaas, Regional Managing Director.

“For diners, the app makes it simple to discover new, exciting spots, grab a last-minute table, or plan a

special night out. For restaurateurs, it offers innovative tools to manage reservations, track guest preferences, fill seats more efficiently, and invite new diners.”

In removing operational friction, TheFork allows restaurants to spend more time focusing on the people in the dining room.

The app is best known for TheFork Manager – its restaurant management software that simplifies day-to-day operations for busy restaurateurs. As an all-inone solution built for today’s top eateries, it supports businesses with everything from table reservations to diner loyalty, streamlining daily tasks, reducing waste, and controlling costs, no matter the type of restaurant.

“Our client base includes a wide variety of businesses, from

How does TheFork work?

• Exclusive benefits – Offers on many restaurants and lots of other benefits with its loyalty programme.

• Best choice – An unrivalled selection of restaurants for whatever a person craves.

• User reviews – Recommendations and reviews from a powerful community.

• Easy booking – Instant, free, everywhere, 24/7.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 245

THEFORK F E AT U R E

independent restaurants to wellknown restaurant groups. In 2019, we became the MICHELIN Guide’s preferred booking platform, and we are now serving over 2,500 Michelinstarred restaurants,” details Hooykaas.

On the dining side, customers are able to personalise their restaurant searches by filtering based on preferences, alongside being guided by 20 million verified reviews. They also benefit from special offers throughout the year and Yums – a loyalty programme that rewards diners for repeat bookings.

TheFork aims to make it easy to discover new favourites, check realtime availability, and book a table in seconds.

ONE-OF-A-KIND DINING MEMORIES In July 2025, TheFork announced its multi-year partnership with Mastercard to elevate the dining experience for their cardholders.

Through the app’s expertise in dining and Mastercard’s global reach, users will receive access to exclusive benefits worldwide.

“European customers and people travelling to the region will have always-on access to reservations and a special selection of exclusive,

246 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

“THEFORK USES T E C H N O LO GY TO CONNECT DINERS A N D R E S TA U R A N T S ” – P AT R I C K H O O Y K A A S , R E G I O N A L M A N AG I N G D I R E C TO R , T H E FO R K

culinary-centred Priceless Experiences, also offered through our platform,” expands Hooykaas.

This collaboration draws on TheFork’s unparalleled ability to deliver memorable dining experiences across key European countries, including Italy, France, Spain, the UK, the Netherlands, Germany, Portugal,

Switzerland, Belgium, Austria, and Sweden.

“Together with Mastercard, we’ll enable exceptional culinary experiences at top dining locations and spotlight rising chefs,” he prides.

Priceless Experiences inspire and deepen one’s connection to food, culture, and community. They are designed to offer more than the traditional meal and provide people with direct access to restaurants, chefs, and cultural settings that are normally hard to reach, making dining more immersive.

For example, in the UK, users can enjoy 21 experiences, such as moments at Alex Dilling at Hotel Café Royal, offering masterful modern French cuisine in a legendary London setting, and Rebel, a rising star in Newcastle upon Tyne known for its creative, ingredient-led menus in an intimate space.

These experiences directly link guests to the chefs’ stories, techniques, and creative inspiration.

Equally, Hotspots allows Mastercard cardholders to make nearly unbookable restaurants bookable.

“Hotspots give Mastercard holders privileged access to hard-to-get reservations at some of the most in-demand restaurants. This means

THEFORK F E AT U R E

TheFork - at a glance • Present in 13 countries • Nearly 60,000 restaurants • 20+ million reviews • More than 30 million downloads • Over 20 million monthly visits

tables that are usually booked out weeks or even months in advance can be reserved,” explains Hooykaas.

Examples include The Lecture Room and Library at Sketch in London, a three-Michelin-starred icon of artful gastronomy, and Albatross Death Cult in Birmingham, celebrated for its cutting-edge culinary flair and vibrant atmosphere.

By opening doors to these soughtafter venues, Hotspots ensures more food-enthusiasts can experience exceptional dining without the usual waitlists.

REDEFINING THE GASTRONOMIC EXPERIENCE Recently, TheFork released a suite of powerful new features in its app to streamline operations and provide restaurants with more control than ever before, all whilst maintaining an exceptional experience for diners.

“We’re leaders in no-show reduction for restaurants, and the next layer of that is pre-authorisation for credit cards, combined with credit card guarantees, reconfirmations, and no-show protectors to ensure restaurants’ revenue has been released,” informs Hooykaas.

Equally, the app has introduced The Feed, which adds a highly anticipated social element, allowing diners to discover the latest recommendations

from friends and selected content creators.

Restaurant groups can use the group overview page to track covers, bookings, and performance, making it easier to cross-sell to another restaurant in a group if one is full.

Additionally, the Marketing Toolbox centralises campaigns with smart content, automated setup, and optimised budgets. This is alongside TheFork Manager app, which introduced a new booking form and reservation list optimised for mobile use, making it five times faster and more intuitive.

In addition to these new features, the app is investing heavily in artificial intelligence (AI) and social-led

features to transform the way people search and book restaurants.

“AskTheFork’s goal is to revolutionise the current search model through AI integration. We aim to harness the wealth of usergenerated content from our diners, including reviews, photos, and other data like location, pricing, and menus,” breaks down Hooykaas.

“Through advanced AI-powered search, we will deliver highly relevant recommendations.”

Restaurant reservations already thrive on social dynamics, and the app plans to strengthen this further by allowing diners to connect with their contacts via TheFork Social.

People will be able to see restaurants their friends have reviewed and prioritise recommendations from their network.

Additionally, users will be able to follow influencers and other diners, adding credibility to the restaurant experience.

As TheFork looks ahead, its priority is to continue building a truly nationwide marketplace in the UK. “Following our successful expansion outside of London, we’ll focus on adding the best local gems and top-performing restaurant groups, and expanding our selection of Michelin-starred establishments,” confidently concludes Hooykaas.

Outlook Travel Issue 23 | 247

THE LAST STOP ELLIÐAEY

ELLIÐAEY THE LAST S T O P. ITS VAST, PANORAMIC, and windswept beauty feels like the edge of the Earth, completely uninhabited, with the island’s only sign of life being a small research facility and what many call the world’s loneliest house.

With its distinct white walls standing out from the rolling greenery of the island’s two tallest peaks that flank it, the house was built by the Elliðaey Hunting Association and is a key spot for birdwatching and conducting biological research.

The dwelling is surrounded by 110 hectares of dramatic emerald cliffs, which are in part the reason for its seclusion. Once believed to be the home of Icelandic singer Björk – a rumour which has since been dispelled – the house has become a landmark in its own right with its otherworldly, awe-inspiring isolation.

Those wishing to visit this

248 | Outlook Travel Issue 23

63.4644° N 20.1756° W Taking the notion of island remoteness to a new level, Elliðaey is a tiny patch of land in the Vestmannaeyjar archipelago, residing off the south coast of Iceland. secluded spectacle will need special permission from the landowners, as the island is protected by the Icelandic government.

Once visitors have authorisation, you will also require a local tour operator in order to sufficiently make the journey from either Landeyjahofn – a port – or Þorlákshöfn, both on the south coast of Iceland. The ferry journey takes approximately 35 minutes from both locations, with the added option of being able to bring your car onboard.

Alternatively, you can catch a sight of the island from the many available tours of the Vestmannaeyjar archipelago, such as the unforgettable 12-and-a-halfhour island tour departing from the Icelandic capital, Reykjavik, or more intimate, fully customisable privateday tours.

Once safely onshore, take in the

rugged jet-black cliffs that make the island unique, broken up by the soaring plethora of birds that call the island home. In fact, Elliðaey is a hotspot for birdwatching as the cliff edges make the ideal place for nesting, resulting in an abundance of seabird populations.

Keen-eyed twitchers will notice a particular plethora of puffins, as the island holds the world’s biggest nesting ground for these majestic flying creatures which dominate the cliffs between the months of May and September. If things couldn’t get any better, travellers in September can catch a magical glimpse of pufflings – the birds’ fluff-ball chicks.

A desolate wonder in its own right, Elliðaey is the perfect place for those craving peaceful solitude and immersion into the wilderness to experience an island virtually untouched by mankind.

North Tropical Queensland has told its story...

Now, why not tell us yours?

T

he unrelenting demand to travel, both for business and leisure purposes, is showing no signs of slowing up, and for Outlook Publishing, the growing extent to which we are covering this industry across our existing titles has led to the launch of Outlook Travel magazine.

The major component of the publication takes the form of our Outlook Travel Guides, providing executives, avid travellers and our existing 575,000 international subscribers with the ultimate rundown of all the major economic drivers and thriving hubs across the world, with exclusive input from tourism industry associations and stakeholders – the people who know these places the best.

You can join the vast numbers of tourism sector players enjoying the exposure we provide across our digital and print platforms with a range of options, from advertising through to free-of-charge editorials, extensive social media saturation, enhanced B2B networking opportunities, and a readymade forum to attract new investment and increase exposure.

For further information, visit www.outlooktravelmag.com

travel magazine

TROPICAL NORTH

QUEENSLAND TRAVEL GUIDES

MILAN Dressed to impress

MYRTLE BEACH A timeless and joyful cultural rhythm

DOMINICA

A unique natural wonder encompassing the awe-inspiring magnificence of the Great Barrier Reef and Daintree Rainforest, part of the Wet Tropics Rainforest

The Nature Island

DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE OF THE MANY DESTINATIONS HE HAS TRAVELLED TO WORLDWIDE DAVID NOTON CAPTURES UNIQUE AND INSPIRING PHOTOGRAPHS

The Nature Island

DOMINICA cultural rhythm A timeless and joyful

BEACH MYRTLE

Dressed to impress

MILAN

GUIDES TRAVEL

Rainforest part of the Wet Tropics Daintree Rainforest, Great Barrier Reef and magnificence of the awe-inspiring encompassing the A unique natural wonder

IT’S HIGH TIME BUSINESS MEETS LEISURE

Situated in the heart of Menlyn Maine, The Maslow Time Square is Sun International’s 238-room specialist business hotel. Not only a destination for professionals, but a portal for travellers. Boasting 17 floors that offer everything from business to leisure with tempting eateries, a relaxing business lounge and 13 bespoke conference rooms.

For the perfect balance of business and pleasure, be our guest.

THE MASLOW TIME SQUARE

209 Aramist Avenue, Pretoria, Gauteng, South Africa Tel: 0860 846 377 / 0860 TIMESQ Central Reservations: +27 11 780 7800 timesquare.reservations@suninternational.com